2013 Faculty of CHS Calendar (Final)

2013 Faculty of Community & Health Sciences
NOTICE All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from January 1, 2013. The University reserves the right to amend any regulation or provision at any time without prior notice. Although every attempt has been made to ensure that the information is accurate, the University does not accept any liability concerning inaccuracies of any of the contents in the Calendar. The Higher Education Qualifications Framework (HEQF), as gazetted on 5 October 2007 is currently being phased in at the University. The alignment of all existing programmes with the HEQF is a project that is envisaged to take until 2015 at the earliest to complete. Due to this certain information in this calendar may not be in line with the HEQF.
CONTENTS
GENERAL INFORMATION ............................................................................................................ 3 MISSION STATEMENT ................................................................................................................... 5 DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS CONFERRED IN THE FACULTY .................................................. 6 FACULTY BOARD AND FACULTY OFFICE PERSONNEL ........................................................ 7 LECTURING AND TECHNICAL STAFF........................................................................................ 8 RULES FOR PROGRAMMES ....................................................................................................... 17 Bachelor of Arts in Human Ecology 8511 (Currently being phased out) ...................................... 17 Bachelor of Arts in Human Ecology (Education) 8521 (Currently being phased out) ................... 21 Bachelor of Arts in Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science - 8061 ................................................ 25 Bachelor of Arts in Sport and Exercise Science 8041 (Phased out) .............................................. 29 Bachelor of Arts in Sport and Recreation Management 8014 (Phased out) ................................... 31 Bachelor of Psychology 8431 (Currently being phased out) ........................................................ 32 Bachelor of Science in Dietetics - 8231 ........................................................................................ 36 Bachelor of Science in Occupational Therapy - 8111 .................................................................... 41 Bachelor of Science in Physiotherapy - 8211 ................................................................................ 45 Bachelor of Science in Sport and Exercise Science - 8051 ............................................................ 49 Bachelor of Nursing - 8311 .......................................................................................................... 52 Bachelor of Nursing ( Foundation Programme) - 8310 ................................................................. 57 Bachelor of Science in Complementary Health Sciences - 8104 ..................................................... 62 Bachelor of Social Work - 8411 ................................................................................................... 69 Bachelor of Social Work ( Foundation Programme) - 8560 ............................................................ 73 Bachelor of Arts Honours in Biokinetics - 8021 ............................................................................ 77 Bachelor of Arts Honours in Human Ecology 8711 (Not offered) ............................................... 78 Bachelor of Arts Honours in Psychology - 8753............................................................................ 80 Bachelor of Arts Honours in Sport and Exercise Science - 8013 .................................................... 81 Bachelor of Arts Honours in Sport and Recreation Management - 8017 ......................................... 83 Bachelor of Science Honours in Biokinetics - 8024 ....................................................................... 84 Bachelor of Science Honours in Physiotherapy - 8217................................................................... 85 Bachelor of Complementary Medicine (Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture) - 8344 ..................... 86 Bachelor of Complementary Medicine (Naturopathy) - 8334 ........................................................ 88 Bachelor of Complementary Medicine (Phytotherapy) - 8324 ........................................................ 90 Bachelor of Complementary Medicine (Unani-Tibb Medicine) - 8354 ........................................... 91 Master of Arts in Child and Family Studies - 8850 ........................................................................ 93 Master of Arts in Human Ecology (Structured) 8681 (Not offered) ............................................. 95 Master of Arts in Human Ecology (Thesis) 8848 (Not offered) ................................................... 96 Master of Arts in Psychology (Structured) - 8813 ......................................................................... 96 Master of Arts in Psychology (Thesis) - 8671 ............................................................................... 97 Master of Arts in Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science - 8661 ................................................... 98 Master of Psychology - 8815 ....................................................................................................... 99 Master of Science in Nutrition Management - 8783..................................................................... 100 Master of Science in Occupational Therapy (Structured) - 8178 .................................................. 101 Master of Science in Occupational Therapy (Thesis) - 8118......................................................... 103 Magister of Science in Physiotherapy (Structured) 8250 (No new intake in 2014)...................... 104 Master of Science in Physiotherapy (Thesis) - 8218 .................................................................... 105 Master of Nursing (Structured) - 8863 ........................................................................................ 106 Master of Nursing (Thesis)- 8868 ............................................................................................... 108 Master of Public Health - 8801 .................................................................................................. 109 Master of Social Work (Structured) 8470 (Not offered until further notice) ............................... 113 Master of Social Work (Thesis) - 8828 ....................................................................................... 114 1
Doctor of Philosophy - 8950....................................................................................................... 115 Doctor of Philosophy in Physiotherapy - 8911 ........................................................................... 117 Advanced Certificate in Education: Consumer Studies 8601 (Not offered) ................................. 118 Postgraduate Diploma in Public Health - 8846 ............................................................................ 119 Postgraduate Diploma in Child & Family Studies - 8849 ............................................................. 120 MODULE DESCRIPTORS ........................................................................................................... 122 Dietetics .................................................................................................................................... 122 Interdisciplinary Teaching And Learning Unit............................................................................. 144 Human Ecology ......................................................................................................................... 162 School of Nursing ...................................................................................................................... 181 Occupational Therapy ................................................................................................................ 222 Physiotherapy ............................................................................................................................ 249 Psychology................................................................................................................................ 274 Social Work .............................................................................................................................. 307 Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science....................................................................................... 342 School of Natural Medicine ........................................................................................................ 374 School of Public Health ............................................................................................................. 426
GENERAL INF ORMATION

CORRESPONDENCE WITH THE UNIVERSITY All postal correspondence should be addressed to the relevant person or department at: The University of the Western Cape Private Bag X17 Bellville 7535 Should you not know the person or department, please direct all correspondence to: The Registrar University of the Western Cape Private Bag X17 Bellville 7535 Faculty related enquiries can be directly forwarded to: CHS Helpdesk Faculty of Community and Health Sciences The University of the Western Cape Private Bag X17 Bellville 7535 Tel: +27 (0)21 959 2852 Fax: +27 (0)21 959 2266 Email: chshelpdesk@uwc.ac.za
CONTACT NUMBERS UWC Switchboard UWC Call Centre General Fax +27 (0)21 959 2911 +27 (0)21 959 3900/1/2/3 +27 (0)21 959 3126
THE UNIVERSITYS WEB SITE: www.uwc.ac.za
GENERAL BURSARIES AND LOANS Full particulars of bursaries and loans are set out in a separate brochure that is obtainable from: Financial Aid Office University of the Western Cape Private Bag X17 Bellville 7535 Tel: +27 (0)21 959 3114
CALENDAR The calendar is obtainable in the following separate parts: Part 1 Part 2 Part 3 General Information Faculty of Natural Sciences Faculty of Arts (a) Undergraduate (b) Postgraduate Faculty of Economics and Management Sciences (a) Undergraduate (b) Postgraduate Faculty of Education Faculty of Dentistry Faculty of Law Faculty of Community and Health Sciences Schedule of Fees
Part 4
Part 5 Part 6 Part 7 Part 8 Part 9
A separate publication containing the Facultys teaching and examination time -tables is obtainable from the Faculty Office.
MISSION STATEMENT
The University of the Western Cape has an explicit commitment to the development of historically disadvantaged communities in South Africa from which it draws most its students. It aims to play a particular role in this development by making its education accessible to students from these communities. The Faculty of Community and Health Sciences is a multi-disciplinary team committed to the promotion of a new vision of Health and Welfare Services. Both in the training and education it offers and in the professionals it produces it aims to advance the transformation of existing Health and Welfare Services in South Africa. The Faculty is committed to: 1. a proactive approach to managing its own affairs as well as to the professional issues which it must address; the pursuit of excellence in education, research and community service; the generation of knowledge which amongst other things, addresses the realities, problems and needs of the community; student education which promotes: 5. a progressive primary health care approach to health and welfare services which is firmly rooted in the community inter-disciplinary teamwork competency in problem-solving, leadership and advocacy critical analysis an attitude of creativity and adaptability
2. 3.
4.
student academic development, generating appropriate teaching strategies to address educational inadequacies and ensure the acquisition of competencies; the development of dynamic, accessible and responsive models of training and intervention; contributing to the formulation and implementation of policy which will ensure an equitable, efficient and effective Health and Welfare System in South Africa; developing a collaborative relationship with the broader community; staff development, both as an important function of departments, and as requiring vigorous and structured attention from the Faculty.
6. 7.
8. 9.
DEGREES AND DIP LOMAS CONF ERRED IN THE F ACULTY

DEGREES Bachelor of Arts in Human Ecology ** Bachelor of Arts in Human Ecology (Education) ** Bachelor of Arts in Physical and Health Education * Bachelor of Arts in Sport , Recreation and Exercise Science Bachelor of Arts in Sport and Exercise Science * Bachelor of Arts in Sport and Recreation Management * Bachelor of Psychology ** Bachelor of Science in Dietetics Bachelor of Science in Occupational Therapy Bachelor of Science Physiotherapy Bachelor of Science in Sport and Exercise Science Bachelor of Nursing Bachelor of Science in Complementary Health Sciences Bachelor of Social Work Bachelor of Arts Honours in Biokinetics Bachelor of Arts Honours in Human Ecology** Bachelor of Arts Honours in Psychology Bachelor of Arts Honours in Sport and Exercise Science Bachelor of Arts Honours in Sport and Recreation Management Bachelor of Science Honours in Biokinetics Bachelor of Science Honours in Physiotherapy Bachelor of Complementary Medicine in Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture Bachelor of Complementary Medicine in Naturopathy Bachelor of Complementary Medicine in Phytotherapy Bachelor of Complementary Medicine in Unani-Tibb Medicine Master of Arts in Child and Family Studies Master of Arts in Human Ecology** Master of Arts in Psychology Master of Arts in Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science Master of Psychology Master of Science in Nutrition Management Master of Science in Occupational Therapy Master of Science in Physiotherapy Master of Nursing Master of Public Health Master of Social Work *** Doctor of Philosophy DIPLOMAS AND CERTIFICATES Advanced Certificate in Education: Consumer Studies** Postgraduate Diploma in Public Health Postgraduate Diploma in Child and Family Studies ACE: Consumer Studies PGDPH PG Dipl ( Child and Family Studies) BA HE BA HE (Ed) BA PHE BA SRES BA SES BA SRM BPsych BSc Diet BSc OT BSc PT BSc SES BNurs BSc CHS BSW BA Hons Biokinetics BA Hons HE BA Hons Psych BA Hons SES BA Hons SRM BSc Hons Biokinetics BSc Hons PT BCM CMA BCM NAT BCM PHYT BCM UTM MA CFS MA HE MA Psych MA SRES MPsych MSc NM MSc OT MSc PT MNurs MPH MSW PhD
* Not offered from 2010 ** Not offered from 2011 *** Not offered until further notice
F ACULTY BOARD AND F ACULTY OFF ICE STAFF

FACULTY BOARD The Rector (ex officio), Vice Rectors (ex officio). Profs: J Frantz (Acting Dean), O Adejumo, F Daniels, D Jackson, K Jooste, M Lees, U Lehmann, N Mbombo, RB Mpofu (Emeritus), K Mwaba, J Phillips, T Puoane, A Rhoda, D M Sanders (Emeritus), C Schenck, H Shneider, P Struthers, EC Swart, A Travill, L Wegner, C Zarowsky. Drs: S Arunachallam, S Bassett, B Benjamin, A Beytell, M Brown, J Campbell, W Cassiem, L Curtolo, M de Jager, J de Jongh, A Dison, C Erasmus, W Ericksen-Pereira, N Henderson, Z Kamdar, N Kisten, E Kunneke L Leach, K Leisegang, M Londt, X Ma, G Reagon, K Sabie, S Savahl, G Sedupane, M Smith, S Soeker, B van Wyk, N Roman, F Waggie, X Wang. Messrs: R Ahmed, B Andrews, U Bawa, C Davids, G Filies, J Hoffman, K Kamaloodien, A Mafilika, T Mthembu, M Rowe, R Safodien, M Simpson. Mmes: M Andipatin, A Basson, P Bimray, H Boltman, H Bradley, S Carelse, L Cornellissen, G Dykes, J Erasmus, I Essa, L Fakude, F Firfirey, M Florence, L Hess-April, S Isaacs, F Karachi, C Lombardo, L Luhanga, N Lukelelo, F Murray, H Julie, A Kalam, E Kearns, L Le Roux, N Linda, R Marie, P Martin, Modeste, E Nako, L Richards, M Rosenberg, W Rosenthal, V Saville, N Solomons, T Steyl, S Titus, A Traut, L Tsolekile, V Matthews, M McDonald, N Mlenzana, S Mohamed, E Munnik, E Rich, L vd Berg, N Vermeulen, S Walker, J Willemse, J Wilkenson, M Young. Representatives from the faculties of: Natural Science: Economic & Management Sciences: Education: Law: Arts: Dentistry: SRC: FACULTY OFFICE STAFF Dean (Acting): Deputy Deans: Prof J Frantz, BSc, MSc, PhD (PT) (Western Cape) Prof JM Frantz, BSc, MSc, PhD (PT) (Western Cape) Prof EC Swart, BSc (Hons) (Dietetics), Dipl Hospital Dietetics (Stellenbosch), MPhil (Public Health), PhD (Public Health) (Western Cape) Mr M Simpson, BMan (Cape Peninsula UT), PGD Ind Eng Man (Cape Town) Ms D Gahiza Ms C Cloete Ms MM Jansen van Vuuren Ms C Johnson Ms K Lindeboom, BA (Hons) (Western Cape) Ms A George, BCom (Law), BCom (Hons) Man (Western Cape) Mr K Cox Ms K Herborn Mr Y van Reenen Mr A Chikware Mr G Meyer Prof D Dietrich, Mr E Mentoor, Ms N Moolla, Prof J Gallinetti, Ms A van Huyssteen Vacant Vacant
Faculty Manager: Secretary to the Dean: Faculty Officers :
Financial Officer: Administrative Officers: Computer Lab Assistant: General Administrative Assistant: Helpdesk Assistant:
LECTURING AND TECHNICAL STAF F

DIETETICS Head of Department: Prof EC Swart, BSc (Hons) (Dietetics), Dipl Hospital Dietetics (Stellenbosch), MPhil (Public Health), PhD (Public Health) (Western Cape) Dr E Kunneke, BSc (Hons) (Dietetics) (Stellenbosch), Dipl Hospital Dietetics (Free State), M Nutrition (Stellenbosch), PhD (North West) Ms A Basson, MSc (New York) Ms C Lombardo, BSc (Dietetics), MPH (Western Cape) Ms N Solomons, BSc (Dietetics), MSc (Nutrition Management) (Western Cape) Ms J Wilkenson, BSc (Dietetics) (Western Cape), MPH (Western Cape) Ms E Rosant
Senior Lecturer:
Lecturers:
Secretary: HUMAN ECOLOGY Head of Department:
Senior Lecturers: Lecturer/s: Senior Academic Assistants:
Secretary: SCHOOL OF NURSING Professor and Director (Acting): Professor: Associate Professor/s:
Prof EC Swart, BSc (Hons) (Dietetics), Dipl Hospital Dietetics (Stellenbosch), MPhil (Public Health), PhD (Public Health) (Western Cape) Vacant Dr CJ Erasmus, BA (Hons) (Human Ecology), MPhil, PhD (Western Cape) Ms L Cornelissen BA (Hons) (Human Ecology), MA (Human Ecology) (Western Cape) Ms L Du Plessis, BA (Hons) (Human Ecology) (Western Cape) Ms F Murray, BA (Hons) (Western Cape), H E D (South Africa) Ms E Rosant
Senior Lecturers:
Lecturers:
Prof K Jooste, BA Cur (Hons), MA Cur, D Litt et Phil (South Africa) Prof O Adejumo, BSc (Hons), MSc, (Ibadan), D Litt et Phil (South Africa) Prof FM Daniels, MPh, PhD (Western Cape) Prof N Mbombo, BCur (Fort Hare), MCur (KwaZulu Natal), PhD (Western Cape) Prof DR Phetlhu, BA Nursing, MCur Community Nursing Science, PhD Nursing (NWU) Dr S Arunachallam, BACur (South Africa), MCur (Johannesburg), PhD (Western Cape) Dr JD Jeggels, BCur (Western Cape), B Nursing (Hons) (Clin) (Stellenbosch), Mphil, PhD (Western Cape) Ms H Julie, BCur (Western Cape), BA (Hons) (South Africa), MPh, MCur (Western Cape) Ms P Bimray, BCur (Westen Cape), MCur (Stellenbosch) Ms H Boltman, BCur, MCur (Western Cape) Ms I Essa, B Cur, (Western Cape), M Phil (Higher Education) (Stellenbosch) Ms L Fakude, BA Cur, BA Cur (Hon) Nursing Education, (South Africa), MSc (Nursing) (Witwatersrand) 8
Clinical Supervisors:
Mr JC Hoffman, B Cur, M Cur (Western Cape) Ms EN Kearns, BCur (Western Cape), BCur (Hons) (Stellenbosch), MPh (Dundee) Ms L Le Roux, BCur, BCur (Hons) (Stellenbosch), MCur (Western Cape) Ms N Linda, BA Cur (South Africa), M Nursing (KwaZulu Natal) Ms RR Marie Modeste, B Nursing, M Nursing (KwaZulu Natal), RN, RM, CHN Ms P Martin, BA Cur, MA Cur (South Africa) Ms M Naidoo, MCur (Western Cape) Ms E Nako, B Nursing (Botswana), MSc Nursing (Cape Town), RN, RNE, CHN Ms V Rashe, BCur, MCur (Western Cape) Ms A Traut, B Nursing (Stellenbosch), MCur (Western Cape) Ms L Richards, MA Cur (South Africa) Ms L van der Berg, B Cur, M Cur (Western Cape) Ms S Walker, MCur (Western Cape) Ms JJ Wilemse, M Cur (Western Cape) Ms J Abubu, BCur (Western Cape) Ms F Akimanimpaye, BCur (Western Cape) Mr S Buthelezi, BCur (Western Cape) Ms A Claassen, BCur (CPUT) Ms V Cleophas, BCur (Western Cape) Ms I Cloete, BCur (Western Cape) Ms J Cornelissen, Diploma in GNS (Sarleh Dollie Nursing College) Ms A Daniels, BCur (Western Cape) Mr V Danster, BCur (Western Cape) Ms G Donough, BCur (Western Cape) Ms Z Heradien, BCur (Western Cape) Ms N Jansen, BCur (Western Cape) Ms N Khutuka, BCur (Western Cape) Ms D Kleinsmith, BCur (Western Cape) Ms M Lategan, BCur (Western Cape) Ms J Magerman, BCur (Western Cape) Ms A Matsie, BCur (Western Cape) Ms V Meissenheimer, BCur (Western Cape) Ms D Meyer, Diploma in Nursing (Nico Malan Nursing College) Ms A Mitchell, Diploma in GNS (Netcare) Ms C Nongalaza, BCur (UCT) Ms N Nxusani, BCur (Western Cape) Ms S Patel, BCur (Western Cape) Ms B Pete, BCur (UPE) Ms F Pieters, Diploma in GNS (Sarleh Dollie Nursing College) Ms K September, Diploma in GNS (Sarleh Dollie Nursing College) Ms T Siganga, BCur (Western Cape) Ms P Smith, BCur (Western Cape) Ms S September, BA Cur (Admin & Education) Mr E Wagner, BCur (Western Cape) Mr C Patani, BCom (Western Cape) Ms M Dayimani Ms S Sompani Ms N Jooste 9
Senior Administrator & Financial Officer: Administrators: Administrative Officer:
Assistant of the Director: Senior Academic Officers:
Administrative Assistant: OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY Associate Professor and Chair: Senior Lecturers:
Ms N Johannes, BA (Psych), BA (Hon) (Social Development) (Western Cape) Ms B Beyers, BCur (Western Cape) Ms H Diko, BCur (Western Cape) Ms S Kamalie, BCur (Western Cape) Ms M Selenga, BCur (Western Cape) Ms P Ntombela
Lecturers:
Associate Lecturer: Clinical Teaching Coordinators : Administrator: General Assistant : PHYSIOTHERAPY Head of Department:
Prof L Wegner, PhD, MScOT(Cape Town), BScOT (Witwatersrand) Dr J de Jongh, PhD, MPhil (Western Cape), BOT (Stellenbosch) Dr S Soeker, PhD, MScOT, BScOT (Western Cape) Ms L Hess, MPH (Western Cape), PGD Disability Studies (Cape Town), BScOT (Western Cape) Mr T Mthembu, MPH, BScOT (Western Cape) Ms A Shabudin-Kalam, MECI (Pretoria), BScOT (Cape Town) Ms T Bell, MECI (Pretoria), BScOT (Western Cape) Ms N Vermeulen, MScOT, BScOT (Western Cape) Ms J Erasmus, B.OT (Stellenbosch) Ms S van Eeden Mr G Opperman
Professor/s: Associate Professor/s:
Lecturers:
Contract Part-Time Lecturer/s:
PG Administrator: PT Clinic Administrator: Administrator: PSYCHOLOGY Head of Department: Vice Chairperson: Professor/s: Senior Lecturers:
Prof A Rhoda, BSc (PT) (Western Cape), BSc (Hons) (PT), MSc Medical Sciences (Rehab) (Stellenbosch), PhD (PT) (Western Cape) Prof JM Frantz, BSc, MSc, PhD (PT) (Western Cape) Prof J Phillips, BSc, MSc, PhD (PT) (Western Cape) Prof P Struthers, BSc (PT) (Cape Town), PhD, MPhil (Public Health) (Western Cape) Ms F Karachi, BSc (PT) (Cape Town), MSc (PT) (Stellenbosch) Ms N Mlenzana, BSc (PT) (Western Cape), MSc Med (Public Health) (Cape Town) Mr M Rowe, BSc, MSc (PT) (Western Cape) Ms T Steyl, BSc (PT) (Stellenbosch ), MSc (PT) (Western Cape) Ms L Wegner, BSc (PT) (Western Cape), MSc (PT) (Western Cape) Dr J Diener, BSc (PT) Stellenbosch), PhD (PT) (Western Cape) Ms D Hess BSc (PT) (Western Cape) Ms B Sauls, BSc (PT) (Stellenbosch) Ms M Warner Ms E Presens Ms M Coetzee, BA (Hons) (Western Cape)
Ms M Andipatin, MA (Psych) (Western Cape) Vacant Prof K Mwaba, MA (Social Psychology), PhD (Syracuse), Registered Research Psychologist Dr M Smith, MA (Psych) (Western Cape), MA Clin Psychology, PhD (Columbia), Registered Clinical Psychologist
10
Lecturers:
Senior Officers:
Secretaries: SOCIAL WORK Professor and Head of Department: Senior Lecturers:
Mr R Ahmed, MA (Cape Town), Registered Clinical Psychologist Mr UL Bawa, MA (Psych) (Witwatersrand), Registered Clinical Psychologist Dr AS Pedro, MA (Psych), PhD (Western Cape) Dr S Savahl, MA, PhD (Western Cape), Registered Research Psychologist Mr C Davids, MPsych (Western Cape), Registered Counselling Psychologist Ms M Florence, HDE, MA (Western Cape) Ms S Isaacs, MA Research Psychology (Western Cape), Registered Research Psychologist Mr K Kamaloodien, BSoc Sc (Cape Town), MPsych (Western Cape), Registered Clinical Psychologist Ms E Munnik, MPsych (Western Cape), Registered Clinical Psychologist Ms M Pienaar, MA (Psych), (KwaZulu Natal), Registered Counselling Psychologist Mr L Daniels, BA (Hons) (Stellenbosch), BA (Hons) Personnel Management (Free State), MA (Western Cape) Mr BD Faroa, BA (Hons) English (Western Cape) Ms T Fennie, Dipl Personnel Management, Dipl Admin Management (Damelin), PDE (Bellville) BA (Hons) (Western Cape), MPhil (HIV/Aids Management) (Stellenbosch) Ms BS Mthimunye, B Psych (Western Cape) Registered Counsellor Ms YP Kleinhans Ms RK Klink
Lecturers:
Prof R Schenck, BA (Hons) (Pretoria), MA (SW) (Pretoria) MA (SS) (Pretoria), DPhil (SW) (UNISA) Dr A Beytell, BA (SW) (Pretoria), BA (Hons) (Med SW) (Stellenbosch), MA (SocSc) (Johannesburg), PhD (RAU) Dr MS de Jager, Sen Diploma (SW) (Huguenot College), DPhil (SW) (Nelson Mandela Metropolitan) Dr M Londt, Higher Dipl (SW), MA (SW) (Cape Town), PhD (Western Cape) Ms G Dykes, Higher Dipl (SW), MA (SW) (Western Cape) Ms N Lukelelo, BSoc Sc (SW) (Cape Town), MA (SW) (Stellenbosch) Ms ML Minnaar-McDonald, BA (SW) (Western Cape), MSocSc (Uppsala) Ms V Saville, BA (SW) (Western Cape), BA (Hons) (SW) (Western Cape), MA (SW) (Stellenbosch) (Cum Laude) Dr N Roman, BA, HDE, BEd (Psychology), MA (CFS) (Cum Laude), PhD (Western Cape) Ms E Rich, High Dipl (ETD), MA (CFS) (Western Cape) Dr N Henderson, BSoc Sci (SW) (Cape Town), IMSSW (Gothenburg), PhD (Western Cape) Ms S Carelse, BA (SW), MSW (Western Cape) Mr R Safodien, BA (SW) (Western Cape) Ms A Amansure Ms MM Moloi Vacant
Masters Programme Manager (Masters Child and Family Studies):
Senior Departmental Officers:
Academic Officers: Administrative Officers:
11
SPORT, RECREATION AND EXERCISE SCIENCE Head of Department: Dr S Bassett, PhD, MSc (Sport Science) (Utah), BSc (Hons) (Biokinetics) cum laude (Western Cape), BSc (Hons) (Sport Science) (Sussex) Prof A Travill, PhD (Witwatersrand), MA (PhysEd) (San Diego), BAHons (Phys Ed), HDE (Rhodes) Prof M Lees, DPhil (Sport Science) cum laude, MA (Phys Ed) (Heidelberg),) LLB (Western Cape), BEd (Hons), BA (Hons), HDE (Heidelberg) Dr L Leach, PhD, MA (Western Cape), BA (Hons) (Biokinetics), (Stellenbosch), BA (Hons) (Phys Ed) , BA (Phys Ed) (Western Cape), PTD (Rand College of Education) Mr B Andrews, MSc (Sport Science) cum laude, BSc (Hons) (Sport Science), BSc (Sport Science) (Stellenbosch) Ms S Titus, MA (SRES), BA (Sport and Recreation Management) cum laude (Western Cape) Ms M Young, MPhil, (Sport Management) (Johannesburg) Mr G Smithdorf, BA (SES), BA (Hons) Biokinetics (Western Cape) Ms L Davids Mr J Edas, PTD, HDPE (Hewat Training College) Ms C Tsoli, BCom (Western Cape)
Professor/s: Associate Professor/s:
Snr Lecturer:
Lecturers:
Associate Lecturer: Administrative Officers:
SCHOOL OF NATURAL MEDICINE Head of School: Co-ordinators: Dr J Campbell, Dipl (PHYT) (United Kingdom) Dr M Brown, BSc (CHS), BCM (NAT), MA (Western Cape) Dr N Kisten, BSc (CHS), BCM (UTM), MSc (Western Cape) Dr X Ma, MA, PhD (Shandong University of Traditional Chinese Medicine) Dr W Cassiem, BSc (CHS), BCM (CMA) (Western Cape) Dr L Curtolo, BSc (CHS), BCM (PHYT) (Western Cape) Dr MJ Hoosen BSc (CHS) BCM (UTM) (Western Cape) Dr Z Kamdar BSc (CHS) BCM (UTM) (Western Cape) Dr L Leisegang, M Tech (Hom) (Durban UT) Dr W Erickson-Perreira BSc (CHS), BCM (NAT) (Western Cape) MEd (Western Cape) Dr K Sabi, BSc (CHS), BCM (NAT) (Western Cape) Dr G Sedupane, BSc (CHS), BCM (PHYT) (Western Cape) Dr X Wang, BSc (Chinese Medicine) (Medical University of Jining), MSc (MBS) (Western Cape) Ms D Pretorius Ms S Abrahams, BA (Human Ecology) (Western Cape)
Lecturers:
Administrative Officer: Clinical Administrator: SCHOOL OF PUBLIC HEALTH Associate Professor and Director:
Professor and Director (HIV Centre): Professors:
Emeritus Professor:
Prof Helen Schneider, MBChB (Cape Town), Masters of Medicine (Com Health), Dipl in Tropical Medicine & Hygiene (Witwatersrand), Dipl in Child Health (SA College of Medicine) Prof C Zarowsky, MD (McMaster), MPH (Harvard), PhD (McGill) Prof U Lehmann, MA, PhD (Hannover) Prof T Puoane, BCur, BA Soc Sci (UNISA), MPH, Dr PH (Berkeley) Prof DM Sanders, MBChB (Birm), DCH (RCS Eng), MRCP (UK), DTPH (London) 12
Extraordinary Professors:
Senior Lecturers:
Lecturers:
Researchers:
Honorary Professor: Project Manager: Senior Coordinator: Administrative Officer:
Prof N Abrahams, PhD (UCT), MPhil (UWC), Dipl in Paediatric Nursing (RXH), Dipl in Com Health (PEN Tech), Dipl in General Nursing and Midwifery (GSH) Prof L Gilson, BA (Hons) (Oxford University), MA (distinction) (Univ of East Anglia) , PhD (Univ of London) Prof S Guttmacher, BA, M.Phil, PhD Prof H Hausler, BSc (Hon) (British Columbia), MDCM (McGill), MPH (Johns Hopkins), PhD (London) Prof D Jackson, RNC (Florida State), MPH (San Diego State), DSc (Boston) Prof John Seager, BSc (Hons) (Wales), PhD (Wales) Dr G Reagon, MBChB, FCPHM (Cape Town) Dr B van Wyk, BSc (Hons), MSc Psychology, DPhil Psychology (Stellenbosch) Ms H Bradley, BPharm (Hons) (Bath, UK), MPH (Western Cape) Ms V Mathews, BA (Hons) Soc Science, MPH (Western Cape) Ms S Mohamed, Nat Dip (RAD) (Cape Peninsula UT), MPH (Western Cape) Ms LP Tsolekile, BSc (Hons) (Dietetics), MPH (Western Cape) Prof GJ Hofmeyr, MBBCh, MRCOG (Witwatersrand) Dr AS Aku, MBBS, (Ahmadu Bello) Dr K Harper, FC Paediatrics (College of Medicine SA) Dr H Leng, PhD (Cape Town) Dr T Mathole, BSc (Hons), MPA (Zimbabwe), PhD (Uppsala, Sweden) Dr B Nkosi, BPaed (Home Economics) (Zimbabwe/ KwaZulu Natal), BA (Hons) Human Ecology (Western Cape), MA Environmental & Dev. (Natal), PhD Family Social Science (UMN), USA Dr V Scott, MBChB, DCH (Cape Town), MPH (Western Cape) Dr R Stern, BScPhysio (Wits), Dip Health Promotion, MA, DrPH (London) Dr K Ward, PhD (Western Cape) Ms L Alexander, BA (Hons), BAFA (South Africa), Dip (Adult Ed), MPhil (Adult Ed) (Cape Town) Mr W Amde, BA (Addis Ababa), MA (Rhur Bochum), MA (Western Cape) Ms P Booi, Dipl. Gen Nursing and Mifwifery Ms V Henge, BPharm (Rhodes) Ms B Magadzire, BSc (Solusi), MPhil, PGD (Stellenbosch), Ms N T Matshanda, BSocSc (Cape Town) Ms A Parsons, BSocSci (Cape Town), MSc (London) Ms S Rohde, BS Nursing, PG Cert in Public Health, BA (Hons) Ms N Schaay, BA (Hons) (Natal), MPH (Western Cape) Ms M Singata, Master in Business Admin (Regent Business School) Ms J Uwimana, BSc (Hons) (Rwanda), MSc PT, PGD Public Health (Western Cape), PGC Int Comm Health (Oslo) Ms SX Williams, Dipl in Child Nursing Science Prof S Tilford, BSc, MA, PGCE (Leeds) Dr Shun Govender, BA (South Africa), BD (Durban), Drs, Th D (Netherlands) Ms M Petersen Ms B Basson, BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape) Ms J Kader 13
Administrative Officer (HIV Centre): Senior Programme Officer: Financial Administrator: Finance Admin Officer: Financial Admin Assistant: Office Assistant: Receptionist: Project Administrative Coordinator:
Ms L Martin Ms T Petersen Ms C Carolissen, ND Exec Sec, NHD Post School Ed (Cape Peninsula UT) Ms T de Lima Ms S Abbas Mr Z Najaar Mr M Adams Ms N Komeni, BCom (Western Cape) Ms E Chademana, BSc (Hons) (Africa), DipPers Mgt (Zimbabwe), M.Dev Studies, KwaZulu Natal
INTERDISCIPLINARY TEACHING AND LEARNING UNIT Unit Co-ordinator: Service-Learning Sites Co-ordinator: Interdisciplinary Core Courses Convenor: Fieldwork Co-ordinators: Administrator: UWC Community Rehabilitation Project Co-ordinator: CAMPUS HEALTH CENTRE Head of Department: Medical Officer: Professional Nurses: Practice Manager: Receptionist: Receptionist: Dr DH Bagwandeen Dr Talita Seegers Sr Valencia Prince Sr Avril Colville Ms Mareth Abrahams Ms Mariam Adams Ms Shain Brown Dr F Waggie, BSc (PT), MSc (PT), PhD (Western Cape) Mr GC Filies, BSc (OT) (Western Cape), MPhil (Stellenbosch) Ms Nariman Laattoe MPhil (Cape Town) Mr Joseph Appolis Ms Adrienne Simpson Ms C Fester Ms R Hull, BSc (OT) (Western Cape)
Health care is available to all registered students, staff & related persons on campus. Comprehensive primary level treatment is offered with referrals being made as appropriate to other hospitals or professionals. Health education programmes are carried out regularly, the primary aims of which are to empower patients to manage their health and lifestyle for the prevention of illness and the promotion, maintenance and restoration of their own health. The clinic has a visiting dietician and optometrist. We liaise closely with other health related service departments on campus, viz the UWC Physiotherapy Clinic, Institute for Counselling (psychologists), Sports Administartion and the HIV/AIDS unit. Contact Details: 021 959 2875/6 CENTER FOR STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICES Director: Student Development: Academic Support: Psychological Services : Students with Disabilities: Leadership and Social Responsibilities: Birgit Schreiber Winston Middleton Laetitia Permall Shahieda Jansen Evadne Abrahams Dr Christina Lunceford (PhD)
Our Center for Student Support Services reports directly to the Deputy Vice-Chancellor, Student Development and Support, Professor Lullu Tshiwula.
14
This Center provides broad student-centered development and professional services, programs, training opportunities and resources aimed at enhancing the quality of life and wellness of the campus community. The focus is to engage students potential in order to assist in achieving goals at UWC and to develop responsible and responsive citizens for tomorrow. The vision is to develop a safe, secure and supportive campus environment which enhances student learning on multiple levels. We conduct research and engage with national issues and debates to provide a cutting edge service which meets students development needs. We are staffed by dynamic professionals who are registered with national bodies and provide high quality, free and confidential services. Each staff member is highly qualified, brings a range of experiences and bases the interventions in current theory to effectively deliver outcomes. We are located on the 2nd floor, Community and Health Science Building. Please visit us anytime to benefit from our work and help you enhance your academic performance. Contact Details: Tel: 021 959 2299 Office Hours: 8h30-4h30 Student Development This department facilitates the successful entry and exit of students. It organizes a nationally renowned and campus wide Orientation Program which facilitates academic, social and personal-emotional adjustment of first year students to UWCs higher education campus. This sets a firm foundation for a successful career at UWC. The Career Development Program provides information, career assessments, exhibitions, assistance with CV writing and interviewing skills. This is particularly valuable for students who want to enter the work careers with success. In addition, this department also assists the Student Governance on campus and in residences (SRC and CHC) with elections, training, and induction. Student Academic Support This department focuses on offering effective, flexible, creative, and student-centered academic development initiatives and aims to support students in achieving their academic goals. It offers workshops, ongoing group, and individual training to develop specific and generic learning skills. This department runs the flagship program: the Student Mentoring Program, which utilizes highly performing senior students to mentor all first year students. This vibrant program has multiple benefits for the mentor, the mentee, and the campus community overall. Regular experiential workshops that focus on students immediate skills enhancement, such as time management, coping and stress management skills, memory enhancement, study skills, exam preparation and many others are also offered. Psychological Services This department provides professional and confidential, developmental, preventative and curative psychological services for personal, social, familial, and other problems and concerns. The interventions are usually based on brief-term psychotherapy principles but might utilize longer-term approaches. Open workshops and psycho-educational therapeutic groups which allow access to problems and offer resolutions in a safe space shared with peers are also conducted. Other services include trauma debriefing, crisis intervention, and any kind of mental health related work with students. The Service also trains and supervises intern psychologists from national and international academic institutions. It provides dynamic learning experiences in a wide and varying context, in line with requirement of the Professional Board of Psychology. The internship program is recognized as an exemplar of excellence in the country. 15
Students with Disabilities UWC aims to offer disabled and challenged students the specific assistance to achieve maximum potential. At present, the University has students with a range of disabilities and this department boasts a long history of effectively supporting disabled students to achieve graduation. This department provides assessment and support to the special requirements a student might present, in addition, the department advocates the rights of challenged students to the campus community to create an environment of equality and fairness. Prospective students are encouraged to contact the department to ascertain how best UWC can assist once registered for a degree at UWC. Leadership and Social Responsibilities This department develops individual and collective leadership skills, facilitates the Leadership Academy and capacity building for student governance on all levels. UWC students have the opportunity to develop a leadership portfolio, which enhances their civil functioning and enables responsible leadership.
16
RULES F OR P ROGRAMMES
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN HUMAN ECOLOGY - 8511 PLEASE NOTE: The BA Human Ecology Degree will be phased out as from 2011. There will be no new intake of 1st year students into this programme. J.1 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: BA Human Ecology J.1.1 (a) Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 The National Senior Certificate for Bachelors Degree study plus a score of no less than 27 points calculated according to the Universitys approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements: (b) level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or first additional language) and level 3 (40-49%) in Another Language (home or first additional language) and level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematical Literacy Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT) OR (c) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above. Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008 A Matriculation Exemption with one of the following subject requirements: (b) HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or SG (50%, D symbol) Mathematics or HG (40%, E symbol) Biology or SG (50%, D symbol) Biology or HG (40%, E symbol) Physical Sciences or SG (50%, D symbol) Physical Sciences or HG (40%, E symbol) Physiology or SG (50%, D symbol) Physiology Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT) OR (c) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above
J.1.2 (a)
17
J.1.3 J.1.3.1 (a) (b)
Alternate admission Alternate admission requirements for applicants who passed Grade 12 from 2008 The National Senior Certificate for Diploma Study plus a score of no less than 23 points calculated according to the Universitys approved points system. Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT). OR
(c) J.1.3.2 (a)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above Alternate admission requirements for applicants who passed Grade 12 before 2008 Students without matriculation exemption may be allowed into the programme as Senate Discretionary students and will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT). OR
(b) J.1.3.3
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above Alternate admission requirements for applicants according to Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL)
Students who completed the NSC in 2008 or thereafter, but have not obtained endorsements, will be considered for alternative admission after the age of 23. Such candidates will be required to complete a RPL portfolio development course and submit to a process where relevant learning and/or experience will be assessed. Candidates who are 23 or older and do not have a matriculation certificate or NSC, but who might have obtained other qualifications or experience that may be deemed to be equivalent to admission criteria for particular study programmes, will also be required to complete a RPL portfolio development course or an RPL portfolio process as agreed and to submit to a process where such learning, qualification and/or experience will be assessed. J.2 SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. J.3 DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over four years full time. J.4 J.4.1 CURRICULUM Level 1 Alpha Code EED111 CCL121 SRE113 IPC112 PSY121 PSY124 MAM110 18 Cred 10 5 15 5 7.5 7.5 15
Module Name Eng for Educ Dev 111 Computer Literacy 121 Fundamentals of Exercise Physiology 113 Intro to Philosophy of Care (H/E) Psychology of Child Development 121 Introduction to Health Psychology 124 Mathematics 110 (Numeracy)
Intro to Economics and Business Management 132 Family Development 110 Community Development 171 Community Development 172 Intro to Human Ecology 111 Anthropology/Sociology 111 (N) J.4.2 Level 2
IEB131 MAN132 HEC110 HEC171 HEC172 HEC111 ANT111 Sub-total
15 15 5 5 10 10 15 140
Module Name Nutrition 239 Study of Human Development 211 Community Psychology 223 Health Psychology 224 Human Ecology 230 Family Development 221 Community Development 271 Community Development 272 Micro Enterprise for Human Ecology 241 Micro Enterprise for Human Ecology 222 Management 201 Anthropology 212 Anthropology 222 Gender Studies 212 J.4.3 Level 3
Alpha Code NUT239 PSY211 PSY223 PSY224 HEC230 HEC221 HEC271 HEC272 HEC241 HEC222 MAN201 ANT212 ANT222 WGS212 Sub-total
Cred 15 10 5 5 10 10 10 10 5 5 10 10 10 10 125
Module Name Nutrition 319 Community Development 371 Community Development 372 Human Ecology 331 Human Ecology 330 Family Development 311 Micro Enterprise for Human Ecology 341 Micro Enterprise for Human Ecology 320 Sociology 311 Sociology 321 Psych Soc Iden & Soc Oppression Research Methods for Human Ecology 381 J.4.4 Level 4
Alpha Code NUT319 HEC371 HEC372 HEC331 HEC330 HEC311 HEC341 HEC320 SOC311 SOC321 PSY322 HEC381 Sub-total
Cred 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 120
Module Name Integrated Human Ecology Practice 401 Applied Statistics 501 Research Methods for Human Ecology 480 Management 333 Community Development 470 Human Ecology 430 Human Ecology 431 Project Management Professional Orientation 483
Alpha Code HEC401 STA501 HEC480 MAN333 HEC470 HEC430 HEC431 MAN720 HEC483 Sub-total TOTAL 19
Cred 15 15 20 15 20 10 10 15 10 130 515
J.5
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. J.6 PROMOTION RULES
Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3: J.6.1 Level 1
Students will be promoted to the 2nd Level of study when Intro to Human Ecology 111, Family Development 110 and Community Development 171 and 172, which are qualifying modules for the second year of study, have been passed and a minimum of 110 credit points have been obtained. J.6.2 Level 2
Students will be promoted to the 3rd Level of study when Human Ecology 230, Family Development 211 and Community Development 271 and 272, Micro Enterprise for Human Ecology 222 and 241 and Nutrition 239 have been passed and a minimum of 225 credit points have been obtained. J.6.3 Level 3
Students will be promoted to the 4th Level of study only when Human Ecology 330 and 331, Family Development 311 and Community Development 371 and 372, Micro Enterprise for Human Ecology 341 and 320, Research Methods 381 and Nutrition 319 have been passed and a minimum of 345 credit points have been obtained. J.6.4 Level 4
Students will complete the 4th Level of study only when all required modules have been passed and 515 credit points have been obtained. J.7 J.7.1 ADVANCE REGISTRATION Level 1
If a student does not promote to the 2nd Level of study, the student may be allowed to register for 2 nd Level modules to the value of 30 credits, provided that the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable clashes. J.7.2 J.7.2.1 Level 2 Students may only register for modules in advance at the next level if s/he does not have more than 45 credits to make up at the current level (or lower). Repeating students (who have not promoted ) should not take more than 90 credits in total, consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits. Level 3 Students may only register for modules in advance at the next level if s/he does not have more than 45 credits to make up at the current level (or lower). Repeating students (who have not promoted ) should not take more than 90 credits in total, consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits.
J.7.2.2
J.7.3 J.7.3.1
J.7.3.2
20
J.8
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. J.9 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
There are no special requirements for this programme. BACHELOR OF HUMAN ECOLOGY IN EDUCATION - 8521 PLEASE NOTE: The BA Human Ecology in Education Degree will be phased out as from 2011. There will be no new intake of 1st year students into this programme. J.10 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: BA Human Ecology (Education) J.10.1 (a) Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 The National Senior Certificate for Bachelors Degree study plus a score of no less than 27 points calculated according to the Universitys approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements: (b) level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or first additional language) and level 3 (40-49%) in Another Language (home or first additional language) and level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematical Literacy Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT) OR (c) J.10.2 (a) (b) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above. Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008 A Matriculation Exemption with one of the following subject requirements: HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or SG (50%, D symbol) Mathematics or HG (40%, E symbol) Biology or SG (50%, D symbol) Biology or HG (40%, E symbol) Physical Sciences or SG (50%, D symbol) Physical Sciences or HG (40%, E symbol) Physiology or SG (50%, D symbol) Physiology Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT) OR (c) A qualification or level of competence that the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above 21
J.10.3 J.10.3.1 (a) (b)
Alternate admission Alternate admission requirements for applicants who passed Grade 12 from 2008 The National Senior Certificate for Diploma Study plus a score of no less than 23 points calculated according to the Universitys approved points system. Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT). OR
(c) J.10.3.2 (a)
A qualification or level of competence that the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above Alternate admission requirements for applicants who passed Grade 12 before 2008 Students without matriculation exemption may be allowed into the programme as Senate Discretionary students and will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT) OR
(b) J.10.3.3
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration for the degree shall extend over four years full time. J.13 J.13.1 CURRICULUM Level 1 Alpha Code EDC111 EDC121 EDC122 EDC101 HEC111 MCS113 PSY124 22 Cred 15 15 15 15 10 5 5
Module Name Literacy & Numeracy Lifeskills 125 Second Additional language Education Practice 101 Introduction to Human Ecology Method of Consumer Studies 113 Intro to Health Psychology 124
Intro to Psychology 111 Brain and Behaviour 112 Introduction to Economics & Business Management 132 Chemistry 128 (CHS) J.13.2 Level 2
PSY111 PSY112 IEB131 MAN132 CHM128 Sub-total
7.5 7.5 15 15 15 140
Module Name Education Practice 201 Method of Consumer Studies 213 Intro to Psychological Intervention 214 Community Psychology 223 Health Psychology 224 Housing 205 Nutrition 239 Micro Enterprise for Human Ecology 241 Micro Enterprise for Human Ecology 222 Human Ecology 230 Management 201 J.13.3 Level 3
Alpha Code EDC201 MCS213 PSY214 PSY223 PSY224 HEC205 NUT239 HEC241 HEC222 HEC230 MAN201 Sub-total
Cred 15 7.5 10 5 5 10 15 5 5 10 10 97.5
Module Name Education Practice 301 Education 313 Education 323 Method of Life Orientation 301 Method of Life Orientation 302 Method of Consumer Studies 314 Housing 305 Nutrition 319 Micro Enterprise for Human Ecology 341 Micro Enterprise for Human Ecology 320 Consumer Studies 306 J.13.4 Level 4
Alpha Code EDC301 EDU313 EDU323 MTL301 MTL302 MCS314 HEC305 NUT319 HEC341 HEC320 HEC306 Sub-total
Cred 30 15 15 5 15 5 10 10 10 10 10 135
Module Name Education Practice 401 Education 413 Education 423 Method of Life Orientation 401 Method of Consumer Studies 411 Housing 450 Micro Enterprise for Human Ecology 440 Micro Enterprise for Human Ecology 420
Alpha Code EDC401 EDU413 EDU423 MTL401 MCS411 HEC450 HEC440 HEC420 Sub-total TOTAL
Cred 60 15 15 15 5 15 10 10 145 517.5
J.14
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
23
J.15
PROMOTION RULES
Students will be promoted to the 2nd Level of study when Introduction to Human Ecology 111, Chemistry 128, Literacy and Numeracy, Lifeskills 125, Second Additional Language and Education Practice 101 which are qualifying modules for the 2nd Level of study, have been passed and a minimum of 110 credit points have been obtained. J.15.2 Level 2
Students will be promoted to the 3rd Level of study when Micro Enterprise for Human Ecology 222 and 241, Housing 205 and Education Practice 201 have been passed and a minimum of 180 credit points have been obtained. J.15.3 Level 3
Students will be promoted to the 4th Level of study when Micro Enterprise for Human Ecology 341 and Micro Enterprise for Human Ecology 320, Housing 305 and Education Theory 313 and 323 have been passed and a minimum of 270 credit points have been obtained. J.15.4 Level 4
Students will complete the degree when all modules have been passed and 517.5 credit points have been obtained. J.16 J.16.1 ADVANCE REGISTRATION Level 1
If a student does not promote to the 2nd Level of study, the student may be allowed to register for 2nd Level modules to the value of 30 credits, provided that the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable clashes. J.16.2 J.16.2.1 J.16.2.2 J.16.3 J.16.3.1 J.16.3.2 J.17 Level 2 Students may only register for modules in advance at the next level if s/he does not have more than 45 credits to make up at the current level (or lower). Repeating students (who have not promoted ) should not take more than 90 credits in total, consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits. Level 3 Students may only register for modules in advance at the next level if s/he does not have more than 45 credits to make up at the current level (or lower). Repeating students (who have not promoted ) should not take more than 90 credits in total, consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits. RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
There are no special requirements for this programme.
24
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN SPORT, RECREATION AND EXERCISE SCIENCE - 8061 J.19 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: BA Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science J.19.1 (a) Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 The National Senior Certificate for Bachelors Degree study plus a score of no less than 2 7 points calculated according to the Universitys approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements: (b) level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or first additional language) and level 3 (40-49%) in Another Language (home or first additional language) and level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematical Literacy Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT) OR (c) J.19.2 (a) (b) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above. Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008 A Matriculation Exemption with the following subject requirements: HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or SG (50%, D symbol) Mathematics and HG (40%, E symbol) Biology or SG (50%, D symbol) Biology or HG (40%, E symbol) Physical Science or SG (50%, D symbol) Physical Science Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT) OR (c) J.19.3 A qualification or level of competence that the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above Alternate admission
Alternate admission requirements for applicants according to Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) Students who completed the NSC in 2008 or thereafter, but have not obtained endorsements, will be considered for alternative admission after the age of 23. Such candidates will be required to complete a RPL portfolio development course and submit to a process where relevant learning and/or experience will be assessed. Candidates who are 23 or older and do not have a matriculation certificate or NSC, but who might have obtained other qualifications or experience that may be deemed to be equivalent to admission criteria for particular study programmes, will also be required to complete a RPL portfolio development course or an RPL portfolio process as agreed and to submit to a process where such learning, qualification and/or experience will be assessed.
25
J.20
SELECTION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years full time. J.22 J.22.1 CURRICULUM Level 1 Alpha Code Cred
Module Name Compulsory Group 1 Theory (SRE111) Fundamentals of Exec Phys (SRE113) Practical (SRE101) Practical (SRE102) Group 2 Introduction to Philosophy of Care (HMS) Health Development and Primary Health Care (HMS) Computer Literacy 111 *(Select 1 module) Eng for Educ Dev 121 Intro to Xhosa (CHS) (alternative if exempted from EED) Intro to Afrikaans (CHS) (alternative if exempted from EED) ** Group 3 Electives (select only 1 major to the value of 30 credits) History History 111 History 121 Psychology Intro to Psychology 111 Brain and Behaviour 112 Psychology of Child Development 121 Intro to Research Methods 123 Management Management 132 Intro to Economy & Business English English 111 English 121
SRE111 SRE113 SRE101 SRE102 IPC115 HMS121 CCL111 EED121 XHO001 AFR002
20 15 15 15 5 5 5 10 10 10
HIS141 HIS142 PSY111 PSY112 PSY121 PSY123 MAN132 IEB131 ENG111 ENG121 Sub-total
15 15 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 15 15 15 15 120
*Students who have obtained an A or B symbol in English at Grade 12 level are required to do either Xhosa or Afrikaans. **Students may only choose one elective/major from group 3. Students must continue with this elective/major throughout the programme. J.22.2 Level 2 Alpha Code SRE238 SRE236 SRE217 26 Cred 10 10 10
Module Name Group 1 - Compulsory Theory: Sport Psychology 238 Theory: Motor Control & Development 236 Theory: Exercise Physiology 217
Theory: Recreation 237 Sport in Society 221 Evaluation and Measurement (216 PRACT) Sport Recr Exercise (SRE224 PRACT) Management of Sport 211 *Group 2 Electives History (select modules to the value of 40 credits) History 211 History 212 History 223 History 232 History 233 Psychology (select modules to the value of 40 credits) Study of Human Development 211 Intro to Psychological Interven 214 Qual Res Meth & Health Sc 221 Community Psychology 223 Health Psychology 224 Intro to Psychopathology 213 Management Management 231 Management 233 Management 201 Finance for Small & Med Enterprises English English 211 English 221
SRE237 SRE221 SRE216 SRE224 SRE211
10 10 10 10 10
HIS211 HIS212 HIS223 HIS232 HIS233 PSY211 PSY214 PSY221 PSY223 PSY224 PSY213 MAN231 MAN233 MAN201 MAN206 ENG211 ENG221 Sub-total
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 20 20 120
*Students must continue with the elective/major subject area that was selected in Level 1. J.22.3 Level 3
There are two (2) streams, namely Fitness & Coaching and Recreation & Management. Students have to select one (1) stream. These are made up of: Stream 1 - Fitness & Coaching Module Name Group 1 - Compulsory Theory: Biomechanics 312 Theory: Impaired Motor Control 313 Sport Safety 316 Advanced Ex Physiology 318 Sport Recr Exercise (SRE331 PRACT) Sport Recr Exercise (SRE329 PRACT) Sport Recr Exercise (SRE326 PRACT) Sport Recr Exercise (SRE327 PRACT) * Group 2 Electives History History 311 History 312 History 321 History 322 Psychology Psychopathology 311 Intro to Personality Theory 312 Quant Res Meth Comm & Health SC 321 Psych of Soc Iden & Soc Oppression 322 27 Alpha Code SRE312 SRE313 SRE316 SRE318 SRE331 SRE329 SRE326 SRE327 Cred 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
HIS311 HIS312 HIS321 HIS322 PSY311 PSY312 PSY321 PSY322
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Management (select modules to the value of 40-45 credits) Management 339 Management 333 Project Management Management 303 Management 314 English English 311 English 321
MAN339 MAN333 MAN325 MAN303 MAN314 ENG311 ENG321 Sub-total TOTAL
15 10 15 15 15 20 20 120-125 360-365
*Students must continue with the elective/major subject area that was selected in Level 1. Stream 2 - Recreation & Management Module Name Group 1 - Compulsory Theory: Impaired Motor Control 313 Sport Safety 316 Theory: Management of Sport 315 Sport and Community Dev 317 Sport Recr Exercise (SRE322 PRACT) Sport Recr Exercise (SRE324 PRACT) Sport Recr Exercise (SRE330 PRACT) Sport Recr Exercise (SRE325 PRACT) *Group 2 Electives History History 311 History 312 History 321 History 322 Psychology Psychopathology 311 Intro to Personality Theory 312 Quant Res Meth Comm & Health SC 321 Psych of Soc Iden & Soc Oppression 322 Management (select modules to the value of 40-45 credits) Management 339 Management 333 Project Management Management 303 Management 314 English English 311 English 321 Alpha Code SRE313 SRE316 SRE315 SRE317 SRE322 SRE324 SRE330 SRE325 HIS311 HIS312 HIS321 HIS322 PSY311 PSY312 PSY321 PSY322 MAN339 MAN333 MAN325 MAN303 MAN314 ENG311 ENG321 Sub-total TOTAL Cred 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 15 10 15 15 15 20 20 120-125 360-365
J.23
ASSESSMENT
A student shall be promoted to the 2nd Level of study on obtaining 90 credits at the 1 st Level, provided the student passed at least 60 credits from group, which must include 1 theory module (15 credits) and 2 practical modules (30 credits), obtain at least 15 credits from group 2 and pass all modules from group 3 (electives). 28
J.24.2
Level 2
A student shall be promoted to the the 3rd Level of study on obtaining 210 credits at the 2nd Level, provided the student passed all 1st Level modules and passed at least 60 credits from group 1. J.24.3 Level 3
A student must have succesfully completed all prescribed modules and obtained a total of 360-365 credits (depending on the major choosen) to complete the degree. J.25 J.25.1 ADVANCE REGISTRATION Level 1
A student can only anticipate modules at the next level if s/he does not have more than 45 credits to make up at the current level (or lower), provided that the student does not take more than 90 credits in total, consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits. And provided that the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable clashes. J.25.2 Level 2
A student can only register for 3rd Level modules if all 1st Level modules have been passed, if s/he does not have more than 45 credits to make up at the current level (or lower), provided that the student does not take more than 90 credits in total, consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits. And provided that the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable clashes. J.26 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
No re-evaluation will be allowed for practical modules that are assessed continuously. BACHELOR OF ARTS IN SPORT AND EXERCISE SCIENCE 8041 PLEASE NOTE: The BA SES Degree is currently being phased out. There will be no new intake students into this programme. Kindly refer to the 2009 Community and Health Science Calendar for the rules and curriculum pertaining to the first and second year levels. J.28 J.28.1 CURRICULUM Level 3 Alpha Code SRE312 SRE313 SRE316 SRE315 SRE331 SRE329 SRE326 SRE327 Cred 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Module Name Group 1 - Compulsory Theory: Biomechanics 312 Theory: Impaired Motor Control 313 Sport Safety 316 Theory: Management of Sport Sport Recr Exercise (SRE331 PRACT) Sport Recr Exercise (SRE329 PRACT) Sport Recr Exercise (SRE326 PRACT) Sport Recr Exercise (SRE327 PRACT)
29
Group 2 Electives History History 311 History 312 History 321 History 322 Psychology Psychopathology 311 Intro to Personality Theory 312 Quant Res Meth Comm & Health SC 321 Psych of Soc Iden & Soc Oppression 322 Management (select modules to the value of 45 credits) Management 339 Management 333 Project Management Management 303 Management 314 English English 311 English 321
HIS311 HIS312 HIS321 HIS322 PSY311 PSY312 PSY321 PSY322 MAN339 MAN333 MAN325 MAN303 MAN314 ENG311 ENG321 Sub-total TOTAL
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 15 15 15 15 15 20 20 120-125 360-365
J.29
ASSESSMENT
A student shall be promoted to the the 3rd Level of study on obtaining 210 credits at the 2 nd Level, provided the student passed all 1st Level modules and passed at least 60 credits from group , which must include 3 theory (30 credits) and 3 practical (30 credits) modules. J.30.2 Level 3
No re-evaluation will be allowed for practical modules that are assessed continuously.
30
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN SPORT AND RECREATION MANAGEMENT 8014 PLEASE NOTE: The BA SRM Degree is currently being phased out. There will be no new intake students into this programme. Kindly refer to the 2009 Community and Health Science Calendar for the rules and curriculum pertaining to the first and second year levels. J.34 DURATION
Unless Senate decides, otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years full time. J.35 J.35.1 CURRICULUM Level 3 Alpha Code SRE312 SRE313 SRE316 SRE315 SRE322 SRE324 SRE330 SRE325 Cred 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Module Name Group 1 - Compulsory Theory: Biomechanics 312 Theory: Impaired Motor Control 313 Sport Safety 316 Theory: Management of Sport 315 Sport Recr Exercise (SRE322 PRACT) Sport Recr Exercise (SRE324 PRACT) Sport Recr Exercise (SRE330 PRACT) Sport Recr Exercise (SRE325 PRACT) Group 2 Electives History (select modules to the value of 40 credits) History 211 History 212 History 223 History 232 History 233 Psychology Psychopathology 311 Intro to Personality Theory 312 Quant Res Meth Comm & Health SC 321 Psych of Soc Iden & Soc Oppression 322 Management (select modules to the value of 45 credits) Management 339 Management 333 Project Management Management 303 Management 314 English English 311 English 321
HIS211 HIS212 HIS223 HIS232 HIS233 PSY311 PSY312 PSY321 PSY322 MAN339 MAN333 MAN325 MAN303 MAN314 ENG311 ENG321 Sub-total TOTAL
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 15 15 15 15 15 20 20 120-125 360-365
J.36
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calenda r: General Information Part 1. J.37 PROMOTION RULES
Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3: 31
J.37.1
Level 2
A student shall be promoted to the the 3 rd Level of study on obtaining 210 credits at the 2 nd Level, provided the student passed all 1st Level modules and passed at least 60 credits from group , which must include 3 theory (30 credits) and 3 practical (30 credits) modules. J.37.2 Level 3
BACHELOR OF PSYCHOLOGY - 8431 PLEASE NOTE: The BPsych programme will be phased out as from 2011. There will be no new intake of 1st year students into this programme. Kindly refer to the 2010 Community and Health Science Calendar for the rules and curriculum pertaining to the 1st Year Level. J.41 DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over four years full time. J.42 J.42.1 CURRICULUM Level 2 Alpha Code PSY211 PSY213 PSY214 PSY221 PSY222 PSY223 PSY225 PSY224 HLP212 Cred 10 10 10 10 10 5 10 5 10
Module Name Compulsory Study of Human Development 211 Intro to Psychopathology 213 Intro to Psychological Intervention 214 Qual Res Meth & Health Sc 221 Intro to Psychometry 222 Community Psychology 223 Applied Psychological Intervention 225 Health Psychology 224 Health Promotion 211 (Psych)
32
Electives (Select 1 group) Group 1 Ethics 211 Ethics 212 Ethics 222 Ethics 221 Group 2 Anthroplogy 211 Anthroplogy 212 Anthroplogy 221 Anthroplogy 222 Group 3 (Select 4) Geography 211 Geography 212 Geography 213 Geography 221 Geography 222 Geography 223 History (select modules to the value of 40 credits) History 211 History 212 History 223 History 232 History 233 Group 5 (Select 4) Language & Comm Studies 211 Language & Comm Studies 212 Language & Comm Studies 213 Language & Comm Studies 221 Language & Comm Studies 222 Language & Comm Studies 223 Group 6 English 211 English 221 Group 7 Sociology 211 Sociology 231 Sociology 221 Sociology 232 Group 8 Philosophy 211 Philosophy 212 Philosophy 221 Philosophy 222 Group 9 (Select 4) Latin 211 Latin 212 Latin 221 Latin 222 Latin 223 Latin 224
ETH211 ETH212 ETH222 ETH221 ANT211 ANT212 ANT221 ANT222 GES211 GES212 GES213 GES221 GES222 GES223 HIS211 HIS212 HIS223 HIS232 HIS233 LCS211 LCS212 LCS213 LCS221 LCS222 LCS223 ENG211 ENG221 SOC211 SOC231 SOC221 SOC232 PHI211 PHI212 PHI221 PHI222 LAT211 LAT212 LAT221 LAT222 LAT223 LAT224 Sub-total
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 20 20 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 120
33
J.42.2
Level 3 Alpha Code Cred
Module Name Compulsory Group 1 Psychopathology 311 Intro to Personality Theory 312 Advanced Psychometry 313 Adv App Psychological Interventions 314 Quant Res Meth Comm & Health SC 321 Psych of Soc Iden & Soc Oppression 322 Psychology 323 Group 2 (Select 1) Applied Community Psychology 326 Applied Health Psychology 327 (exchange students only) Electives (Select 1 group) Group 1 Ethics 311 Ethics 312 Ethics 321 Ethics 322 Group 2 Anthroplogy 311 Anthroplogy 312 Anthroplogy 321 Anthroplogy 322 Group 3 (Select 4) Geography 311 Geography 312 Geography 313 Geography 321 Geography 322 Geography 323 Group 4 History 311 History 312 History 321 History 322 Group 5 (Select 4) Language & Comm Studies 311 Language & Comm Studies 312 Language & Comm Studies 314 Language & Comm Studies 321 Language & Comm Studies 323 Language & Comm Studies 325 Group 6 English 311 English 321 Group 7 Sociology 311 Sociology 312 Sociology 321 Sociology 322
PSY311 PSY312 PSY313 PSY314 PSY321 PSY322 PSY323 PSY326 PSY327
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
ETH311 ETH312 ETH321 ETH322 ANT311 ANT312 ANT321 ANT322 GES311 GES312 GES313 GES321 GES322 GES323 HIS311 HIS312 HIS321 HIS322 LCS311 LCS312 LCS314 LCS321 LCS323 LCS325 ENG311 ENG321 SOC311 SOC312 SOC321 SOC322
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 20 20 10 10 10 10
34
Group 8 Philosophy 311 Philosophy 312 Philosophy 321 Philosophy 322 J.42.3 Level 4
PHI311 PHI312 PHI321 PHI322 Sub-total
10 10 10 10 120
Module Name Applied Child Psychology 411 Apllied Psychometry 412 Research Project 421 Project & Practice Mangement 422 Practicum 401 Advanced Psychopathology 413 Advanced Psychological Interventions 414 Capita Selecta 427
Alpha Code PSY411 PSY412 PSY421 PSY422 PSY401 PSY413 PSY414 PSY427 Sub-total TOTAL
Cred 10 10 10 5 60 10 10 5 120 480
J.43
ASSESSMENT
A student shall be admitted to the the 2nd Level of study on obtaining 90 credits at the 1st Level (including a minimum of 25 credits for Psychology) and on meeting all pre-requisites for the 2nd Level modules. J.44.2 Level 2
A student shall be admitted to the the 3rd Level of study after obtaining 220 credits at the 2 nd Level (provided that all 1st Level credits have been obtained) and on meeting all pre-requisites for the 3rd Level modules. J.44.3 Level 3
A student shall be admitted to the the 4th Level of study after obtaining 350 credits at the 3 rd Level (provided that all 2nd Level credits have been obtained) and on meeting all pre-requisites for the 4th Level modules. J.44.4 Level 4
A student must have succesfully completed all prescribed modules and the practicum programme to graduate. In order to graduate , a student must achieve a total of 480 credits and have satisfactorily completed a practicum equivalent to a semster of full-time study and equal to 60 credits. J.45 J.45.1 ADVANCE REGISTRATION Level 1
Students may only register for modules in advance at the next level if s/he does not have more than 45 credits to make up at the current level (or lower). Repeating students (who have not promoted ) should not take more than 90 credits in total, consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits.
35
J.45.2
Level 2
Students may only register for modules in advance at the next level if s/he does have more than 45 credits to make up at the current level (or lower). Repeating students (who have not promoted ) should not take more than 90 credits in total, consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits. J.45.3 Level 3
Students may only register for modules in advance at the next level if s/he does have more than 45 credits to make up at the current level (or lower). Repeating students (who have not promoted ) should not take more than 90 credits in total, consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits. J.46 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
There are no special requirements for this programme BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN DIETETICS - 8231 J.48 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: BSc Dietetics J.48.1 (a) Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 The National Senior Certificate for Bachelors Degree study plus a score of no less than 27 points calculated according to the Universitys approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements: (b) level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or first additional language) and level 3 (40-49%) in Another Language (home or first additional language) and level 4 (50-59%) in Life Sciences and level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematical Literacy Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT) OR (c) J.48.2 (a) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008 A Matriculation Exemption with the following subject requirements: HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or SG (50%, D symbol) Mathematics and HG (40%, E symbol) Biology or SG (50%, D symbol) Biology or HG (40%, E symbol) Physical Sciences or SG (50%, D symbol) Physical Sciences
36
(b)
Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT) OR
(c)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above Alternate admission
J.48.3
Alternate admission does not apply to this programme. J.49 SELECTION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over four years full time. J.51 J.51.1 CURRICULUM Level 1 Alpha Code CCL121 DIE011 DIE021 MBS121 CHE116 CHM126 LSC141 NUT141 HEC114 DIE101 EED111 XHO001 AFR001 Sub-total Cred 5 5 5 15 15 15 15 10 15 10 10 10 10 120
Module Name Group 1 Computer Literacy 121 Intro to Philosophy of Care Health Development & Primary Health Care (Diet) Medical Bioscience 121 Chemistry 116 (N) Chemistry 126 (N) Life Sciences 141 Nutrition 141 Foods 114 Dietetics Skills Practice 101 Group 2 (Select 1) Eng for Educ Dev 111 Intro to Xhosa (CHS) (alternative if exempted from EED) Intro to Afrikaans (CHS) (alternative if exempted from EED) J.51.2 Level 2
Module Name Biotechnology 214 Biotechnology 216 Medical Bioscience 231 Medical Bioscience 232 Nutrition 211 Nutrition 221 Nutrition 223 Meal Management 244 Dietetics Skills Practice 201 Health Promotion 211
Alpha Code BTN214 BTN216 MBS231 MBS232 NUT211 NUT221 NUT223 DIE244 DIE201 HLP211 Sub-total
Cred 20 20 20 20 10 10 10 5 10 10 135
37
J.51.3
Level 3 Alpha Code DIE316 DIE326 DIE312 DIE322 DIE313 DIE323 PSE319 PSE329 PCL315 MHD223 NUT344 DIE301 Sub-total Cred 15 15 10 10 10 10 5 5 10 10 10 10 120
Module Name Therapeutic Nutrition 316 Therapeutic Nutrition 326 Community Nutrition 312 Community Nutrition 322 Foodservice Management 313 Foodservice Management 323 Physiology 319 Physiology 329 Pharmacology 315 (CHS) Measurement of Health & Disease Nutrition Epidemiology 344 Dietetics Skills Practice 301 J.51.4 Level 4
Module Name Applied Therapeutic Nutrition 401 Applied Community Nutrition 402 Applied Foodservice Management 403 Dietetics Research Project 404 Dietetics Behavioural Science 414 Statistics 501 Ethics and Practice Management for Dietetics
Alpha Code DIE401 DIE402 DIE403 DIE404 DIE414 STA501 DIE425 Sub-total TOTAL
Cred 35 30 25 15 5 15 10 135 510
J.52
ASSESSMENT
Students need to complete all 1st Level modules successfully (120 credits) in order to promote to the 2 nd Level of study. J.53.2 Level 2
Students need to complete all 2nd Level modules successfully (255 credits) in order to promote to the 3 rd Level of study. J.53.3 Level 3
Students need to complete all 3rd Level modules successfully (375 credits) in order to promote to the 4 th Level of study. J.53.4 Level 4
Students will complete the programme only when all required modules have been passed and 510 credit points have been obtained.
38
J.54 J.54.1 J.54.1.1
ADVANCE REGISTRATION Level 1 If a student does not promote to the 2nd Level of study, the student may be allowed to register for 2nd Level modules to the value of 50 credits, provided that s/he has obtained at least 90 credits at 1st Level and that the pre-requisites listed in J.57 are met and there are no timetable clashes. If the student does not promote to the 2nd Level of study as a result of failing only one module at the 1st Level, and if the student qualifies to register for the failed module as an associate student, the student will not be promoted to the next level, but may be allowed to register for all 2 nd Level modules together with the failed module. Level 2 If a student does not promote to the 3rd Level of study, the student may be allowed to register for MHD223 and NUT344 at the 3rd Level, provided that s/he has completed all 1 st Level modules and obtained at least 90 credits at 2nd Level. If the student does not promote to the 3rd Level of study as a result of failing only one module at the 2nd Level, and if the student qualifies to register for the failed module as an associate student, the student will not be promoted to the next level, but may be allowed to register for all 3rd Level modules together with the failed module. Level 3
J.54.1.2
J.54.2 J.54.2.1
J.54.2.2
J.54.3
If a student does not promote to the 4th Level of study, the student may be allowed to register for STA501, DIE414 and DIE425 at the 4th Level, provided that s/he has completed all 2nd Level modules and obtained at least 90 credits at 3rd Level. J.55 J.55.1 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. The following conditions will also apply to the renewal of registration in this programme: Where a student interrupted his/her studies for more than one academic year, and where the curriculum or module content has changed, the student will be expected to register for the additional module(s) or attend classes and write additional tests/assignme nts on work not covered during the students time of study. Where a student interrupted his/her studies between third and fourth year of study for more than one academic year, such a student will be evaluated in order to assess his/her competency level. Where the student does not meet the competency level of a 4th year dietetics student, additional modules or assignments may be prescribed and the students internship may be extended. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME Every dietetics student must, in accordance with the requirements of the Health Professions Council of South Africa, register as a dietetics student within two months after admission to the programme. Full particulars are available from the Department of Dietetics. Skills practice is included from the first year level. The fourth year consists of a full time internship in therapeutic nutrition, community nutrition and foodservice management.
J.55.2 J.55.2.1
J.55.2.2
J.55.2.3
J.56 J.56.1
J.56.2
39
J.56.3
Persons, who in their opinion possess sufficient skills to meet the entry requirements at the appropriate NQF level, must apply to the Department of Dietetics for recognition of these qualifications. Except where otherwise indicated, modules in which a practical examination is taken require a sub-minimum of 40% in the practical part. Except where otherwise indicated a student shall obtain a sub-minimum of 40% in final examinations in order to pass a module. Students have to obtain a sub-minimum of 50% in both the continuous assessment and the examination component of professional practice modules on the fourth year level i.e. Therapeutic Nutrition 401, Community Nutrition 402, and Foodservice Management 403. In cases where a student did not promote to the next year level, students may be allowed to register for elective modules (outside of the Dietetics curriculum) of their choice to the value of 40 credits provided that there are no timetable clashes with the compulsory (Dietetics learning programme) modules and provided that the pre-requisites for the elective modules are met and there are no timetable clashes. RESTRICTION ON CHOICE OF MODULES Restriction on registration for senior modules is governed by the statement of skills required for modules identified in Column B below i.e. either the module or the competency it gives is recommended before doing the senior modules specified in the corresponding column A below. A BTN216 BTN214 MBS231 & MBS232 PSE319 & PSE329 A DIE316 & DIE326 DIE312 & DIE322 DIE313 & DIE323 A DIE401 DIE402 DIE403 DIE404 B CHE116, CHM126 & LSC141 CHE116 & CHM126 LSC141 & MBS121 MBS231 & MBS232 B NUT211 & NUT221 NUT211 & NUT221 NUT211 & NUT221 B DIE316 & DIE326 DIE312 & DIE322 DIE313 & DIE323 MHD223 & NUT344
J.56.4
J.56.5
J.56.6
J.56.7
J.57 J.57.1
J.57.2
Nutrition 211, 221 can only be taken with BTY216 and MBS231, MBS232 or if these modules have been completed in advance. Pharmacology 315 and Physiology 319, 329 shall only be taken simultaneously with Dietetics Therapeutic Nutrition 316 and 326; since they are coordinated modules. Dietetics Skills practice at each year level shall only be taken simultaneously with the Dietetics modules at that particular year level, as these are coordinated modules.
J.57.3
J.57.4
40
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY - 8111 J.58 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: BSc Occupational Therapy J.58.1 (a) (b) Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 The National Senior Certificate for Bachelors Degree study plus a score of no less than 27 points calculated according to the universitys approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements: level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or first additional language) and level 3 (40-49%) in Another Language (home or first additonal language) and level 4 (50-59%) in Life Sciences and level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematical Literacy Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT). OR (c) a qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008 A Matriculation Exemption with the following subject requirements: HG (40%, E symbol) Biology or SG (50%, D symbol) Biology or HG (40%, E symbol) Life Sciences or SG (50%, D symbol) Life Sciences and HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or SG (50%, D symbol) Mathematics Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT). OR (c) J.58.3 J.58.3.1 (a) (b) A qualification or level of competence that the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above Alternate admission Alternate admission requirements for applicants who passed Grade 12 from 2008 The National Senior Certificate for Diploma Study plus a score of no less than 23 points calculated according to the Universitys approved points system. Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT). OR (c) A qualification or level of competence that the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above
J.58.2 (a) (b)
41
J.58.3.2 (a)
Alternate admission requirements for applicants who passed Grade 12 before 2008 Students without matriculation exemption may be allowed into the programme as Senate Discretionary students and will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT). OR
(b) J.58.3.3
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over four years of full time study. J.61 J.61.1 CURRICULUM Level 1 Alpha Code OCT105 OCT117 PSY111 PSY112 PSY121 PSY123 CCL111 IPC111 HDP112 EED121 XHO001 AFR001 HUB117 HUB127 Sub-total 42 Cred 15 20 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 5 5 5 10 10 10 15 15 120
Module Name Group 1 Introduction to Human Occupation 105 Introduction to Occupational Therapy 117 Group 2 Intro to Psychology 111 Brain and Behaviour 112 Psych of Child Development 121 Intro to Research Methods 123 Computer Literacy 111 Intro to Philosophy of Care Health Development & Primary Health Care (O/T) Electives (Select 1) Eng for Educ Dev 121 (CHS) Intro to Xhosa (CHS) (alternative if exempted from EED) Intro to Afrikaans (CHS) ( alternative if exempted from EED) Group 3 Human Biology 117 Human Biology 127
J.61.2
Level 2 Alpha Code KER201 OCT201 OCT203 OCT211 OCT212 OCT213 OCT214 OCS211 OCS212 HLP213 PSY211 PSY214 MBS214 MBS218 PHY218 Sub-total Cred 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 5 5 10 10 10 10 20 15 140
Module Name Group 1 Kinesiology/Ergonomics 201 Human Occupation & Adolescents 201 Human Occupation & Older Adults 203 OT, Teenage Pregnancy & HIV/Aids OT, Amputation & Substance Use OT, RA & Diabetes OT & Dementia Psychiatry 211 Trauma and Disease 212 Group 2 Health Promotion 213 (O/T) Study of Human Development 211 Intro to Psychological Interventions 214 Group 3 Medical Biosciences 214 (CHS) Medical Biosciences 218 Physics Occupational Ther 218 (CHS) J.61.3 Level 3
Module Name Group 1 Human Occupation and Adults/Work Human Occupation and Children OT and Neurology OT and Trauma OT and Development OT and Mental Health Psychiatry 311 Trauma and Disease 321 Neurology 312 Peadiatrics 313 Group 2 Measuring Health & Disease Group 3 Fieldwork II: Adults 322 Fieldwork I: Children 324 J.61.4 Level 4
Alpha Code OCT305 OCT307 OCT315 OCT319 OCT317 OCT316 OCS311 OCS321 OCS312 OCS313 MHD223 OCT322 OCT324 Sub-total
Cred 5 5 15 15 15 15 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 120
Module Name Group 1 Human Occupation 407 Occupational Therapy FW-Individual Process Model FW-Group Process Model FW-Community Process Model Group 2 Research
Alpha Code OCT407 OCT418 OCT429 OCT459 OCT469 OCT439 Sub-total TOTAL
Cred 10 10 25 25 25 25 120 500
J.62
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. 43
J.63
PROMOTION RULES
A student will be promoted to the 2nd Level of study if s/he has passed 90 credits of the 1 st Level modules including all the modules in group 1, provided that the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable clashes. J.63.2 Level 2
A student will be promoted to the 3rd Level of study if s/he has passed 110 credits of the 2 nd Level modules including all the modules in group 1 and in group 2, provided that the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable clashes. The student is not allowed to carry any 1 st Level modules to the 3rd Level. J.63.3 Level 3
A student can be promoted to the 4th Level of study if s/he has passed 100 credits of the 3 rd Level modules including all the modules in group 1 provided that the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable clashes. The student is not allowed to carry any 2 nd (or lower) Level modules to the 4th Level. J.63.4 Level 4
Students will complete the degree when all modules have been passed and 500 credit points have been obtained. J.64 J.64.1 ADVANCE REGISTRATION Level 1
A student can only anticipate modules at the next level if s/he does not have more than 45 credits to make up at the current level (or lower), provided that the student does not take more than 90 credits in total, consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits. And provided that the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable clashes. J.65 J.65.1 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3 registration for first degrees, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. The following alternative conditions will also apply for the renewal of registration in this programme:
J.65.2
44
J.65.2.1
A student, who has failed a year of study twice in the professional subjects, will be refused readmission to the course. A fourth-year student who obtains less than 50% as a final mark after the re-evaluation and thus obtains 95 or more credit points, must complete a further six months of study to obtain the degree.There are no special requirements for this programme. A fourth-year student who obtains 94 credit points or below, must complete a further full year of study to obtain the degree. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME No student will be admitted to the final examination of the fourth year of study unless a minimum of one thousand hours of prescribed fieldwork in the professional subjects has been completed over the four years of the course. Due to an integrated and group teaching approach the attendance of all lecture and practicals of the professional modules and fieldwork are compulsory.
J.65.2.2
J.65.2.3
J.66 J.66.1
J.66.2
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSIOTHERAPY - 8211 J.67 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: BSc Physiotherapy J.67.1 (a) Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 The National Senior Certificate for Bachelors Degree study plus a score of no less than 27 points calculated according to the Universitys approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements: (b) level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or first additional language) and level 3 (40-49%) in Another Language (home or first additional language) and level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematical Literacy and level 4 (50-59%) in Life Sciences or level 3 (40-49%) in Physical Sciences Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT). OR (c) J.67.2 (a) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above. Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008 A Matriculation Exemption with the following subject requirements: HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or SG (50%, D symbol) Mathematics and HG (40%, E symbol) Biology or SG (50%, D symbol) Biology or HG (40%, E symbol) Physical Sciences or SG (50%, D symbol) Physical Sciences
45
(b)
Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT). OR
(c) J.67.3 J.67.3.1 (a) (b)
A qualification or level of competence that the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above Alternate admission Alternate admission requirements for applicants who passed Grade 12 from 2008 The National Senior Certificate for Diploma Study plus a score of no less than 23 points calculated according to the Universitys approved points system. Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT). OR
(c)
A qualification or level of competence that the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above Alternate admission requirements for applicants who passed Grade 12 before 2008 Students without matriculation exemption may be allowed into the programme as Senate Discretionary students and will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT). OR
J.67.3.2 (a)
(b)
J.67.3.3
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over four years full time.
46
J.70 J.70.1
CURRICULUM Level 1 Alpha Code PHT111 PHT200 PHT100 HUB117 HUB127 PHY106 PSY112 PSY121 HPC113 IPC116 CCL111 EED121 XHO001 AFR001 Sub-total Cred 15 10 10 15 15 15 7.5 7.5 5 5 5 10 10 10 120
Module Name Group 1 Anal Posture/Move. Ergo & Kinetics 111 Execerxise to Promote Health 200 Physiotherapy Techniques I 100 Group 2 Human Biology 117 Human Biology 127 Group 3 Physics for Physiotherapy Brain and Behaviour 112 Psychology of Child Development 112 Health Develoment and Primary Health Care (PT) Introduction to Philosophy of Care (PT) Computer Literacy 111 Electives (Select 1) Eng for Educ Dev 121 (CHS) Intro to Xhosa (CHS) (alternative if exempted from EED) Intro to Afrikaans (CHS) (alternative if exempted from EED)
J.70.2
Level 2 Alpha Code PHT314 PHT245 PHT211 PHT203 PHT110 MBS213 MBS214 MBS215 MBS216 PSY211 PSY224 PSY223 HLP214 Sub-total Cred 15 15 10 10 15 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 10 135
Module Name Group 1 Physiotherapy Techniques II 314 Movement Science II 245 Disability and Rehabilitation 211 Applied Physiotherapy 203 Physiotherapy Clinical Practice I 110 Group 2 Medical Bioscience 213 (CHS) Medical Bioscience 214 (CHS) Medical Bioscience 215 (CHS) Medical Bioscience 216 (CHS) Study of Human Development 211 Health Psychology 224 Community Psychology 223 Health Promotion 214 (PT)
J.70.3
Level 3 Alpha Code PHT311 PHT313 PHT310 PHT303 PHT316 MHD223 Sub-total Cred 20 20 10 20 40 10 120
Module Name Physiotherapy Techniques III 311 Movement Science III 313 Community Based Rehabilitation 310 Applied Physiotherapy 303 Physiotherapy Clinical Practice II Measuring Health and Disease 223
47
J.70.4
Level 4 Alpha Code PHT402 PHT401 PHT403 PHT404 PHT405 Sub-total TOTAL Cred 10 10 30 10 60 120 495
Module Name Ethics (PT) 402 Management (PT) 401 Applied Physiotherapy 403 Research Project (PT) 404 Physiotherapy Clinical Practice III 405
J.71
ASSESSMENT
In order to promote to the 2nd Level of study a student must obtain at least 100 credits , pass all modules in group 1 and in group 2. J.72.2 Level 2
In order to promote to the 3rd Level of study a student must obtain 255 credits. J.72.3 Level 3
In order to promote to the 4th Level of study a student must obtain 375 credits. J.72.4 Level 4
Students will complete the 4th Level of study only when all required modules have been passed and 495 credit points have been obtained. J.73 J.73.1 ADVANCE REGISTRATION Level 1
A student who does not promote to the 2nd Level of study may in consultation with the department, be allowed to register for certain 2nd Level modules (no more than 45 credits) as long as the total number of credits registered for does not exceed 90, provided that the co- and pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable clashes. J.73.2 Level 2
A student who does not promote to the 3rd Level of study may in consultation with the department, be allowed to register for certain 3rd Level modules (no more than 45 credits) as long as the total number of credits registered for does not exceed 90, provided that the co- and pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable clashes. J.74 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. 48
J.75 J.75.1
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME Every physiotherapy student must, in accordance with the requirements of the Health Professions Council of South Africa, register as a physiotherapy student within two months after admission to the programme. Full particulars are available from the Faculty Officer of the Faculty or the Registrar of the universityThere are no special requirements for this programme. A candidate shall be required to complete Clinical Practice as prescribed by the department. In Clinical Practice, a student must obtain a final mark of 50% as well as a 50% coursework mark To Enter Clinical Examinations A student needs a CE of 50% 3rd Level students needs to pass 2 of the 3 end of clinical block exams. 4th Level students needs to pass 3 of the 4 end of clinical block exams.
J.75.2 J.75.3 J.75.3.1 J.75.3.2 J.75.3.3
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN SPORT AND EXERCISE SCIENCE - 8051 J.76 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: BSc Sport and Exercise Science J.76.1 (a) Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 The National Senior Certificate for Bachelors Degree study plus a score of no less than 27 points calculated according to the Universitys approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements: (b) level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or first additional language) and level 3 (40-49%) in Another Language (home or first additional language) and level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematical Literacy and level 4 (50-59%) in Life Sciences Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT) OR (c) J.76.2 (a) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above. Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008 A Matriculation Exemption with the following subject requirements: HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or SG (50%, D symbol) Mathematics and HG (40%, E symbol) Biology or SG (50%, D symbol) Biology or HG (40%, E symbol) Physical Science or SG (50%, D symbol) Physical Science OR (b) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above
49
J.76.3
Alternate admission
Alternate admission requirements for applicants according to Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) Students who completed the NSC in 2008 or thereafter, but have not obtained endorsements, will be considered for alternative admission after the age of 23. Such candidates will be required to complete a RPL portfolio development course and submit to a process where relevant learning and/or experience will be assessed. Candidates who are 23 or older and do not have a matriculation certificate or NSC, but who might have obtained other qualifications or experience that may be deemed to be equivalent to admission criteria for particular study programmes, will also be required to complete a RPL portfolio development course or an RPL portfolio process as agreed and to submit to a process where such learning, qualification and/or experience will be assessed. J. 77 SELECTION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years full time. J.79 J.79.1 CURRICULUM Level 1 Alpha Code SRE111 SRE113 CHE116 CHM126 MBS111 MBS121 Cred 20 15 15 15 15 15
Module Name Compulsory Theory (SRE111) Fundamentals of Exec Phys (SRE113) Chemistry 116 (N) Chemistry 126 (N) Medical Bioscience 111 Medical Bioscience 121 Electives Group 1 (select 1 module) Eng for Educ Dev 117 (SC) Eng for Educ Dev 127 (SC) Group 2 (select 1 module) Computer Literacy 114 Computer Literacy 124
EED117 EED127 COS114 COS124 Sub-total
15 15 15 15 125
J.79.2
Level 2 Alpha Code SRE238 SRE236 SRE217 SRE237 SRE224 SRE216 BTN216 MBS 231 MBS 232 Sub-total Cred 10 10 10 10 10 10 20 20 20 120
Module Name Theory: Sport Psychology 238 Theory: Motor Control & Development 236 Theory: Exercise Physiology 217 Theory: Recreation 237 Sport Recr Exercise (SRE224 PRACT) Evaluation and Measurement (SRE216 PRACT) Biotechnology 216 Medical Bioscience 231 Medical Bioscience 232
50
J.79.3
Level 3 Alpha Code SRE312 SRE313 SRE316 SRE318 SRE331 SRE329 MBS331 MBS332 Sub-total TOTAL Cred 10 10 10 10 10 10 30 30 120 365
Module Name Theory: Biomechanics 312 Theory: Impaired Motor Control 313 Sport Safety 316 Advanced Exercise Physiology 318 Sport Recr Exercise (SRE331 PRACT) Sport Recr Exercise (SRE329 PRACT) Medical Bioscience 331 Medical Bioscience 332
J.80
ASSESSMENT
A student shall be promoted to the 2nd Level of study on obtaining 125 credits and passing all the prescribed 1st Level modules. J.81.2 Level 2
A student shall be promoted to the 3rd Level of study on obtaining 245 credits and passing all the prescribed 2nd Level (or lower) modules. J.81.3 Level 3
A student must have succesfully completed all prescribed modules and obtained a total of 365 to complete the degree. J.82 ADVANCE REGISTRATION
A student can only anticipate modules at the next level if s/he does not have more than 45 credits to make up at the current level (or lower), provided that the student does not take more than 90 credits in total, consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits. And provided that the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable clashes. J.83 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
51
BACHELOR OF NURSING - 8311 J.85 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: B Nursing J.85.1 (a) Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 The National Senior Certificate for Bachelors Degree study plus a score of no less than 27 points calculated according to the universitys approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements: (b) level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or first additional language) and level 3 (40-49%) in Another Language (home or first additonal language) and level 4 (50-59%) in Life Sciences and level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematical Literacy Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT) OR (c) A qualification or level of competence which the senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008 A Matriculation Exemption with the following subject requirements: (b) HG (40%, E symbol) English or SG (50%, D symbol) English and HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or SG (50%, D symbol) Mathematics and HG (40%, E symbol) Biology or SG (50%, D symbol) Biology or HG (40%, E symbol) Physical Sciences or SG (50%, D symbol) Physical Sciences Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT) OR (c) A qualification or level of competence that the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above. Alternate admission Alternate admission requirements for applicants who passed Grade 12 from 2008 The National Senior Certificate for Diploma Study plus a score of no less than 27 points calculated according to the Universitys approved points system. Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT) to qualify for selection into the programme.
J.85.2 (a)
J.85.3 J.85.3.1 (a)
(b)
52
OR (c) A qualification or level of competence that the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above Alternate admission requirements for applicants who passed Grade 12 before 2008 Students without matriculation exemption may be allowed into the programme as Senate Discretionary students and will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT). OR (b) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above SELECTION
J.85.3.2 (a)
J.86
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over four years full time. J.88 J.88.1 CURRICULUM Level 1 Alpha Code NUR112 NUR111 CUR111 HUB118 HUB128 PHY118 CHM128 IPC114 HDP115 Sub-total J.88.2 Level 2 Alpha Code NRS211 NRS212 CUR214 HUB218 HUB228 PSY112 PSY111 PHA204 Sub-total Cred 20 20 10 20 20 7.5 7.5 20 125 Cred 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 5 5 115
Module Name Group 1 Fundamentals of Nursing Science 112 Fundamentals of Nursing Science 111 Clinical Nursing (Lab) 111 Human Biology 118 Human Biology 128 Group 2 Physics for CHS Chemistry 128 (CHS) Intro to Philosophy of Care Health Development and Primary Health Care
Module Name Group 1 General Nursing Science 211 General Nursing Science 212 Group 2 Intro to Mental Health 214 Human Biology 218 Human Biology 228 Brain and Behaviour 112 Introduction to Psychology 111 Pharmacology 204
53
J.88.3
Module Name Group 1 Semester 1 Unit Management 334 Midwifery 331 Midwifery 332 Semester 2 Community Health Nursing 324 Community Health Nursing 325 Child Health 324 OR Group 2 Semester 1 Community Health Nursing 311 Community Health Nursing 312 Child Health 313 Semester 2 Unit Management 336 Midwifery 326 Midwifery 327
CUR334 CUR331 CUR332 CUR324 CUR325 NRS324
15 30 15 30 15 15
CUR311 CUR312 NRS313 CUR336 CUR326 CUR327 Sub-total

rd
30 15 15 15 30 15 120
Students will be divided into two groups at the 3 Level in which they will remain for the rest of the year (S1 & S2). They will register for the modules as indicated above. Students will be registered according to the groups in which they would have been allocated to. J.88.4 Level 4 Alpha Code NRS411 NRS412 NRS421 NRS423 NRS401 Sub-total TOTAL J.89 ASSESSMENT Cred 30 30 20 20 20 120 480
Module Name Psychiatric Nursing 411 Psychiatric Nursing 412 Research Methods 421 Professional Practice 423 Gender Violence-Public Health 401
In order to promote to the 2nd Level: J.90.1.1 J.90.1.2 J.90.2 The student must pass all modules in Group 1 and is not allowed to carry more than 30 credits from Group 2. The student should provide proof of clinical hours as calculated per year level. Level 2
In order to promote to the 3rd level: 54
J.90.2.1
The student must pass all modules from group 1. No Level 1 modules may be carried into the 3rd Level. Brain and Behaviour 112 (PSY112) or Introduction to Psychology (PSY111) may be carried to Level 3 provided that the credits carried do not exceed 30 credits. The student should provide proof of clinical hours as calculated per semester for level 2. In addition proof of completion of all clinical hours of the first year must be provided. Level 3
J.90.2.2 J.90.3
In order to promote to 4th Level: J.90.3.1 J.90.3.2 The student must pass all modules except Unit Management (CUR334) at 15 credits which may be carried to the 4th Level. The student should provide proof of clinical hours as calculated per semester for the year level. In addition proof of completion of all clinical hours of the second year must be provided. Level 4 Students will complete the degree when all modules have been passed and 480 credit points have been obtained. In addition a total of 4000 clinical hours as stipulated by the South African Nursing Council must be completed. ADVANCE REGISTRATION Level 1
J.90.4 J.90.4.1 J.90.4.2 J.91 J.91.1
A student who repeats the 1st Level with no more than 45 credits outstanding, may register in advance for not more than 40 credits at the 2nd Level from the modules listed below, subject to timetable clashes and modules being repeated. Advanced registration for Human Biology 218 and 228 are subject to the student passing both Human Biology 118 and 128. Module Name Human Biology 218 Human Biology 228 Brain and Behaviour 112 Introduction to Psychology 111 J.91.2 Level 2 Alpha Code HUB218 HUB228 PSY112 PSY111 Credits 20 20 7.5 7.5
Students who repeat the 2nd Level with no more than 45 credits outstanding at this level, may register in advance for Child Health 313 (NRS313) or equivalent Child Health 324 (NRS324) provided that they have passed both General Nursing Science 211 and 212. J.91.3 Level 3
Students who repeat the 3rd Level with no more than 45 credits outstanding, may register in advance for not more than 40 credits in the following modules: Module Name Research Methods Regional Proirity Gender - Based Violence J.92 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION Alpha Code NRS421 NRS401 Credits 20 20
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3 registration for first degrees, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
55
J.93 J. 93.1
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME Every nursing student must be registered, in accordance with the requirements of the South African Nursing Council, as a nursing student within two months of the date of commencement of study.
The following documents must be submitted on registration: South African students: Certified copy of ID Valid study permit for those with passports Certified copy of matriculation certificate Marriage certificate (if applicable) In case of foundation programme students, certified copy of academic record of 1st year foundation programme SANC application fee must be paid to UWC cashiers into entity 100809/73-533
International students: J.93.2 Certified copy of identification documents (Passport/refugee status/asylum seeker permit) Valid study permit for those with passports Certified copy of high school results (English translation) SAQA Certificate HESA exemption Certificate SANC application fee must be paid to UWC cashiers into entity 100809/73-533 Students must secure professional indemnity before they can practice as student nurses in specified clinical settings. It is compulsory for all first year students to submit proof that they have had the Hepatitis B vaccine before the commencement of the second term of the academic year. Attendance of lectures and clinical practical is compulsory as per requirement of the South African Nursing Council. No students will be admitted to the final assessment of any year-level unless 80% of the specified clinical hours have been completed by the deadline for the announcement of continuous assessment marks for the semester/year. Except where otherwise indicated, modules in which a practical examination is taken require a sub-minimum of 40% in the practical component. A student will be required to complete all clinical practice hours as prescribed by the School of Nursing.
J.93.3
J. 93.4
J. 93.5
J. 93.6
J. 93.7
ADDRESSES OF SAQA: SAQA (South African Qualifications Authority) Evaluation of Foreign Qualifications call centre: 012 431-5070 Helpdesk: 086 010 3188 Switchboard: 012 431-5000 Fax: 012 431 5039 Website: www.saqa.org.za POSTAL ADDRESS: STREET ADDRESS: Postnet Suite 248 SAQA House (formerly known as Hatfield Forum West) Private Bag X06 1067 Arcardia Street, Hatfield Pretoria Waterkloof, 0145 0001 56
For information regarding the Evaluation of Foreign Qualifications: ceeq@saqa.co.za DoH (Department of Health) Foreign Workforce Management Programme Room 1125 Fedlife Building Private Bag X828 Pretoria 0001 Tel: 012 312 0722 / 0725 /0467 / 0498 Fax: 012 312 0535 Email: smiths@health.gov.za or humani@health.gov.za Website: www.doh.gov.za/docs/factsheets/guidelines/foreign.pdf
BACHELOR OF NURSING (Foundation Programme) - 8310 J.94 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: B Nursing (Foundation Programme) J.94.1 (a) (b) Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 The National Senior Certificate for Diploma Study plus a score of no less than 27 points calculated according to the Universitys approved points system. level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or first additional language) level 3 (40-49%) in Another Language (home or first additonal language) and level 3 (40-49%) in Life Sciences and level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematical Literacy Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT). OR (c) J.94.2 (a) (b) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above and (b) Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008 A Matriculation Exemption with the following subject requirements: HG (40%, E symbol) English or SG (50%, D symbol) English and HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or SG (50%, D symbol) Mathematics and HG (40%, E symbol) Biology or SG (50%, D symbol) Biology or HG (40%, E symbol) Physical Sciences or SG (50%, D symbol) Physical Sciences Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT). OR
57
(c) J.94.3 J.94.3.1 (a) (b)
A qualification or level of competence that the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above Alternate admission Alternate admission requirements for applicants who passed Grade 12 from 2008 The National Senior Certificate for Diploma Study plus a score of no less than 27 points calculated according to the Universitys approved points system. Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT). OR
(c)
A qualification or level of competence that the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above Alternate admission requirements for applicants who passed Grade 12 before 2008 Students without matriculation exemption may be allowed into the programme as Senate Discretionary students and will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT). OR
J.94.3.2 (a)
(b) J.95
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above SELECTION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over five years full time. J.97 J.97.1 CURRICULUM Level 1 Alpha Code NUR151 PHY115 NUR141 HUB114 CCL121 Sub-total J.97.2 Level 2 Alpha Code NUR152 NUR142 CHM114 HUB124 IPC124 HDP116 Sub-total Cred 15 10 15 15 5 5 65 Cred 15 15 10 15 5 60
Module Name Fundamentals of Nursing Science 151 Physics for CHS 115 Clinical Nursing (Lab) 141 Human Biology 114 Computer Literacy 121 (second semester)
Module Name Fundamentals of Nursing Science 152 Clinical Nursing (Lab) 142 Chemistry 114 (CHS) Human Biology 124 Intro to Philosophy of Care 124 (second semester) Health Development and Primary Health Care 116 (1stsemester) semesster
58
J.97.3
Level 3 Alpha Code NRS211 NRS212 CUR214 HUB218 HUB228 PSY112 PSY111 PHA204 Sub-total Cred 20 20 10 20 20 7.5 7.5 20 125
Module Name Group 1 General Nursing Science 211 General Nursing Science 212 Group 2 Intro to Mental Health 214 Human Biology 218 Human Biology 228 Brain and Behaviour 112 Introduction to Psychology 111 Pharmacology 204
J.97.4
Module Name Group 1 Semester 1 Unit Management 334 Midwifery 331 Midwifery 332 Semester 2 Community Health Nursing 324 Community Health Nursing 325 Child Health 324 OR Group 2 Semester 1 Community Health Nursing 311 Community Health Nursing 312 Child Health 313 Semester 2 Unit Management 336 Midwifery 326 Midwifery 327
CUR334 CUR331 CUR332 CUR324 CUR325 NRS324
15 30 15 30 15 15
CUR311 CUR312 NRS313 CUR336 CUR326 CUR327 Sub-total

th
30 15 15 15 30 15 120
Students will be divided into two groups at the 4 Level in which they will remain for the rest of the year (S1 & S2). They will register for the modules as indicated above. Students will be registered according to the groups in which they would have been allocated to. J.97.5 Level 5 Alpha Code NRS411 NRS412 NRS421 NRS423 NRS401 Sub-total TOTAL Cred 30 30 20 20 20 120 485
Module Name Psychiatric Nursing 411 Psychiatric Nursing 412 Research Methods 421 Professional Practice 423 Regional Priority Gender - Based Violence 401
J.98
ASSESSMENT
59
J.99
PROMOTION RULES
Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3: J.99.1 J.99.1.1 J.99.1.2 Level 1 In order to promote to the 2nd Level, the student must pass all the 1st Level modules. Notwithstanding Rule A.3.2.3 (a), a student who does not pass all the required modules at Level 1 will not be permitted to renew his/her registration in the following year. No appeals for readmission will be considered. The student should provide proof of clinical hours as calcualted per Level 1 (NB! Applicable to new programme for 2013 only). Level 2
J.99.1.3 J.99.2
In order to promote to the 3rd Level: J.99.2.1 J.99.2.2 J.99.3 The student must pass all modules in Level 2. The student should provide proof of clinical hours as calcualted per year level. Level 3
In order to promote to the 4th level: J.99.3.1 The student must pass all modules from group 1. No Level 1 modules may be carried into the 4 th Level. Brain and Behaviour 112 (PSY112) or Introduction to Psychology (PSY111) may be carried to Level 4 provided that the total credits carried do not exceed 30 credits. The student should provide proof of clinical hours as calculated per semester for the year level. In addition proof of completion of all clinical hours of level 2 must be provided. Level 4
J.99.3.2 J.99.4
In order to promote to 5th Level: J.99.4.1 J.99.4.2 J.99.5 J.99.5.1 J.99.5.2 J.100 J.100.1 The student must pass all modules except Unit Management (CUR334) at 15 credits which may be carried to the 5th Level. The student should provide proof of clinical hours as calculated per semester for the year level. In addition proof of completion of all clinical hours of year level 3 must be provided. Level 5 Students will complete the degree when all modules have been passed and 485 credit points have been obtained. In addition a total of 4000 clinical hours as stipulated by the South African Nursing Council must be completed. ADVANCE REGISTRATION Level 1
No advance registration will be permitted in Level 1. J.100.2 Level 2
No advance registration will be permitted in Level 2.
60
J.100.2
Level 3
Students who repeat the 3rd Level with no more than 45 credits outstanding at this level, may register in advance for Child Health 313 (NRS313) or equivalent Child Health 324 (NRS324) provided that they have passed both General Nursing Science 211 and 212. J.100.3 Level 4
Students who repeat the 4th Level with no more than 45 credits outstanding, may register in advance for not more than 40 credits from the following modules: Module Name Research Methods Regional Priority Gender - Based Violence 401 J.101 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION Alpha Code NRS421 NRS401 Credits 20 20
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3 registration for first degrees, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 but excludes Level 1. J.102 J.102.1 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME Every nursing student must be registered, in accordance with the requirements of the South African Nursing Council, as a nursing student within two months of the date of commencement of study.
The following documents must be submitted on registration: South African students: Certified copy of ID Valid study permit for those with passports Certified copy of matriculation certificate Marriage certificate (if applicable) In case of foundation programme students, certified copy of academic record of 1 st year foundation programme SANC application fee must be paid to UWC cashiers into entity 100809/73-533
International students: J.102.2 J.102.3 Certified copy of identification documents (Passport/refugee status/asylum seeker permit) Valid study permit for those with passports Certified copy of high school results (English translation) SAQA Certificate HESA exemption Certificate SANC application fee must be paid to UWC cashiers into entity 100809/73-533 Students must secure professional indemnity before they can practice as student nurses in specified clinical settings. It is compulsory for all first year students to submit proof that they have had the Hepatitis B vaccine before the commencement of the second term of the academic year. Attendance of lectures and clinical practical is compulsory as per requirement of the South African Nursing Council. No students will be admitted to the final assessment of any year-level unless 80% of the specified clinical hours have been completed by the deadline for the announcement of continuous assessment marks for the semester/year. 61
J.102.4
J.102.5
J.102.6
Except where otherwise indicated, modules in which a practical examination is taken require a sub-minimum of 40% in the practical component. A student will be required to complete all clinical practice hours as prescribed by the School of Nursing.
J.102.7
ADDRESSES OF SAQA: SAQA (South African Qualifications Authority) Evaluation of Foreign Qualifications call centre: 012 431-5070 Helpdesk: 086 010 3188 Switchboard: 012 431-5000 Fax: 012 431 5039 Website: www.saqa.org.za POSTAL ADDRESS: STREET ADDRESS: Postnet Suite 248 SAQA House (formerly known as Hatfield Forum West) Private Bag X06 1067 Arcardia Street, Hatfield Pretoria Waterkloof, 0145 0001 For information regarding the Evaluation of Foreign Qualifications: ceeq@saqa.co.za DOH (Department of Health) Foreign Workforce Management Programme Room 1125 Fedlife Building Private Bag x828 Pretoria 0001 Tel: 012 312 0722 / 0725 /0467 / 0498 Fax: 012 312 0535 Email: smiths@health.gov.za or humani@health.gov.za Website: www.doh.gov.za/docs/factsheets/guidelines/foreign.pdf BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (COMPLEMENTARY HEALTH SCIENCES) 8104 General Stream J.103 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: BSc (CHS) J.103.1 (a) Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 The National Senior Certificate for Bachelors Degree study plus a score of no less than 27 points calculated according to the Universitys approved points sy stem, as well as the following specific subject requirements: level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or first additional language) and level 3 (40-49%) in Another Language (home or first additional language) and level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematical Literacy and level 4 (50-59%) in Life Sciences and level 3 (40-49%) in Physical Sciences
62
(b)
(c) J.103.2 (a)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above. Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008 A Matriculation Exemption with the following subject requirements: HG (40%, E symbol) English or SG (50%, D symbol) English and HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or SG (50%, D symbol) Mathematics and HG (40%, E symbol) Biology or SG (50%, D symbol) Biology and HG (40%, E symbol) Physical Science or SG (50%, D symbol) Physical Science
(b)
(c) J.103.3
A qualification or level of competence that the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above Alternate admission
J.103.3.1 Alternate admission requirements for applicants who passed Grade 12 from 2008 (a) (b) The National Senior Certificate for Diploma Study plus a score of no less than 23 points calculated according to the Universitys approved points system. Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT) OR (c) A qualification or level of competence that the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above
J.103.3.2 Alternate admission requirements for applicants who passed Grade 12 before 2008 (a) Students without matriculation exemption may be allowed into the programme as Senate Discretionary students and will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT). OR (b) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above
J.103.3.3 Alternate admission requirements for applicants according to Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) Students who completed the NSC in 2008 or thereafter, but have not obtained endorsements, will be considered for alternative admission after the age of 23. Such candidates will be required to complete a RPL portfolio development course and submit to a process where relevant learning and/or experience will be assessed.
63
Candidates who are 23 or older and do not have a matriculation certificate or NSC, but who might have obtained other qualifications or experience that may be deemed to be equivalent to admission criteria for particular study programmes, will also be required to complete a RPL portfolio development course or an RPL portfolio process as agreed and to submit to a process where such learning, qualification and/or experience will be assessed. J.104 SELECTION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years full time. J.106 J.106.1 CURRICULUM Level 1 Alpha Code Cred
Module Name Compulsory Group 1 (Select all modules) Chemistry 116 (N) Chemistry 126 (N) Medical Bioscience 111 Medical Bioscience 121 Physics for CHS Life Sciences 141 Principal of Nat Healing System 111 Group 2 (Select all modules) Computer Literacy 121 IPOC (Natural Medicine) PHC (Natural Medicine) Electives (Select 1 module) Eng for Educ Dev 111 Intro to Xhosa (CHS) (alternative if exempted from EED) Intro to Afrikaans (CHS) (alternative if exempted from EED)
CHE116 CHM126 MBS 111 MBS 121 PHY118 LSC141 NAT111 CCL121 NAT112 NAT123 EED111 XHO001 AFR001 Sub-total
15 15 15 15 15 15 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 120
J.106.2
Level 2 Alpha Code BTN216 MBS231 MBS232 MIC251 MIC252 NUT211 NUT221 NAT201 NAT219 Sub-total Cred 20 20 20 20 20 10 10 10 10 140
Module Name Group 1 (Select all) Biotechnology 216 Medical Bioscience 231 Medical Bioscience 232 Medical Microbiology 251 Medical Microbiology 252 Nutrition 211 Nutrition 221 Group 2 (Select all) Com Complemetary Healing Systems 201 Health Promotion 219
64
J.106.3
Level 3 Alpha Code PHA204 PSY211 PSY224 NUT315 NAT311 NAT321 NAT312 NAT322 BCM301 Sub-total TOTAL Cred 20 10 5 10 15 10 10 10 30 120 380
Module Name Pharmacology 204 Study of Human Development 211 Health Psychology 224 Nutritional Medicine 315 Pathology 311 Pathology 321 Herbal Pharmacognosy 312 Herbal Pharmacognosy 322 General Medicine 301
J.107
ASSESSMENT
A student shall be promoted to the 2nd Level of study on obtaining 95 credits of the 1 st Level modules including all modules in group 1, and provided that the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable clashes. J.108.2 Level 2
A student shall be promoted to the 3rd Level of study on obtaining 230 credits (including 120 2 nd Level credits) including all modules in group 1, and provided that the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable clashes. J.108.3 Level 3
A student must have succesfully completed all prescribed modules and obtained a total of 380 credits to complete the degree. J.109 J.109.1 ADVANCE REGISTRATION Level 1
If a student does not promote to the 2nd Level of study, the student may be allowed to register 2 nd Level modules, provided that s/he has completed at least 75 credits and should not take more than 90 credits in total, consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits. And provided that the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable clashes. J.109.2 Level 2
If a student does not promote to the 3rd Level of study, the student may be allowed to register 3 rd Level modules, provided that s/he has completed at least 215 credits and should not take more than 90 credits in total, consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits. And provided that the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable clashes. J.110 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
65
J.110 J.110.1
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME Every School of Natural Medicine student must, in accordance with the requirements of the Allied Health Professions Council of South Africa, register as a School of Natural Medicine student within two months after admission to the programme. Thereafter the student must ensure that they register for each year while within the programme. Where a student interrupted his/her studies for more than one academic year, and where the curriculum or module content has changed, the student will be expected to register for the additional module(s) or attend classes and write additional tests/assignments on work not covered during the students time of study.
J.110.2 J.110.3
Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture Stream J.111 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: BSc (CHS) J.111.1 (a) Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 The National Senior Certificate for Bachelors Degree study plus a score of no less than 27 points calculated according to the Universitys approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements: (b) level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or first additional language) and level 3 (40-49%) in Another Language (home or first additional language) and level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematical Literacy and level 4 (50-59%) in Life Sciences
(c) J.111.2 (a)
A qualification or level of competence which the senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above. Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008 A Matriculation Exemption with the following subject requirements: HG (40%, E symbol) English or SG (50%, D symbol) English and HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or SG (50%, D symbol) Mathematics and HG (40%, E symbol) Biology or SG (50%, D symbol) Biology and HG (40%, E symbol) Physical Science or SG (50%, D symbol) Physical Science
(b)
(c)
A qualification or level of competence which the senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above
66
J.111.3
Alternate admission
J.111.3.1 Alternate admission requirements for applicants who passed Grade 12 from 2008 (a) (b) The National Senior Certificate for Diploma Study plus a score of no less than 23 points calculated according to the Universitys approved points system. Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT). OR (c) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above
J.111.3.2 Alternate admission requirements for applicants who passed Grade 12 before 2008 (a) Students without matriculation exemption may be allowed into the programme as Senate Discretionary students and will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT). OR (b) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above
J.111.3.3 Alternate admission requirements for applicants according to Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) Students who completed the NSC in 2008 or thereafter, but have not obtained endorsements, will be considered for alternative admission after the age of 23. Such candidates will be required to complete a RPL portfolio development course and submit to a process where relevant learning and/or experience will be assessed. Candidates who are 23 or older and do not have a matriculation certificate or NSC, but who might have obtained other qualifications or experience that may be deemed to be equivalent to admission criteria for particular study programmes, will also be required to complete a RPL portfolio development course or an RPL portfolio process as agreed and to submit to a process where such learning, qualification and/or experience will be assessed. J.112 SELECTION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years full time. J.114 J.114.1 CURRICULUM Level 1 Alpha Code CHE116 CHM126 MBS 111 MBS 121 PHY118 LSC141 CMA111 CMA121 67 Cred 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 10
Module Name Compulsory Group 1 (Select all) Chemistry 116 (N) Chemistry 126 (N) Medical Bioscience 111 Medical Bioscience 121 Physics for CHS Life Sciences 141 Chinese Medicine Theory 111 Chinese Medicine Theory 121
Group 2 (Select all) IPOC (Natural Medicine) PHC (Natural Medicine) J.114.2 Level 2
NAT112 NAT123 Sub-total
5 5 125
Module Name Group 1 (Select all modules) Medical Bioscience 231 Medical Bioscience 232 Medical Microbiology 251 Medical Microbiology 252 Chinese Medicine Theory 211 Chinese Medicine Theory 221 Acupuncture 213 Acupuncture 223 Chinese Herbal Medicine 212 Chinese Herbal Medicine 222 Group 2 (Select all) Biotechnology 216 J.114.3 Level 3
Alpha Code MBS231 MBS232 MIC251 MIC252 CMA211 CMA221 CMA213 CMA223 CMA212 CMA222 BTN216 Sub-Total
Cred 20 20 20 20 10 10 10 10 10 10 20 160
Module Name Pharmacology 204 Pathology 311 Pathology 321 Chinese Medicine Theory 311 Chinese Medicine Theory 321 Chinese Herbal Medicine 312 Chinese Herbal Medicine 322 Acupuncture 313 Acupuncture 323 General Medicine 301
Alpha Code PHA204 NAT311 NAT321 CMA311 CMA321 CMA312 CMA322 CMA313 CMA323 BCM301 Sub-total TOTAL
Cred 20 15 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 30 135 420
J.115
ASSESSMENT
A student shall be promoted to the 2nd Level of study on obtaining 100 credits of the 1 st Level modules including all modules in group 1, and provided that the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable clashes. J.116.2 Level 2
A student shall be promoted to the 3rd Level of study on obtaining 255 credits (including 140 2 nd Level credits) including all modules in group 1, and provided that the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable clashes.
68
J.116.3
Level 3
A student must have succesfully completed all prescribed modules and obtained a total of 420 credits to complete the degree. J.117 J.117.1 ADVANCE REGISTRATION Level 1
If a student does not promote to the 2nd Level of study, the student may be allowed to register 2 nd Level modules, provided that s/he has completed at least 80 credits and should not take more than 90 credits in total, consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits. And provided that the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable clashes. J.117.2 Level 2
If a student does not promote to the 3rd Level of study, the student may be allowed to register 3 rd Level modules, provided that s/he has completed at least 240 credits and should not take more than 90 credits in total, consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits. And provided that the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable clashes. J.118 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. J.119 J.119.1 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME Every School of Natural Medicine student must, in accordance with the requirements of the Allied Health Professions Council of South Africa, register as a School of Natural Medicine student within two months after admission to the programme. Thereafter the student must ensure that they register for each year while within the programme. Where a student interrupted his/her studies for more than one academic year, and where the curriculum or module content has changed, the student will be expected to register for the additional module(s) or attend classes and write additional tests/assignments on work not covered during the students time of study.
J.119.2 J.119.3
BACHELOR OF SOCIAL WORK - 8411 J.120 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: B Social Work J.120.1 (a) Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 The National Senior Certificate for Bachelors Degree study plus a score of no less than 27 points calculated according to the Universitys approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements: level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or first additional language) and level 3 (40-49%) in Another Language (home or first additional language) and level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematical Literacy 69
(b)
(c)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above. Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008 A Matriculation Exemption with the minimum of a D aggregate and the minimum of a D aggregate symbol for English. Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT) OR
J.120.2 (a)
(b)
(c)
A qualification or level of competence that the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above Alternate admission
J.120.3
J.120.3.1 Alternate admission requirements for applicants who passed Grade 12 from 2008 (a) The National Senior Certificate for Diploma Study plus a score of no less than 23 points calculated according to the Universitys approved points system. Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT) OR (c) A qualification or level of competence that the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above
(b)
J.120.3.2 Alternate admission requirements for applicants who passed Grade 12 before 2008 (a) Students without matriculation exemption may be allowed into the programme as Senate Discretionary students and will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT) OR (b) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above
J.120.3.3 Alternate admission requirements for applicants according to Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) Students who completed the NSC in 2008 or thereafter, but have not obtained endorsements, will be considered for alternative admission after the age of 23. Such candidates will be required to complete a RPL portfolio development course and submit to a process where relevant learning and/or experience will be assessed. Candidates who are 23 or older and do not have a matriculation certificate or NSC, but who might have obtained other qualifications or experience that may be deemed to be equivalent to admission criteria for particular study programmes, will also be required to complete a RPL portfolio development course or an RPL portfolio process as agreed and to submit to a process where such learning, qualification and/or experience will be assessed.
70
J.121
SELECTION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over four years full time. J.123 J.123.1 CURRICULUM Level 1 Alpha Code HDP113 HDP114 EED111 CCL121 SCW124 SCW113 SCW123 SCW114 SCW101 PSY111 PSY112 PSY121 PSY123 ANT111 ANT121 Sub-total J.123.2 Level 2 Alpha Code HLP215 SCW214 SCW213 SCW212 SCW201 ANT222 PSY221 Sub-total Cred 10 10 10 10 30 10 10 90 Cred 5 5 10 5 10 10 5 5 15 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 15 15 130
Module Name Group 1 - Compulsory Introduction to Philosophy of Care (SW) Health Development and Primary Health Care (SW) Eng for Educ Dev 111 Computer Literacy 121 Group 2 - Compulsory Introduction to Social Work 124 Introduction to Social Work 113 Social Work 123 Introduction to Social Work Process 114 Introduction to Fieldwork 101 Group 3 - Compulsory Psychology Introduction to Psychology 111 Brain and Behaviour 112 Psychology of Child Development 121 Intro to Research Methods 123 Anthroplogy / Sociology Anthroplogy / Sociology 111 (N) Anthroplogy / Sociology 121 (N)
Module Name Group 1 - Compulsory Health Promotion 223 (SW) Basic Social Work 214 Basic Social Work 213 Basic Social Work 212 Basic Fieldwork 201 Group 2 - Compulsory Anthroplogy 222 Qual Res Meth & Health Sc 221 Group 3 - Electives *Social Sciences Anthropology 211 Sociology 221 Sociology 231 Sociology 232 **Psychology Study of Human Development 211 Intro to Psychological Interven 214
ANT211 SOC221 SOC231 SOC232 PSY211 PSY214
10 10 10 10 10 10
71
Intro to Psychopathology 213 Community Psychology 223 Health Psychology 224
PSY213 PSY223 PSY224 Sub-total TOTAL
10 5 5 40 130
*Students who choose Social Sciences as a major will choose Social Sciences modules to the value of 30 credits and Psychology module/s to the value of 10 credits. **Students who choose Psychology as a major will choose Psychology modules to the value of 30 credits and a Social Sciences module to the value of 10 credits. J.123.3 Level 3 Alpha Code SCW315 SCW314 SCW312 SCW313 SCW301 WGS311 WGS321 WEL321 Sub-total ANT312 ANT322 PSY312 PSY322 Sub-total TOTAL Cred 10 10 10 10 40 10 10 10 110 10 10 10 10 20 130
Module Name Compulsory Intermediate Social Work 315 Intermediate Social Work 314 Intermediate Social Work 312 Intermediate Social Work 313 Intermediate Social Work 301 Gender Studies 311 Gender Studies 321 Welfare Law 321 *Social Sciences Anthropology 312 Anthropology 322 *Psychology Intro to Personality Theory 312 Psych Soc Iden & Soc Oppression 322
*Students will choose either the Social Sciences modules to the value of 20 credits or the Psychology modules to the value of 20 credits depending on the major chosen in Level 2. J.123.4 Level 4 Alpha Code SCW413 SCW415 SCW411 SCW406 SCW412 SCW401 SCW414 Sub-total TOTAL Cred 10 10 10 10 10 60 10 120 510
Module Name - Compulsory Advanced Social Work 413 Advanced Social Work 415 Advanced Social Work 411 Advanced Social Work 406 Advanced Social Work 412 Advanced Fieldwork 401 Advanced Social Work 414
J.124
ASSESSMENT
Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3:
72
J.125.1
Level 1
A student shall be admitted to the the 2nd Level of study on obtaining 100 credits at the 1st Level, 10 credits from group 1, passed all modules from group 2 and passed at least 45 credits from group 3 and on meeting all pre-requisites for the 2nd Level modules. J.125.2 Level 2
A student shall be admitted to the the 3rd Level of study after completing all 1st Level modules, passed all modules in group 1, passed a minimum of 40 credits from group 2 and 3 and on meeting all pre-requisites for the 3rd Level modules. J.125.3 Level 3
A student shall be admitted to the the 4th Level of study only if the student has succesfully completed all the relevent course units and modules for the 3 rd Level. The exception is in the case of a student obtaining associate status for one service course module into the 4 th Level. J.125.4 Level 4
A student must have succesfully completed all prescribed modules and obtained a total of 510 credits. J.126 J.126.1 J.126.2 ADVANCE REGISTRATION Students may only register for modules in advance at the next level if s/he does not have more than 45 credits to make up at the current level (or lower). Repeating students (who have not promoted ) should not take more than 90 credits in total, consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits, excluding Social Work modules and provided the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable clashes. RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
J.127
There are no special requirements for this programme BACHELOR OF SOCIAL WORK (Foundation) - 8560 J.129 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Social Work (Foundation programme) J.129.1 (a) (b) Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 The National Senior Certificate plus a score of no less than 22 points calculated according to the Universitys approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements: level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or first additional language) level 3 (40-49%) in Another Language (home or first additional language) level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or Maths Literacy level 3 (40-49%) in Life Science Students will be required to write the National Benchmark Test (NBT). 73
OR (c) J.129.2 (a) (b) (c) (d) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above. Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008 A Senior Certificate without Exemption with a minimum of a D-aggregate, or A Conditional Exemption with a minimum of a D-aggregate, or An Age Exemption with a minimum of a D-aggregate, and Students will be required to write the National Benchmark Test (NBT) and obtain a pass mark of 60%. OR (e) J.129.3 A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) to (d) above. Alternate admission requirements for applicants according to Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL)
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over five years full time. J.132 J.132.1 CURRICULUM Level 1 Alpha Code HDP113 HDP114 EED111 CCL121 SCW124 SCW113 SCW010 SCW011 Sub-total Cred 5 5 10 5 10 10 10 10 65
Module Name Group 1 - Compulsory Introduction to Philosophy of Care (SW) Health Development and Primary Health Care (SW) Eng for Educ Dev 111 Computer Literacy 121 Group 2 - Compulsory Introduction to Social Work 124 Introduction to Social Work 113 Contextualising the Field of Social Work 010 Contextualising Social Welfare Policy 011
74
J.132.2
Level 2 Alpha Code SCW123 SCW114 SCW101 Cred 5 5 15
Module Name Group 1 - Compulsory Social Work 123 Introduction to Social Work Process 114 Introduction to Fieldwork 101 Group 2 - Compulsory Psychology Introduction to Psychology 111 Brain and Behaviour 112 Psychology of Child Development 121 Intro to Research Methods 123 Anthroplogy / Sociology Anthropology / Sociology 111 (N) Anthropology / Sociology 121 (N) Group 3 - Compulsory (Foundation modules) Contextualising Social Work Processes Contextaulising the Philosophy of Professional Social Work Values and Ethics J.132.3 Level 3
PSY111 PSY112 PSY121 PSY123 ANT111 ANT121 SCW012 SCW013 Sub-total
7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 15 15 10 10 105
Module Name Group 1 - Compulsory Health Promotion 223 (SW) Basic Social Work 214 Basic Social Work 213 Basic Social Work 212 Basic Fieldwork 201 Group 2 - Compulsory Anthroplogy 222 Qual Res Meth & Health Sc 221 Group 3 - Electives *Social Sciences Anthropology 211 Sociology 221 Sociology 231 Sociology 232 **Psychology Study of Human Development 211 Intro to Psychological Interven 214 Intro to Psychopathology 213 Community Psychology 223 Health Psychology 224
Alpha Code HLP215 SCW214 SCW213 SCW212 SCW201 ANT222 PSY221
Cred 10 10 10 10 30 10 10
ANT211 SOC221 SOC231 SOC232 PSY211 PSY214 PSY213 PSY223 PSY224 Sub-total
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 130
*Students who choose Social Sciences as a major will choose Social Sciences modules to the value of 30 credits and Psychology module/s to the value of 10 credits. **Students who choose Psychology as a major will choose Psychology modules to the value of 30 credits and a Social Sciences module to the value of 10 credits.
75
J.132.4
Level 4 Alpha Code SCW315 SCW314 SCW312 SCW313 SCW301 WGS311 WGS321 WEL321 ANT312 ANT322 PSY312 PSY322 Sub-total Cred 10 10 10 10 40 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 130
Module Name Compulsory Intermediate Social Work 315 Intermediate Social Work 314 Intermediate Social Work 312 Intermediate Social Work 313 Intermediate Social Work 301 Gender Studies 311 Gender Studies 321 Welfare Law 321 *Social Sciences Anthropology 312 Anthropology 322 *Psychology Intro to Personality Theory 312 Psych Soc Iden & Soc Oppression 322
*Students will choose either the Social Sciences modules to the value of 20 credits or the Psychology modules to the value of 20 credits depending on the major chosen in Level 2. J.132.5 Level 5 Alpha Code SCW413 SCW415 SCW411 SCW406 SCW412 SCW401 SCW414 Sub-total TOTAL Cred 10 10 10 10 10 60 10 120 550
Module Name - Compulsory Advanced Social Work 413 Advanced Social Work 415 Advanced Social Work 411 Advanced Social Work 406 Advanced Social Work 412 Advanced Fieldwork 401 Advanced Social Work 414
J.133
ASSESSMENT
J.134.1.1 In order to promote to the 2nd Level, the student must pass all the 1st Level modules. J.134.1.2 Notwithstanding Rule A.3.2.3 (a), a student who does not pass all the required modules at Level 1 will not be permitted to renew his/her registration in the following year. No appeals for readmission will be considered. J.134.2 Level 2
A student shall be admitted to the 3rd Level of study on obtaining 140 credits (65 credits from Level 1 and 75 credits from Level 2 i.e 25 credits from Group 1 and 20 credits from group 3, and 30 credits from Psychology or Anthro/Soc in Group 2).
76
J.134.3
Level 3
A student shall be admitted to the the 4th Level of study after completing all Level 1 and 2 modules, passed all modules in group 1, passed a minimum of 40 credits from group 2 and 3 and on meeting all pre-requisites for the 3rd Level modules. J.134.4 Level 4
A student shall be admitted to the the 5th Level of study only if the student has succesfully completed all the relevent course units and modules for the 3rd Level. The exception is in the case of a student obtaining associate status for one service course module into the 4 th Level. J.134.5 Level 5
A student must have succesfully completed all prescribed modules and obtained a total of 510 credits. J.135 J.135.1 J.135.2 ADVANCE REGISTRATION Students may only register for modules in advance at the next level if s/he does not have more than 45 credits to make up at the current level (or lower). Repeating students (who have not promoted ) should not take more than 90 credits in total, consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits, excluding Social Work modules and provided the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable clashes. RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
J.136
The renewal of registration will be governed by Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1unless otherwise indicated in the Faculty rules. J.137 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
There are no special requirements for this programme BACHELOR OF ARTS HONOURS IN BIOKINETICS 8021 J.138 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: BA (Hons) (Biokinetics) J.138.1 Candidates must be in possession of a BA (SRES) degree or the equivalent thereof from an approved institution, with a minimum average percentage of 60 for all sport, recreation and exercise science modules at 3rd year level. Candidates may apply directly to the SRES Department if they are not in possession of an appropriate degree subject to Rule A.2.1.4 SELECTION The Professional Board determines the number of candidates that can be admitted each year. As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. Preference will be given to candidates with a science background. DURATION
J.138.2 J. 139 J.139.1 J.139.2 J.139.3 J.140
Unless Senate decides otherwise, the duration of the curriculum shall extend over one year full-time only.
77
J.141
CURRICULUM Alpha Code SRE717 SRE718 SRE730 SRE731 SRE732 SRE733 SRE735 SRE736 SRE737 SRE738 SRE739 STA501 TOTAL Cred 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 30 15 135
Module Name Compulsory Exercise Physiology (HMS717) Motor Control & Learning (HMS718) Biokinetics 730 Physical Evaluation 731 Physical Evaluation 732 Exercise Testing & Prescription 733 Chronic Disease And Disability 735 Anatomy and Kinanthropometry 736 Biokinetics Practice 737 Biokinetics Practice 738 Applied Research Methods 739 Applied Statistics 501
An extensive practical component (of 500 hours) forms a compulsory part of the Biokinetics programme. J.142 ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. J.143 PROGRESS RULES
Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. J.144 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. J.145 J.145.1 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME Every Biokinetics student must, in accordance with the requirements of the Health Professions Council of South Africa, register as a biokinetics student with the HPCSA within two months after admission to the programme. Full particulars are available from the Course Coordinator in the Department. First Aid (Level 3) certification (or equivalent) is required for admission into the degree. A First Aid (level 3) course is offered in the department prior to the commencement of the academic year.
J.145.3
BACHELOR OF ARTS HONOURS IN HUMAN ECOLOGY 8711 (NOT OFFERED IN 2013) J.146 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: BA (Hons) Human Ecology To be admitted the program a student shall have obtained a BA Human Ecology Degree or equivalent qualifcation with an average of 60% J.147 SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. 78
J.148
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, the duration of the curriculum for full-time students shall be one year and for part-time students two years. J.149 J.149.1 CURRICULUM Full-Time Alpha Code MAN751 STA501 HEC710 HEC411 HEC715 HEC714 HEC716 HEC711 HEC712 HEC719 TOTAL Cred 10 15 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 125
Module Name Compulsory Principles of Man & Bus 751 Applied Statistics 501 Research Project 710 Research Methods 411 Electives (Select any 3) Advanced Housing 715 Advanced Foods 714 Advanced Non-Formal Education 716 Advanced Home Management 711 Advanced Clothing 712 Advanced Didactics Consumer Studies 719 J.149.2 Part-Time
J.149.2.1 Level 1 Module Name Compulsory Principles of Man & Bus 751 Applied Statistics 501 Research Methods 411 Electives (Select 1 module ) Advanced Housing 715 Advanced Foods 714 Advanced Non-Formal Education 716 Advanced Home Management 711 Advanced Clothing 712 Advanced Didactics Consumer Studies 719 J.149.2.2 Level 2 Alpha Code HEC710 Sub-total TOTAL Cred 20 40 60 125 Alpha Code MAN751 STA501 HEC411 HEC715 HEC714 HEC716 HEC711 HEC712 HEC719 Sub-total Cred 10 15 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 65
Module Name Compulsory Research Project 710 Electives (Select 2 remaining modules not taken from the electives list in level 1) J.150 ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. J.151 J.151.1 PROGRESS RULES Full-time
Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 60 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year.
79
J.151.2
Part-time
Unless Senate decides otherwise, a part time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 60 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who accumulated 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme. J.152 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. J.153 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
There are no special requirements for this programme. BACHELOR OF ARTS HONOURS IN PSYCHOLOGY - 8753 J.154 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: BA (Hons) Psychology Subject to the general authority of Senate to refuse a student admission to the programme, a student shall have obtained a bachelors degree approved by Senate for the purpose, and unless Senate on the recommendation of the head of department decides otherwise, such a student shall have obtained, before admission to the programme, an average minimum of 60% in the final Psychology 3 examinations. J. 155 SELECTION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, the duration of the curriculum for full-time students shall be one year and for part-time students two years. J.157 CURRICULUM Alpha Code PSY701 Sub-total Electives (Select any 5) Abnormal Psychology (Hons Psych) 702 Psychological Interventions 703 Adv Quantitative Res Meth 704 (compulsory for MA Psych) Personality Development (Hons Psych) 705 Health Psychology 706 Social Psychology (Hons Psych) 707 Community Psychology (Hons Psych) 708 Psychological Assessment 709 PSY702 PSY703 PSY704 PSY705 PSY706 PSY707 PSY708 PSY709 Sub-total TOTAL J.158 ASSESSMENT Cred 30 30 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 100 130
Module Name Compulsory Adv Research Project (Hons Psych) 701
80
J.159 J.159.1
PROGRESS RULES Full-time
Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 60 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year. J.159.2 Part-time
A student who fails to obtain the minimum 60% admission requirement will only be allowed one attempt to improve his/her marks for admission to the programme. BACHELOR OF ARTS HONOURS IN SPORT AND EXERCISE SCIENCE - 8013 J.162 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: BA (Hons) SES Candidates must be in possession of a BA SRES or BSc SES degree, or equivalent thereof from an approved institution (as deemed appropriate by the SRES Department), and obtained an average mark of no less than 60% in the final year. J.163 SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to selection J.164 DURATION
Unless Senate decides, otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one years full time or two years part time study. J.165 CURRICULUM Alpha SRE736 SRE723 SRE727 SRE728 SRE733 SRE739 SRE740 SRE741 SRE742 STA501 TOTAL Cred 10 10 10 10 10 30 10 20 10 15 135
Module Name (select 1 option) Option 1 Sport Conditioning Anatomy and Kinanthropometry 736 Psychology of PE & Sport 723 Exercise Physiology 727 Motor Control & Learning 728 Exercise Testing & Prescription 733 Applied Research Methods 739 Sport Technology 740 Conditioning for Sport 741 Sports Nutrition 742 Applied Statistics 501
81
Option 2 Community Health Promotion Through Sport (Not offered in 2013) Rec & Leisure- Time Stud 715 Anatomy and Kinanthropometry 736 Exercise Physiology 717 Psychology of PE & Sport 723 Exercise Testing & Prescription 733 Chronic Disease and Disability 735 Applied Research Methods 739 Sports Nutrition 742 Sociology of Sport 743 Community Health Promotion 744 Applied Statistics 501 Option 3 Talent Identification (Not offered in 2013) Anatomy and Kinanthropometry 736 Motor Control & Learning 718 Exercise Physiology 727 Motor Control & Learning 728 Exercise Testing & Prescription 733 Applied Research Methods 739 Sports Nutrition 742 Sociology of Sport 743 Sports Talent Identification 734 Applied Statistics 501 J.166 ASSESSMENT
SRE715 SRE736 SRE717 SRE723 SRE733 SRE735 SRE739 SRE742 SRE743 SRE744 STA501 TOTAL SRE736 SRE718 SRE727 SRE728 SRE733 SRE739 SRE742 SRE743 SRE734 STA501 TOTAL
10 10 10 10 10 10 30 10 10 10 15 135 10 10 10 10 10 30 10 10 20 15 135
There are no special requirements for this programme
82
BACHELOR OF ARTS HONOURS IN SPORT AND RECREATION MANAGEMENT - 8017 J.170 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: BA Hons Sport and Recreation Management J.170.1 Candidates must be in possession of a BA (SRES) degree, or equivalent thereof from an approved institution, with a minimum average percentage of 60% for all sport, recreation and exercise science modules at the Third year level. Candidates may apply directly to the SRES Department if they are not in possession of an appropriate degree subject to Rule A.2.1.4 SELECTION
J.170.2 J.171
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to selection J.172 DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, the duration of the curriculum for full-time students shall be one year and for part-time students two years. J.173 CURRICULUM Alpha Code MAN754 ADM668 SRE711 SRE712 SRE715 SRE725 SRE739 STA501 TOTAL Cred 15 15 20 10 10 10 30 15 125
Module Name Compulsory Marketing Organ & Man (MAN754.1) Business Finance 668 Applied Sport & Rec Man (HMS711) Sport & Project Man (HMS712) Rec & Leisure- Time Stud (HMS715) Rec & Leisure- Time Stud (HMS725) Applied Reseacrch Methods 739 Applied Statistics 501 J.174 ASSESSMENT
Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 60 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the followi ng year. J.175.2 Part-time
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
83
J.177 J.177.1
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME Requisites
J.177.1.1 SRE 711 is a co-requisite for SRE 712 (May be completed simultaneously) BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS IN BIOKINETICS - 8024 J.178 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: BSc Hons Biokinetics J.178.1 Candidates must be in possession of a BSc SRES degree or the equivalent thereof from an approved institution, with a minimum average percentage of 60% for all sport, recreation and exercise science modules at 3rd year level. Candidates may apply directly to the SRES Department if they are not in possession of an appropriate degree subject to Rule A.2.1.4 SELECTION The Professional Board determines the number of candidates that can be admitted each year. As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to selection Preference will be given to candidates with a science background. DURATION
J.178.2 J.179 J.179.1 J.179.2 J.179.3 J.180
Unless Senate decides otherwise, the duration of the curriculum shall extend over one year full -time only. J.181 CURRICULUM Alpha Code SRE717 SRE718 SRE730 SRE731 SRE732 SRE733 SRE735 SRE736 SRE737 SRE738 SRE739 STA501 TOTAL An extensive practical component (of 500 hours) forms a compulsory part of the Biokinetics programme. J.182 ASSESSMENT Cred 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 30 15 135
Module Name Compulsory Exercise Physiology (HMS717) Motor Control & Learning (HMS718) Biokinetics 730 Physical Evaluation 731 Physical Evaluation 732 Exercise Testing & Prescription 733 Chronic Disease & Disability 735 Anatomy & Kinanthropometry 736 Biokinetics Practice 737 Biokinetics Practice 738 Applied Research Methods 739 Applied Statistics 501
Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. 84
J.184
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. J.185 J.185.1 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME Every Biokinetics student must, in accordance with the requirements of the Health Professions Council of South Africa, register as a biokinetics student with the HPCSA within two months after admission to the programme. Full particulars are available from the Course Coordinator in the Department. First Aid (Level 3) certification (or equivalent) is required for admission into the degree. A First Aid (level 3) course is offered in the department prior to the commencement of the academic year.
J.185.2
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS IN PHYSIOTHERAPY 8217 J.186 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: BSc Hons PT A diploma in Physiotherapy and a minimum of two years suitable clinical experience. J.187 SELECTION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one years full time or two years part time study. J.189 CURRICULUM Alpha Code PHT710 PHT704 PHT700 STA501 SPH715 PHT701 PHT709 PHT705 TOTAL J.190 ASSESSMENT Cred 30 20 15 15 20 20 20 20 120
Module Name Compulsory Research Methodology 710 Literature Review Disability and Rehabilitation (PT) 700 Applied Statistics 501 Group 2 - Electives (Select any 2 modules) Health Promotion II (Public Health) Gerontology (PT) Applied Exercise Science (PT) Movement Science (PT)
85
J.191 J.191.1
PROGRESS RULES Full-time
BACHELOR OF COMPLEMENTARY MEDICINE (CHINESE MEDICINE AND ACUPUNCTURE) 8344 J.194 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: B Complementary Medicine in Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture J.194.1 J.194.2 J.194.3 J.195 Candidates must be in possession of a BSc (Complementary Health Sciences) Degree or a clinical diagnostic qualification such as MBChB or the equivalent thereof. If in the opinion of the selection committee, the relevant degree is deficient, additional modules may be prescribed. Students need to be registered with the Allied Health Professions Council of SA. SELECTION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over two years full time. J.197 J.197.1 CURRICULUM Level 1 Alpha Code BCM401 BCM402 CMA404 CMA401 CMA402 86 Cred 30 20 20 20 20
Module Name Group 1 (Select all modules) General Medicine 401 Clinical Diagnosis 402 Clinical Practice 404 Chinese Medicine Theory 401 Chinese Medicine Theory 402
Group 2 (Select all modules) Tuina (Taichi) Research Methods 421 Ethics, Jurisprudence and Prac Man 501 J.197.2 Level 2
CMA405 NRS421 BCM501 Sub-total
20 20 10 160
Module Name Emergency Care 409 Counselling Skills 410 Research Project 508 Chinese Medicine Theory 502 Chinese Medicine Theory 503 Clinical Practice 504
Alpha Code BCM409 BCM410 CMA508 CMA502 CMA503 CMA504 Sub-total TOTAL
Cred 10 10 20 20 10 40 110 270
J.198
ASSESSMENT
A student shall be promoted to the 2nd Level of study on obtaining 130 credits of the 1st Level modules including all modules in group 1, and provided that the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable clashes. J.199.2 Level 2
A student must have succesfully completed all prescribed modules and obtained a total of 270 credits to complete the degree. J.200 ADVANCE REGISTRATION
If a student does not promote to the 2nd Level of study, the student may be allowed to register 2 nd Level modules, provided that s/he has completed at least 115 credits and should not take more than 90 credits in total, consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits. And provided that the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable clashes. J.201 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. J.202 J.202.1 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME Every School of Natural Medicine student must, in accordance with the requirements of the Allied Health Professions Council of South Africa, register as a School of Natural Medicine student within two months after admission to the programme. Thereafter the student must ensure that they register for each year while within the programme.
J.202.2
87
J.202.3
Where a student interrupted his/her studies for more than one academic year, and where the curriculum or module content has changed, the student will be expected to register for the additional module(s) or attend classes and write additional tests/assignments on work not covered during the students time of study. All professional programmes lead to registration with the Allied Health Professions Council of South Africa (AHPCSA) after successful completion of the course. Professional graduates may enter private practice or work within the Health Care system of South Africa when the situation has changed
J.202.4
BACHELOR OF COMPLEMENTARY MEDICINE IN NATUROPATHY - 8334 J.203 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: B Complementary Medicine in Naturopathy J.203.1 J.203.2 J.203.3 J.204 Candidates must be in possession of a BSc Complementary Health Sciences Degree or a clinical diagnostic qualification such as MBChB or the equivalent thereof. If in the opinion of the selection committee, the relevant degree is deficient, additional modules may be prescribed. Students need to be registered with the Allied Health Professions Council of SA. SELECTION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over two years full time. J.206 J.206.1 CURRICULUM Level 1 Alpha Code NAT404 NAT411 NAT421 NRS421 BCM401 BCM402 NAT403 BCM501 Sub-Total Cred 10 20 20 20 30 20 10 10 140
Module Name Group 1 (Select all) Clinical Practice (Nat) 404 Treatment Modalities For Naturopathy 411 Treatment Modalities For Naturopathy 421 Research Methods 421 General Medicine 401 Clinical Diagnosis 402 Group 2 (Select all) Differential Diagnosis For Naturopathy 403 Ethics, Jurisprudence & Prac Man 501 J.206.2 Level 2
Module Name Emergency Care 409 Counselling Skills 410 Research Project (Naturopathy) 508 Treatment Modalities For Naturopathy 511 88
Alpha Code BCM409 BCM410 NAT508 NAT511
Cred 10 10 20 20
Treatment Modalities For Naturopathy 521 Clinical Practice (Naturopathy) 504
NAT521 NAT504 Sub-Total TOTAL
20 40 120 260
J.207
ASSESSMENT
A student shall be promoted to the 2nd Level of study on obtaining 120 credits of the 1 st Level modules including all modules in group 1, and provided that all the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable clashes. J.208.2 Level 2
If a student does not promote to the 2nd Level of study, the student may be allowed to register for 2 nd Level modules, provided that s/he has completed at least 95 credits and should not take more than 90 credits in total, consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits. And provided that the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable clashes. J.210 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. J.211 J.211.1 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME Every School of Natural Medicine student must, in accordance with the requirements of the Allied Health Professions Council of South Africa, register as a School of Natural Medicine student within two months after admission to the programme. Thereafter the student must ensure that they register for each year while within the programme. Where a student interrupted his/her studies for more than one academic year, and where the curriculum or module content has changed, the student will be expected to register for the additional module(s) or attend classes and write additional tests/assignments on work not covered during the students time of study. All professional programmes lead to registration with the Allied Health Professions Council of South Africa (AHPCSA) after successful completion of the course. Professional graduates may enter private practice or work within the Health Care system of South Africa when the situation has changed.
J.211.2 J.211.3
J.211.4
89
BACHELOR OF COMPLEMENTARY MEDICINE IN PHYTOTHERAPY - 8324 J.212 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: B Complementary Medicine in Phytotherapy J.212.1 Candidates must be in possession of a BSc Complementary Health Sciences Degree or a clinical diagnostic qualification such as MBChB or the equivalent thereof. If in the opinion of the selection committee, the relevant degree is deficient, additional modules may be prescribed. Students need to be registered with the Allied Health Professions Council of SA. SELECTION
J.212.2 J.212.3 J.213
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over two years full time. J.215 J.215.1 CURRICULUM Level 1 Alpha Code PHH404 PHH405 PHH406 PHH407 BCM402 BCM401 NRS421 PHH403 BCM501 Sub-total Cred 10 20 10 10 20 30 20 10 10 140
Module Name Group 1 (Select all) Clinical Practice (Phytotherapy) 404 Materia Medica 405 Clinical Phytotherapy 406 Herbal Pharmacology 407 Clinical Diagnosis 402 General Medicine 401 Research Methods 421 Group 2 (Select all) Differential Diag for Phytotherapy 403 Ethics, Jurisprudence & Prac Man 501
J.215.2
Level 2 Alpha Code BCM409 BCM410 PHH508 PHH505 PHH506 PHH507 PHH504 Sub-total TOTAL Cred 10 10 20 20 10 10 40 120 260
Module Name Emergency Care 409 Counselling Skills 410 Research Project (Phytotherapy) 508 Materia Medica 505 Clinical Phytotherapy 506 Herbal Pharmacy 507 Clinical Practice (Phytotherapy) 504
J.216
ASSESSMENT
90
J.217
PROMOTION RULES
A student shall be promoted to the 2nd Level of study on obtaining 120 credits of the 1 st Level modules including all modules in group 1, and provided that all the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable clashes. J.217.2 Level 2
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. J.220 J.220.1 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME Every School of Natural Medicine student must, in accordance with the requirements of the Allied Health Professions Council of South Africa, register as a School of Natural Medicine student within two months after admission to the programme. Thereafter the student must ensure that they register for each year while within the programme. Where a student interrupted his/her studies for more than one academic year, and where the curriculum or module content has changed, the student will be expected to register for the additional module(s) or attend classes and write additional tests/assignments on work not covered during the students time of study. All professional programmes lead to registration with the Allied Health Professions Council of South Africa (AHPCSA) after successful completion of the course. Professional graduates may enter private practice or work within the Health Care system of South Africa when the situation has changed.
J.220.2 J.220.3
J.220.4
BACHELOR OF COMPLEMENTARY MEDICINE IN UNANI TIBB - 8354 J.221 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: B Complementary Medicine in Unani Tibb J.221.1 J.221.2 J.221.3 Candidates must be in possession of a BSc Complementary Health Sciences Degree or a clinical diagnostic qualification such as MBChB or the equivalent thereof. If in the opinion of the selection committee, the relevant degree is deficient, additional modules may be prescribed. Students need to be registered with the Allied Health Professions Council of SA.
91
J.222
SELECTION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over two years full time. J.224 J.224.1 CURRICULUM Level 1 Alpha Code NRS421 TIB404 TIB412 TIB413 TIB414 TIB415 BCM401 BCM402 TIB411 BCM501 Sub-total Cred 20 10 10 20 10 10 30 20 10 10 150
Module Name Group 1 (Select all) Research Methods 421 Clinical Practice (Tibb) 404 Philosophy & Aetiology of Tibb 412 Pharmacology of Tibb 413 Therapeutics of Tibb 414 Regimental Therapies 415 General Medicine 401 Clinical Diagnosis 402 Pathology Diagnosis of Tibb 411 Group 2 (Select all) Ethics, Jurisprudence & Prac Man 501
J.224.2
Level 2 Alpha Code BCM409 BCM410 TIB508 TIB521 TIB522 TIB523 TIB524 TIB525 TIB504 Sub-total TOTAL Cred 10 10 20 10 10 10 10 10 40 130 280
Module Name Emergency Care 409 Counselling Skills 410 Research Project 508 Illness Management 521 Illness Management 522 Illness Management 523 Illness Management 524 Illness Management 525 Clinical Practice 504
J.225
ASSESSMENT
A student shall be promoted to the 2nd Level of study on obtaining 140 credits of the 1 st Level modules including all modules in group 1, and provided that all the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable clashes.
92
J.226.2
Level 2
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. J.229 J.229.1 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME Every School of Natural Medicine student must, in accordance with the requirements of the Allied Health Professions Council of South Africa, register as a School of Natural Medicine student within two months after admission to the programme. Thereafter the student must ensure that they register for each year while within the programme. Where a student interrupted his/her studies for more than one academic year, and where the curriculum or module content has changed, the student will be expected to register for the additional module(s) or attend classes and write additional tests/assignments on work not covered during the students time of study. All professional programmes lead to registration with the Allied Health Professions Council of South Africa (AHPCSA) after successful completion of the course. Professional graduates may enter private practice or work within the Health Care system of South Africa when t he situation has changed.
J.229.2 J.229.3
J.229.4
MASTER OF ARTS IN CHILD AND FAMILY STUDIES 8850 J.230 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: MA CFS J.230.1 The programme is open to candidates in possession of an honours degree, preferably in the Social Sciences, Arts, Law, Education or Humanities or another (second) approved degree or equivalent, approved by senate, or a four year professional degree or meets the requirements of general rule A.2.1.4. In the case of the four year professional degree prospective students must have obtained a 60% pass in their major subject. Prospective students will be required to make themselves available for a selection process on a date determined by the department. Students should have a working title for their Research project/mini-thesis. SELECTION
J.230.2 J.230.3 J.231
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure.
93
J.232
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over two years full-time or three years part-time study. J.233 CURRICULUM Alpha Code CFS801 CFS802 TOTAL Mode 2 Compulsory (Select all) Adv Class & Cont Theo About Fam 811 Adv Quantitative Research Meth 812 Adv Qualitative Research Meth 813 Families and Households 842 Const of Childr & Childhood 843 1st Enrolment Code CFS Mini-Thesis 803 2nd Enrolment Code CFS Mini-Thesis 804 Electives (select any 2) Public Policies & Programmes 835 Child Protection 841 Childrens Rights, Family and Society 845 Youth in Urban Society 844 Parent and Child Interaction 836 SCF811 SCF812 SCF813 SCF842 SCF843 SCF803 90 SCF804 SCF835 SCF841 SCF845 SCF844 SCF836 TOTAL J.234 ASSESSMENT 10 10 10 10 10 180 180 20 10 10 20 10 Cred
Module Name (select one mode) Mode 1 1st Enrolment Code MACS CFS - Full Thesis 801 2nd Enrolment Code MACS CFS - Full Thesis 802
180
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. J.235 J.235.1 J.235.2 J.235.3 J.235.4 J.236 PROGRESS RULES Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year. Students must complete at least 60 credits by the end of year one. Students must complete at least 180 credits by the end of year two. Students must register a thesis title before the second year of registration. RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
Students must be available for lectures with regards to their courses as prescribed by the department and must meet with their supervisors according to the memorandum of understanding
94
MASTER OF ARTS IN HUMAN ECOLOGY (Structured ) - 8681 J.238 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: MA Human Ecology Candidates for the programme must be in possession of an BA (Hons) Degree in Human Ecology or any related qualification as approved by Senate or a BA Human Ecology General after 1999. J.239 SELECTION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, the duration of the curriculum for full-time students shall be two years. J.241 CURRICULUM Alpha Code HEC810 HEC811 HEC812 LAS706 HEC813 HEC803 60 HEC804 SCF835 SCF839 SOG824 SOG839 SCF812 SCF813 SOG821 SOG825 SOG837 SOG838 Sub-total TOTAL 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 80 240 Cred 20 20 20 20 20
Module Name Compulsory Research Methods Philosophy and Ethics in Human Ecology Community Development Sus Rural Livelihoods & Int Dev Planning Families and Communities 1st Enrolment Code Mini-Thesis H/E 803 (1st ENR) 2nd Enrolment Code Mini-Thesis H/E 803 (1st ENR) Electives (Select any modules to the value of 80 credits) Black Fam & Public Policies 835 Poverty Studies 839 Public Policy Management (SOG) 824 Pol Analysis in Local Govern (SOG) 839 Adv Quantitative Research Methods 812 Adv Qualitative Research Methods 813 Gender and Development (SOG) 812 Prog Planning & Eval (SOG) 825 Urban Development & Management (SOG) 837 Rural Development & Management (SOG) 838
J.242
ASSESSMENT
Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year. J.244 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
There are no special requirements for this programme. 95
MASTER OF ARTS IN HUMAN ECOLOGY (Thesis) - 8848 J.246 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: MA Human Ecology Candidates for the programme must be in possession of an honours degree in Human Ecology or Home Economics, or a BA Human Ecology (General) Degree from the University of the Western Cape obtained after 1999. J.247 SELECTION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, the duration of the curriculum shall be three years. J.249 CURRICULUM Alpha Code HEC801 180 HEC802 TOTAL 180 Cred
Module Name 1st Enrolment Code Human Ecology Masters Thesis 801 2nd Enrolment Code Human Ecology Masters Thesis 802 J.250 ASSESSMENT
Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opi nion adequate progress has been made during the current year. J.252 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
There are no special requirements for this programme. MASTER OF ARTS IN PSYCHOLOGY (Structured) - 8813 J.254 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: MA Psychology J.254.1 J.254.2 J.255 Honours degree in Psychology or equivalent qualification, approved by the Senate, is required for acceptance into the MA in Research Psychology. If in the opinion of the selection committee, the relevant honours degree is deficient, additional work may be required. SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. 96
J.256
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, the duration of the programme shall be a minimum of one year. J.257 CURRICULUM Alpha Code PSY831 PSY832 PSY833 PSY834 PSY835 PSY836 PSY837 PSY839 PSY840 PSY842 PSY803 60 PSY804 Total J.258 ASSESSMENT 190 Cred 10 10 10 10 20 10 10 20 10 20
Module Name Philosophical and Social Issues Programme Evaluation Qualitative Methodologies Survey Research Methods Advanced Quantitative Technology Measurement Design and Construction Research Prop. & Thesis Writing Contextual/Community Psychology Health Psychology Skills Training 1st Enrolment Code Psych Mini-Thesis 803 2nd Enrolment Code Psych Mini-Thesis 804
Students must register as Psychology students with the Professional Board for Psychology. MASTER OF ARTS IN PSYCHOLOGY ( Thesis) - 8671 J.262 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: MA Psychology J.262.1 To be admitted to the programme, an honours degree in Psychology, BPsych or 4-year equivalent qualification, approved by the Senate, is required together with a proposal. If in the opinion of the selection committee, the relevant honours degree is deficient, additional work may be required. SELECTION
J.262.2 J.263
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to selection.
97
J.264
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, the duration of the programme shall be a minimum of one year. J.265 CURRICULUM Alpha Code PSY801 180 PSY802 TOTAL J.266 ASSESSMENT 180 Cred
Module Name 1st Enrolment Code Psychology Masters Thesis 801 2nd Enrolment Code Psychology Masters Thesis 802
There are no special requirements for this programme. MASTER OF ARTS IN SPORT, RECREATION AND EXERCISE SCIENCE (Thesis) - 8661 J.270 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: MA Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science J.270.1 J.270.2 J.270.3 Candidates must be in possession of a BA Hons SRES degree, or equivalent thereof (as deemed appropriate by the SRES Department) and subject to Rule A.2.4.2 Candidates may apply directly to the SRES Department if they are not in possession of an appropriate degree subject to Rule A.2.1.4 Under exceptional circumstances, candidates who do not have an Honours degree in SRES, but have an Honours degree in a related discipline, and have professional experience in the domain of sport, recreation and exercise science, may enrol for the MA SRES Research (full thesis) programme. If, in the opinion of the HOD, the relevant Honours degree is deficient, additional work may be required. SELECTION
J.270.4 J.271
Unless Senate decides otherwise the maximum period of study shall extend over three years. Subject to Rule A.4.3 98
J.273
CURRICULUM Alpha Code SRE801 180 SRE802 TOTAL 180 Cred
Module Name 1st Enrolment Code SRES Thesis 801 2nd Enrolment Code SRES Thesis 802
J.274
ASSESSMENT
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. J.277 J.277.1 J.277.2 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME An oral examination may be required. Additional modules in Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science, or related modules may be required.
MASTER IN PSYCHOLOGY - 8815 J.278 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: MPsych J.278.1 J.278.2 J.279 An honours degree in Psychology, or an accreditted equivalent degree approved by the Senate. If in the opinion of the selection committee, the relevant honours degree is deficient, additional work may be required. SELECTION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, the duration of the programme shall be a minimum of one year. J.281 CURRICULUM Alpha Code PSY837 PSY839 PSY840 PSY842 PSY843 PSY844 Cred 10 20 10 20 20 40
Module Name Research Prop. And Thesis Writing 837 Contextual/Community Psychology 839 Health Psychology 840 Skills Training 842 Interventions 843 Psychodiagnostic & Assessment 844
99
1st Enrolment Code Psych Mini-Thesis 803 2nd Enrolment Code Psych Mini-Thesis 804
PSY803 PSY804 Total
40 120 240
J.282
ASSESSMENT
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. J.285 J.285.1 J.285.2 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME Students must register as MPsych students with the Professional Board for Psychology. Internship
J.285.2.1 A full-time internship of one year must be served at an institution accredited by the Professional Board for Psychology. J.285.2.2 To be admitted to the internship, a student must successfully complete the first year of the programme, and must be considered by the examiners as acceptable for further professional training. MASTER OF SCIENCE IN NUTRITION MANAGEMENT - 8783 J.286 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: MSc Nutrition Management Candidates must be in possession of a four year integrated BSc Degree in Dietetics or Nutrition or an Honours in Nutrition or equivalent at level 8. J.287 SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. A minimum of ten students is required for the programme to run. J.288 DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over two years full time or three years part time. J.289 CURRICULUM Alpha Code NUT801 NUT802 TOTAL 100 180 Cred
Module Name (select one mode) Mode 1 - MSc Nutrition (Thesis only) 1st Enrolment Code Nutrition Thesis 2nd Enrolment Code Nutrition Thesis
180
Mode 2 - MPHN (Coursework) Group 1 (Select all) Health Development and Primary Health Care II Measuring Health & Disease II Nutrition Policy and Planning 838 Micronutrients 848 1st Enrolment Code Nutrition Mini Thesis 803 2nd Enrolment Code Nutrition Mini Thesis 804 Group 2 (Select 1 module) Health Management II Managing Human Resources for Health Group 3 (Select 1 module) Health Promotion II Nutrition Education and Promotion
SPH712 SPH713 NUT838 NUT848 NUT803 NUT804 SPH714 SPH727 SPH715 NUT858 TOTAL
15 15 15 15 90
15 15 15 15 180
J.290
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. J.291 J.291.1 J.291.2 J.292 PROGRESS RULES Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year. A student must have completed all prescribe modules and obtained 180 credits to complete the degree. RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
There are no special requirements for this programme. MASTER OF SCIENCE IN OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY ( Structured) - 8178 J.294 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: MSc Occupational Therapy J.294.1 J.294.2 J.294.3 J. 295 A Bachelors or Bachelors of Science Degree in Occupational Therapy, or a Diploma in Occupational Therapy and an Honours degree. A current CV, including details about work and work responsibilities. University status competence. An essay from the applicant that motivates for admission to the course and reviews work interests and achievements over not more than the past five years. SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure.
101
J.296
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years. J.297 J.297.1 CURRICULUM Level 1 Alpha Code OCT816 OCT811 Sub-total J.297.2 Level 2 Alpha Code OCT813 OCT815 OCT803 60 OCT804 Sub-total TOTAL J.298 ASSESSMENT 120 180 Cred 30 30 Cred 30 30 60
Module Name Qualitative Research Methods 816 Enabling Occupation 811
Module Name Occupational Adaptation 813 Work, Unemployment & Underemployment 815 1st Enrolment Code Occupational Therapy Mini Thesis 803 2nd Enrolment Code Occupational Therapy Mini Thesis 804
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. J.299 J.299.1 PROGRESS RULES Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year. All three of the 1st Level modules must be completed successfully before a student can register for the 2nd Level modules. The 2nd Level module must be completed successfully before a student can proceed with their mini-thesis. RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
J.299.2
J.299.3
J.300
102
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY ( Thesis) - 8118 J.302 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: MSc Occupational Therapy J.302.1 To be admitted to the course, a four-year Bachelors Degree in Occupational Therapy, or equivalent approved by Senate, is required. At the discretion of the department candidates should have a minimum of 3 years work experience as an Occupational Therapist. Candidates with two years work experience will be considered on the basis of their research idea(s). Candidates without any work experience will be considered on academic merits. SELECTION
J.302.2
J.302.3
J.302.4 J.303
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over a minimum of one year full-time or two years part-time. J.305 CURRICULUM Alpha Code OCT801 180 OCT802 TOTAL J.306 ASSESSMENT 180 Cred
Module Name 1st Enrolment Code Occupational Therapy 801 2nd Enrolment Code Occupational Therapy 802
103
MASTER OF SCIENTCE IN PHYSIOTHERAPY ( Structured) - 8250 Please note: There will be no new intake of students in 2014 into this programme. J.310 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: MSc Physiotherapy J.310.1 Candidates in possession of a BSc Physiotherapy Honours degree may enrol for the programme. In certain circumstances enrolment is open to candidates who are in possession of a degree in Physiotherapy (or equivalent professional qualification) and who have had suitable clinical experience. See Rule A2.1.4 (ii). Candidates should be eligible for registration as a Physiotherapist with the Health Professions Council of South Africa. Foreign trained Physiotherapists must apply for registration with the HPCSA as student Physiotherapist soon after registering as a post-graduate student with the university. SELECTION
J.310.2
J.311
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over two years full-time. J.313 CURRICULUM Alpha Code PHT808 PTH803 80 PTH804 PHT807 PHT708 PHT806 PHT702 TOTAL J.314 ASSESSMENT 20 20 20 20 180 Cred 40
Module Name Compulsory Advanced Research Methodology 1st Enrolment Code Physiotherapy Mini-Thesis 803 2nd Enrolment Code Physiotherapy Mini-Thesis 804 Electives (Select 3 modules) Physiotherapy Evidenced Based Practice Orthopaedic Manipulative Therapy Pain Management 806(PT) Rehabilitation of Children (PT)
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. J.317 J.317.1 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME A student, in order to be admitted to the examinations, shall have gained a coursework mark of not less than 50%. 104
J.317.2 J.317.3 J.317.4
The final mark shall be composed of 50% of the coursework mark and 50% of the examination mark. A oral examination may be required. Where modules are offered by other Departments, the content and evaluation requirement will be subject to those of that Department. These modules may not count more than 40% of the modules offered by the Department of Physiotherapy. Exit Point: BSc (Honours) (Physiotherapy)
J.317.5
J.317.5.1 Students registered for the two year masters degree by coursework are required to obtain an overall average mark of 60% to proceed to the second year. J.317.5.2 The Honours degree in Physiotherapy is awarded when a candidate, who on having satisfactorily completed the first year of the two year masters degree by coursework, does not wish to proceed further with his/ her studies. MASTER OF SCIENCE IN PHYSIOTHERAPY ( Thesis) - 8218 J.318 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: MSc Physiotherapy J.318.1 Candidates in possession of a BSc Physiotherapy Honours degree may enrol for the programme. In certain circumstances enrolment is open to candidates who are in possession of a degree in Physiotherapy (or equivalent professional qualification) and who have had suitable clinical experience. See Rule A2.1.4 (ii). Candidates should be eligible for registration as a Physiotherapist with the Health Professions Council of South Africa. SELECTION
J.318.2 J.319
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over a minimum of one year full-time or two years part-time. J.321 CURRICULUM Alpha Code PTH801 180 PTH802 TOTAL J.322 ASSESSMENT 180 Cred
Module Name 1st Enrolment Code Physiotherapy Masters Thesis 801 2nd Enrolment Code Physiotherapy Msters Thesis 802
Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year.
105
J.324
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. J.325 J.325.1 J.325.2 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME Students may be required to do an oral examination. Additional modules in Physiotherapy or a related subject may be prescribed.
MASTER OF NURSING (Structured) - 8863 J.326 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: MNurs J.326.1 J.326.2 J.326.3 J.327 A 4 year Bacheor of Nursing Degree or equivalent Current registration with SANC as a professional nurse. Additional basic qualifications are needed for discipline specific qualification in Midwifery, Psychiatry and Community Health is required for the specific electives. SELECTION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one years full time study and two years part time study. J.329 CURRICULUM
The M Nursing programme is offered in the following specialisation areas: J.329.1 Master of Nursing in Advanced Phychiatry Master of Nursing in Family Nurse Practitioner Master of Nursing in Midwifery and Neonatology Master of Nursing in Nursing Education
Master of Nursing in Advanced Phychiatry Alpha Code NUR803 NUR804 NAP827 NAP814 NAP815 NUR829 NUR825 TOTAL Cred
Module Name Compulsory 1st Enrolment Code Nursing Mini-Thesis 803 2nd Enrolment Code Nursing Mini-Thesis 804 Advanced Mental Health Management 827 Child and Adolescent Mental Health 814 Community Mental Health Nursing 815 Advanced Quantitative Research Methods Advanced Qualitative Research Methods
90 20 10 20 20 20 180
106
J.329.2
Master of Nursing in Family Nurse Practitioner Alpha Code NUR803 NUR804 NAP818 NAP825 NAP826 NUR829 NUR825 TOTAL Cred
Module Name Compulsory 1st Enrolment Code Nursing Mini-Thesis 803 2nd Enrolment Code Nursing Mini-Thesis 804 Advanced Health Assessment and Diagnostic 818 Advanced Nursing Practice and Client Management Advanced Pharmacology and Treatment Modalities Advanced Quantitative Research Methods Advanced Qualitative Research Methods
90 20 10 20 20 20 180
J.329.3
Master of Nursing in Midwifery and Neonatology Alpha Code NUR803 NUR804 NAP820 NAP821 NAP830 NUR829 NUR825 TOTAL Cred
Module Name Compulsory 1st Enrolment Code Nursing Mini-Thesis 803 2nd Enrolment Code Nursing Mini-Thesis 804 Advanced Midwifery 820 Advanced Neonatal Nursing Science 821 Advanced Specializations in Midwifery and Neonatology Advanced Quantitative Research Methods Advanced Qualitative Research Methods
90 20 20 10 20 20 180
J.329.4
Master of Nursing in Nursing Education Alpha Code NUR803 NUR804 NUR820 NUR823 NUR821 NUR829 NUR825 TOTAL Cred
Module Name Compulsory 1st Enrolment Code Nursing Mini-Thesis 803 2nd Enrolment Code Nursing Mini-Thesis 804 Theoretical Foundations of Nursing Education Teaching and Learning Methods Curriculum Development Advanced Quantitative Research Methods Advanced Qualitative Research Methods
90 20 10 20 20 20 180
J.330
ASSESSMENT
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. 107
J.333
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
Please Note: Students who registered for the MCur programme prior to 2009 should refer to the 2009/2010 Faculty of Community and Health Sciences Calendar for curriculum and rules pertaining to this programme. MASTER OF NURSING RESEARCH (Thesis) - 8868 J.334 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: MNurs J.334.1 J.334.2 J.335 A 4 year Bacheor of Nursing Degree or equivalent Current registration with SANC as a professional nurse. SELECTION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one year. J.337 CURRICULUM Alpha Code NUR801 NUR802 TOTAL J.338 ASSESSMENT 180 Cred 180
Module Name 1st Enrolment Code Nursing Masters Thesis 801 2nd Enrolment Code Nursing Masters Thesis 802
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. J.339 PROGRESS
Students are expected to present to the department regularly for supervision/guidance and to attend the recommended additional courses, skills development and seminars as relevant to the students needs, or determined by the department.
108
MASTER OF PUBLIC HEALTH - 8801 Mode 1 J.342 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the programme: Master in Public Health (MPH) J.342.1 J.342.2 J.342.3 Candidates must be in possession of an Honours degree, Postgraduate Diploma in Public Health or equivalent at Level 8 in any relevant discipline. A minimum of three years working experience in the health or welfare sector is required. Candidates who do not have credit for a tertiary level course in disease pathogenesis, disease measurement or disease control must take the module, Introducing Publlic Health: Its Basis and Scope from the PG Diploma in Public Health, and pass an assessment before or during their first semester. With due regard to rule A.2.1.4, personnel in the health and welfare sector with a minimum of five years of relevant experience in implementing health and welfare policy or planning and managing health and welfare services, may be admitted to the course after assessment of prior learning and experience. Additional supporting documents may be required by the University from time to time. SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. Preference will be given to candidates employed in the health and welfare sector with a minimum of three years of relevant experience. DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over a maximum of three years full-time or part-time. Students must apply to the Senate in order to enroll for a fourth year. J.345 CURRICULUM Alpha Code Cred
J.342.4
J.342.5 J.343 J.343.1 J.343.2 J.344
Module Name Compulsory Group 1 Population Health and Development: A Primary Health Care Approach II Measuring Health and Disease Intermediate Epidemiology Management Strategies for the Public Health Services II Health Promotion for Public Health II Public Health Research Mini-thesis of 7 500-20 000 words Group 2 (select 1 module) Qualitative Research Methods Quantitative Research Methods
SPH855 SPH856 SPH857 SPH859 SPH862
15 15 15 15 15 60 15 15 150
SPH860 SPH861 Sub-total
* Students must in addition select two more elective modules, either from one of six streams, which affords them a degree of specialisation, or from the wide range of electives (Capita Selecta A or B) available from SOPH. With permission from SOPH, students may take modules up to 30 credits from another department provided these are deemed of direct relevance to Public Health. 109
* Electives Group 1 / Stream 1: Health Promotion Alcohol Problems: A Health Promotion Approach Group 2 / Stream 2: Health Research Monitoring and Evaluation in Health and Development Programmes Using Information for Effective Management I Group 3 / Stream 3: Health Information Systems Using Information for Effective Management I Group 4 / Stream 4: Health Management Using Information for Effective Management I Group 5 / Stream 5: Nutrition Micronutrient Malnutrition Epidemiology of Non-Communicable Diseases Group 6 Other Electives Epidemiology and Control of HIV/AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria in the Era of Antiretrovirals Globalisation and Health Group 7 Capita Selecta A Capita Selecta B
SPH863 SPH866 SPH865 SPH865 SPH865 SPH864 SPH867
15 15 15 15 15 15 15
SPH853 SPH854 SPH853 SPH854 Sub-total TOTAL
15 15 15 15 30 180
J.346
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Informatio n Part 1. J.347 J.347.1 J.347.2 J.347.3 PROGRESS RULES Students must complete 45 credits by the end of Year 1 (3 Modules). Students must complete 75 credits by the end of Year 2 (5 Modules). Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress has been made with the mini-thesis during the current year. A student must have successfully completed all prescribed modules and obtained a total of 180 credits to complete the degree. Where the rules governing a curriculum are amended, and Senate does not decide otherwise, a student who registered under the old rules and who has attended the University without interruption, may, unless the amended rules otherwise provide, elect to proceed with his/her studies either in terms of the old rules or in terms of the new rules, provided that: a) (s)he may not elect to proceed partially in terms of the old and partially in terms of the new rules; b) (s)he shall be bound by his/her choice; and c) her/his right to proceed in terms of the old rules, should (s)he so have elected, shall lapse should (s) he fail to gain sufficient credits to proceed to the following level of study. (Ref A.1.1.3). J.348 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
J.347.4
J.347.5
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. 110
J.349
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
There are no special requirements for this programme. MODE 2 J.350 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the programme: Master in Public Health (MPH) J.350.1 An Honours degree, Postgraduate Diploma in Public Health or equivalent at Level 8 in any relevant discipline OR completion within the preceding 5 years of Masters level coursework covering the competencies of the core modules of the UWC MPH degree. A minimum of three years of relevant experience in the health or welfare sector with significant research or monitoring and evaluation experience. A tertiary level course in disease pathogenesis, disease measurement or disease control, if the candidates do not have the credit then they have to take the module Introducing Public Health: its Basis and Scope from the PG Diploma in Public Health, and pass an assessment before or during their first semester A minimum of five years in the health and welfare sector with relevant experience in implementing health and welfare policy or planning and managing health and welfare services Supporting documents as evidence of eligibility. SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. Preference will be given to candidates employed in the health and welfare sector with a minimum of three years of relevant experience. DURATION
J.350.2
J.350.3
J.350.4
J.350.5 J.351 J.351.1
J.351.2
J.352
Unless Senate decides otherwise, the duration of the programme shall extend over a a minimum of two years and a maximum of three years. Students must apply to the Senate in order to enroll for a fourth year. J.353 CURRICULUM
Students must select a topic and design and complete a research project that is situated within the scope of topics and approaches covered in the Areas of Specialization (listed in Table 1) offered at the school. Students may choose to enroll for these modules for non-degree purposes in order to strengthen their own personal development. With permission from SOPH, students may apply the content and approach of other disciplines to their thesis project, provided these are deemed of direct relevance to Public Health. Module Name Mode 1 MPH Full Thesis 805 Alpha Code SPH805 TOTAL Cred 180 180
111
Table 1: Areas of Specialization within the School of Public Health 1. Population Health and Development: A Primary Health Care Approach II 2. Measuring Health and Disease - Intermediate Epidemiology 3. Management Strategies for the Public Health Services II 4. Managing and Supporting Health Workers 5. Health Promotion for Public Health II 6. Qualitative Research Methods 7. Quantitative Research Methods 8. Health Systems Research Health Promotion 9. Health Promoting Schools 10. Alcohol Problems: A Health Promotion Approach 11. Health Promoting Settings Health Research 12. Monitoring and Evaluation in Health and Development Programmes 13. Survey Methods: Designing Questionnaires Health Information 14.Using Information For Effective Management I Human Resources Development 15.Introduction to Health Workforce Development 16.Evidence-based Human Resource Planning Nutrition 17. Public Health Nutrition: Policy and Programming 18. Epidemiology of Non-Communicable Diseases Other 19. Health and Social Change 20. Understanding and Analysing Health Policy 21. Epidemiology and Control of HIV/AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria in the Era of Antiretrovirals J.354 ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. J.355 J.355.1 PROGRESS RULES Students must have submitted an approved research proposal to Senate Higher Degrees by the end of Year 1. Students must complete data collection by the end of Year 2. Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress has been made with the thesis during the current year. A student must have successfully completed a Masters research thesis and obtained a total of 180 credits to complete the degree. RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
J.355.2 J.355.3
J.355.4
J.356
112
MASTER OF SOCIAL WORK (Structured ) - 8470 J.358 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: MSW J.358.1 J.358.2 J.358.3 J.359 The program is open to candidates in possession of an honours degree, or four year BA degree or diploma in Social Work, with a pass mark of at least 60%, as well as 2 years field experience. Applicants could be admitted into the program directly after their 4 th year but must have attained a B symbol for research and practice as minimum requirements. Candidates with a 3 year BA degree could be admitted into the program via the RPL process. Rule A2.1.2 SELECTION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over two years part-time. J.361 J.361.1 CURRICULUM Level 1 Alpha Code SCF812 SCF813 SCW816 Cred 10 10 20
Module Name Compulsory Adv Quantitative Research Meth 812 Adv Qualitative Research Meth 813 Soc Work: Development Context 816 Electives (select either group 1 or 2) Group 1 Human Res Orga & Soc Work (MAG) 810 Soc Work Superv & Consult (MAG) 815 Group 2 Socio Clin Soc Work Pract (MAG) 811 Social Work Practicum (Magister) 809
SCW810 SCW815 SCW811 SCW809 Sub-total
25 25 25 25 90
J.361.2
Level 2 Alpha Code SCW803 SCW804 Sub-total TOTAL 180 90 180 Cred
Module Name 1st Enrolment Code Social Work Mini-Thesis 803 2nd Enrolment Code Social Work Mini-Thesis 804
J.362
ASSESSMENT
113
J.363 J.363.1 J.363.2 J.364
PROGRESS RULES Students must complete all 90 credits by the end of Level 1. Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year. RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. J.365 J.365.1 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME Students must be available for lectures or seminars prescribed by the department in support of successfully completing the coursework as prescribed by the department, as well as in support of successfully completing the MA Thesis. Candidates will be required to present their proposals on a prescribed date determined by the department before handing in the final proposals to the Higher Degrees and Senate Higher Degrees Committees. Students must meet with their supervisors according to the memorandum of understanding dually signed by both parties.
J.365.2
J.365.3
MASTER OF SOCIAL WORK (Thesis) - 8828 J.366 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: MSW J.366.1 J.366.2 J.370 The general rule on admission A.2.4.2 shall apply with a minimum of 65% pass mark in the research module or research background with evidence required. Additional research modules may be prescribed to augment their research knowledge. SELECTION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years. J.372 CURRICULUM Alpha Code SCW801 SCW802 TOTAL 180 180 Cred
Module Name 1st Enrolment Code Social Work MAG Thesis 801 2nd Enrolment Code Social Work MAG Thesis 802
114
J.373
ASSESSMENT
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. J.376 J.376.1 J.376.2 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME Students must be available for lectures or seminars prescribed by the department in support of successfully completing the MA Thesis. Candidates will be required to present their proposals on a prescribed date determined by the department before handing in the final proposals to the Higher Degrees and Senate Higher Degrees Committees. Students must meet with their supervisors according to the memorandum of understanding dually signed by both parties.
J.376.3
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY - 8950 J.377 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the programme: Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) J.377.1 J.377.2 J.378 A student shall have obtained a Masters degree or equivalent qualification in the subject (s)he wishes to study and submit proof thereof, and Satisfied Senate as to his/her proficiency in the subject SELECTION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, the duration of the degree is subject to rule A.4.5 in the University Calendar Part 1. J.380 CURRICULUM
The PhD programme is offered in the following specialisation areas:

Nursing Psychology Public Health Social Work Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science Child and Family Studies 115
Module Name (select one discipline) Nursing 1st Enrolment Nursing Doctoral Thesis 901 2nd Enrolment Nursing Doctoral Thesis 902 Psychology 1st Enrolment Psychology Doctoral Thesis 901 2nd Enrolment Psychology Doctoral Thesis 902 Public Health 1st Enrolment Public Health Doctoral Thesis 901 2nd Enrolment Public Health Doctoral Thesis 902 Social Work 1st Enrolment Social Work Doctoral Thesis 901 2nd Enrolment Social Work Doctoral Thesis 902 Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science 1st Enrolment SRE Doctoral Thesis 901 2nd Enrolment SRE Doctoral Thesis 902 Child & Family Studies 1st Enrolment CFS Doctoral Thesis 901 2nd Enrolment CFS Doctoral Thesis 902 J.381 ASSESSMENT
Alpha Code
Cred
NUR901 NUR902
360
PSY901 PSY902
360
SPH901 SPH902
360
SCW901 SCW902
360
SRE901 SRE902
360
CFS901 CFS902 TOTAL
360 360
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. J.384 J.384.1 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME Students must meet with their supervisors according to the memorandum of understanding dually signed by both parties.
116
J.384.2
Students are expected to present to the department regularly for supervision/guidance and to attend the recommended additional courses, skills development and seminars as relevant to the students needs, or determined by the department. Candidates will be required to present their proposals on a prescribed date determined by the department before handing in the final proposals to the Higher Degrees and Senate Higher Degrees Committees. An oral examination may be required Additional or related modules in the subject area may be required.
J.384.3
J.384.4 J.384.5
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPY IN PHYSIOTHERAPY - 8911 J.385 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the programme: Doctor of Philosophy Candidates in possession of a masters level degree in Physiotherapy. In certain circumstances, applicants with an honours level degree in Physiotherapy, and who have extensive experience backed up with publications in peer-reviewed journals, may at the discretion of the university Senate, be accepted into the programme. See Rule A.2.1.4 (ii) J.386 SELECTION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over a minimum of two years. J.388 CURRICULUM Alpha Code PTH901 360 PTH902 TOTAL J.389 ASSESSMENT 360 Cred
Module Name 1st Enrolment Code Physiotherapy Doctoral 901 2nd Enrolment Code Physiotherapy Doctoral 902
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. J.390 PROGRESS
An oral examination may be required.
117
ADVANCED CERTIFICATE IN EDUCATION: CONSUMER STUDIES 8601 Please note: This programme will not be offered in 2013. J.393 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the programme: Advaced Certificate in Education: Consumer Studies Educators who have a three-year or four-year Home Economics and Needlework and Clothing education qualification. A teacher who has taught Home Economics or Needlework and Clothing at secondary school level for 5 years with no formal Home Economics or Needlework and Clothing qualification, but has a 3-4 year Post-matric education qualification. J.394 SELECTION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the curriculum shall be two years part-time. J.396 J.396.1 CURRICULUM Level 1 Alpha Code HEC501 HEC502 HEC504 HEC505 HEC506 HEC508 Sub-total J.396.2 Level 2 Alpha Code HEC503 MAN113 HEC411 HEC507 CSE112 HIV002 NPD121 Sub-total TOTAL J.397 ASSESSMENT Cred 10 10 20 10 10 10 10 70 130 Cred 10 10 10 10 10 10 60
Module Name Compulsory Trends in Foods 501 Trends in Housing 502 Trends in Clothing 504 Resource Management 505 Project Planning 506 Intro to Computer Literacy (H/E) 508
Module Name Compulsory Trends in Nutrition 503 Intro to Business 113 Research Methods 411 Family & Community Dynamics 507 Electives (Select any 2) Computer Science 112 HIV/AIDS & Education 002 Assessment of Learning
118
J.398
PROGRESS RULES
It would be required of students to pass all modules of the first year (Trends in Food 501, Trends in Housing 502, Trends in Clothing 504, Resource Management 505, Project Planning 506 and Intro to Computer Literacy 508) to promote to second year, as there is a time constraint on this programme. J.399 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
There are no special requirements for this programme. POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN PUBLIC HEALTH 8846 Please note: There will be no intake of first year students in 2013. J.401 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the programme: Postgraduate Diploma in Public Health J.401.1 J.401.2 J.401.3 Candidates must be in possession of a three year Bachelors degree or equivalent in any relevant discipline. A minimum of three years working experience in the health or welfare sector is required. A candidate may be admitted with an equivalent qualification, prior learning and relevant experience, in accordance with Rule A.2.1.4 and approval of Senate. Additional supporting documents may be required by the University from time to time. SELECTION
J.401.4 J. 402
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over two years J.404 CURRICULUM Alpha Code SPH730 SPH731 SPH732 SPH733 SPH734 SPH735 TOTAL J.405 ASSESSMENT Cred 20 20 20 20 20 20 120
Module Name Introducing Public Health: Its Basis and Scope Descriptive Epidemiology Population Health and Development I Health Promotion for Public Health I Monitoring and Evaluation for Health Services Improvement Management Strategies for Public Health I
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. 119
J.406
PROGRESS
Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 40 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year. J.407 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
There are no special requirements for this programme. POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN CHILD & FAMILY STUDIES 8849 J.409 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the programme: Postgraduate Diploma in Child & Family Studies J.409.1 J.410 Candidates must be in possession of a three year Bachelors degree or equivalent SELECTION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one year full-time study. J.412 CURRICULUM Alpha Code SCF701 SCF702 SCF703 SCF704 SCF705 SCF706 Sub-total SCF707 SCF708 SCF709 SCF710 SCF711 Sub-total TOTAL Cred 30 10 10 10 10 10 80 20 20 20 20 20 40 120
Module Name Research Project Classical and Contemporary Theories about the Family Advanced Quantitative Research Methods Advanced Qualitative Research Methods Families and Households Constructions of Children and Childhood Electives (select 2 modules to the value of 40 credits) Policies and Programmes for Families in Poverty Child Protection Childrens Rights, Family and Society Youth in Urban Society Parent and Child Interaction
J.413
ASSESSMENT
120
J.414
PROGRESS
Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 90 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year. J.415 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
121
MODULE DESCRIP TORS

DIETETICS Faculty Home Department Module Topic Community and Health Sciences Dietetics This module will cover anthropometric measurements in adults and children as well as computer based programs used in analysis of anthropometrical data e.g. EPI Info. Nursing leadership and management at unit level. Dietetics Skills Practice 101 DIE101 5 10 Year 1st & 2nd Semester BSc Dietetics 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Define anthropometry Describe the uses for anthropometry in the dietetic practice Demonstrate accurately the measurement of weight and stature, waist circumference and hip circumference, wrist circumference and elbow breadth in adults Demonstrate the accurate measurements of we ight and recumbent length in children Record measurements precisely on growth charts Anthropometry in adults and children Epi Info 2002 software package Growth Charts None Nutrition 141 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 56 Lectures p.w 18 Practicals p.w. 1X3 hours 14 Tutorials p.w. 6 Supervision lab 6 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Dietetics Develop skills for the practice of dietetics Dietetics skills practice 201 DIE201 6 10 Year 122
Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Practicals Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration
Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
1st & 2nd Semester BSc Dietetics 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: Use Nutrition science and technology to collect, analyze and evaluate Nutritional Status Design and Develop Tools for Nutrition Education Apply Health Promotion Principles to plan Nutrition Education & Promotion programs Develop skills to communicate effectively trition-related Information Food preservation Sensory evaluation Nutrition and dietary standards Communication skills Nutrition education and promotion Nutrition 141 Dietetics Skills Practice 101 Nutrition 211 Nutrition 221 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 54 Lectures p.w 18 Practicals p.w. 1X3 hours 12 Tutorials p.w. 12 Supervision lab 4 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Division: Human Ecology Meal Management 244 Meal Management Meal Management 244 DIE244 6 5 Semester 2nd Semester BSc Dietetics 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: Study and apply principles and methods of planning meals and purchasing food to ensure optimum health of individuals, families and members of institutions. Study and apply principles of menu planning, preparation and serving of food for various occasions. Gain awareness of various cultures and their eating habits. Implement entrepreneurial skills. Demonstrate the ability to think logically and creatively. Develop the ability to co-operate and work with fellow 123
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Practicals Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Main Content
students. Theoretical overview of meal management: Goals of meal management Meal service styles Setting tables for various occasions Setting and planning menus for various occasions Budgeting & costing Cultural eating patterns with regard to festivals, foods eaten and presentation of food. Use of convenience foods Salads and salad dressings Herbs & Spices Food and energy conservation in food preparation Foods 114 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 14 Lectures p.w 14 Practicals p.w. 10 Tutorials p.w. 10 Supervision lab 2 50 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Human Ecology and Dietetics Designing of foodservice operations and processes taking place in foodservice operations. Dietetics Skills Practice 301 DIE301 7 10 Year 1st & 2nd Semester BSc Dietetics 3 At the end of this modules the students should be able to: demonstrate skills in the correct application and use of the tools needed by the dietitian. assess clients nutritional status by means of anthropometric, biochemical, clinical and dietary assessment methods. determine the dietary needs of clients and plan a diet for the clients disease condition consult and counsel a client. Nutritional status assessment Dietary consultation Behavior modification Nutrition education Dietetics skills practice 101, 201, Nutrition 211 and 221 Therapeutic nutrition 311 and 321 None 124
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Practicals Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 25 Lectures p.w 20 Practicals p.w. 1X3 hours 50 Tutorials p.w. 5 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Dietetics Community nutrition (Assessment and Analyses) Community Nutrition 312 DIE312 7 10 Semester 1st Semester BSc Dietetics 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: describe the basic concepts in and context of community nutrition in South Africa and the world, as well as changes over time plan for, perform, and critically evaluate information from a community nutrition assessment analyze the data/information from a community nutrit ion assessment in order to identify the causes of the problem, prioritize multiple causes and set goals and objectives for intervention. Nutritional epidemiology; Nutrition transition; Assessment, indicators and classifications of health and nutritional status; Detailed analysis of multiple causes of malnutrition (breastfeeding, HIV/AIDS, infectious diseases, TB, environment, parasitic infestation, household food security, care); Programme cycle and systems approach. Nutrition 211, Nutrition 221 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 56 Lectures p.w 2x2hrs 20 Practicals p. w. 17 lab 7 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Human Ecology and Dietetics Designing of foodservice operations and processes taking place in foodservice operations. 125
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic
Foodservice Management 313 DIE313 7 10 Semester 1st Semester BSc Dietetics 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: design layout and equipment placement for a large -scale facility advise on aspects involved in planning layout and design of large-scale foodservice facility. plan and evaluate menus and modify according to specific dietary needs recipe standardization apply quantity food production methods (work schedules, safety and sanitation, etc.) The foodservice industry history and development Types of foodservice operations Foodservice functions - food safety, HACCP The menu Purchasing Receiving, storage and inventory Production Service Cleaning, sanitation and safety Environmental management Facilities planning and design Equipment and furnishing Foods 124, Meal management 224 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 35 Lectures p.w 2x2hrs 10 Practicals p.w. 25 Tutorials p.w. 15 lab 15 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Dietetics Therapeutic nutrition 311 Therapeutic Nutrition 311*(316) DIE316 7 15 Semester 1st Semester BSc Dietetics 126
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Practicals Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module will
be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
3 At the end of this module students should be able to: assess nutritional status using anthropometrical, biochemical and clinical investigations as well as dietary intake. assess the nutrition and health related risks of individuals and groups diagnose the type and severity of the nutritional disorder in individuals explain the effect of disease on nutritional status conceptualize, plan, implement, evaluate, monitor, and document appropriate nutritional care and education for individual patients with specific disease conditions or special nutritional needs in different settings and stages of the life cycle integrate related physiological principles, pharmacology, and biochemistry and disease pathology with therapeutic nutrition. assess, critically review and apply relevant scientific information in nutrition care plans (evidence based practice) communicate effectively within a therapeutic nutrition context (patients/clients/ professionals) comprehend and apply the principles of ethics, professional conduct and human rights in a therapeutic nutrition context Diseases of lifestyle: obesity, diabetes mellitus, cardiovascular disease, hypertension, nephrology, osteoporosis, anemia, eating disorders, gastro-intestinal disorders, liver-, pancreas- and gallbladder diseases, stress-related and metabolic responses, HIV, TB. Nutrition 211, 221 Pharmacology 315, Physiology 319/3293, Dietetics skills practice 301 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 70 Lectures p.w 36 Practicals p.w. 36 Supervision lab 8 150 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Dietetics Community nutrition (Action) Community Nutrition 322 DIE322 7 10 Semester 2nd Semester BSc Dietetics 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: plan relevant and appropriate nutrition programmes/ 127
Main Content
interventions for specific problems discuss the principles and approaches of successful nutrition programming monitoring and evaluate nutrition programmes apply the principles of health promotion and nutrition education in nutrition interventions apply behavior change models for nutrition interventions throughout the life cycle discuss the process of policy formation and legislation apply the human rights principles Nutrition relevant actions; Principles for successful nutrition programming; Nutrition education and promotion; Monitoring and evaluation of nutrition Programmes; Millennium development goals; Rights based approach to food and nutrition; the Integrated Nutrition Programme; nutrition related policy and legislation. Nutrition 211, Nutrition 221 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 56 Lectures p.w 2x2hr 20 Practicals p.w. 17 lab 7 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Dietetics Management of foodservice organizations. Foodservice Management 323 DIE323 7 10 Semester 1st Semester BSc Dietetics 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: Set up an organization structure Select staff for a foodservice operation. Manage a foodservice operation Market a foodservice operation Plan, implement and control/manage a foodservice operations budget. Organizational design Human resource management Performance improvement Accounting procedures Marketing Leadership Practical application of theory
Main Content
128
Foods 124, Meal management 224 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 35 Lectures p.w 1 x 2 hour period 10 Practicals p.w. 3 x 1 hour 25 Tutorials p.w. 15 lab 15 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Dietetics Therapeutic nutrition 321 Therapeutic Nutrition 321*(326) DIE326 7 15 Semester 2nd Semester BSc Dietetics 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: assess nutritional status using anthropometrical, biochemical and clinical investigations as well as dietary intake. assess the nutrition and health related risks of individuals and groups diagnose the type and severity of the nutritional disorder in individuals explain the effect of disease on nutritional status conceptualize, plan, implement, evaluate, monitor, and document appropriate nutritional care and education for individual patients with specific disease conditions or special nutritional needs in different settings and stages of the life cycle integrate related physiological principles, pha rmacology, and biochemistry and disease pathology with therapeutic nutrition. assess, critically review and apply relevant scientific information in nutrition care plans (evidence based practice) communicate effectively within a therapeutic nutrition context (patients/clients/ professionals) comprehend and apply the principles of ethics, professional conduct and human rights in a therapeutic nutrition context Burns, lung disease, cancer, rheumatic disease, diseases of the nervous system, sport nutrition, pediatric nutrition, pediatric diseases, inborn errors of metabolism, surgery of the GIT, enteral and parenteral nutrition. Nutrition 211, 221 Pharmacology 315, Physiology 319/3293 Dietetics skills practice 301, Therapeutic nutrition 311 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 129
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
70 Lectures p.w 36 Practicals p.w. 36 lab 8 150 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Dietetics Application of Therapeutic nutrition Applied Therapeutic Nutrition 401 DIE401 8 35 Year 1st & 2nd Semester BSc Dietetics 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: Demonstrate understanding of and skills in: assessing, planning, implementing, evaluating and documenting appropriate nutritional care and education (nutrition care plan) for individual patients with specific disease conditions or special nutritional needs in different settings and stages of the lifecycle. integrating related physiological principles, pharmacology & biochemistry with therapeutic nutrition. Diabetes, Cardiology, Nephrology, Oncology, Surgery, Burns, Pediatrics, Therapeutic nutrition 311/321 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 120 Lectures p.w 90 Practicals p.w. 274 Tutorials p.w. 60 Supervision lab 6 550 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Human ecology and dietetics Application of community nutrition theory Applied Community Nutrition 402 DIE402 8 30 Year 1st & 2nd Semester
Main Content Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Internship Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered.
130
Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
BSc Dietetics 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: apply the Program Planning Cycle in the development and implementation of Community Based Nutrition Programs apply principles of Health Promotion, Nutrition education and Behavior Change Model Theory in development of Nutrition Interventions throughout the life cycle function both independently and as part of the Health care Team at community level demonstrate knowledge of and implement State Health policies which relate to Nutrition Implementation of appropriate nutrition interventions to address: Childhood Malnutrition and Illnesses Growth Monitoring and Promotion Pregnancy Chronic Diseases of Lifestyle HIV/AIDS and TB Community nutrition 312/322 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 70 Internship 40 324 60 6 500 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Dietetics Application of Foodservice Management theory Applied Foodservice Management 403 DIE403 8 25 Year 1st & 2nd Semesters BSc Dietetics 4 After completion of the internship the student should be able to: manage a foodservice operation plan, implement and control a budget manage human resources plan, implement, adapt and cost menus Types of foodservice operations Foodservice fu nctions - food safety, HACCP The menu Purchasing 131
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Internship Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Internship Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Receiving, storage and inventory Production Service Cleaning, sanitation and safety Environmental management Facilities planning and design Equipment and furnishing Organizational Design Human Resource Management Performance Improvement Accounting Procedures Foodservice management 313 & 323 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 14 Internship 25 Practicals p.w. 368 Tutorials p.w. 7 lab 6 420 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Dietetics Research project Dietetics Research Project 404 DIE404 8 15 Year 1st & 2nd Semester BSc Dietetics 4 At the end of this module students should be able to demonstrate understanding and skills in: the research process data analysis interpretation and discussion of results presentation of research results in oral and written format Research Project Measurement of Health and Disease Statistics 501 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 20 Internship 50 30 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA 132
Main Content Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type
Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Community and Health Sciences Dietetics Applied Behavioral Psychology Dietetics 414 DIE414 8 5 Semester 1st Semester BSc Dietetics 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: apply the pr inciples of behavioral sciences to the professional practice by dietitians (in assessment, counseling, education, patient management) Introduction to psychological theories, abnormal psychology, health psychology, and application to the field of practice of dietitians Measurement of Health and Disease None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 2 5 Practicals p.w. 13 Supervision lab 4 50 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Dietetics Ethics and practice management for Dietetics Ethics and Practice Management for Dietetics 425 DIE425 8 10 Semester 2nd Semester BSc Dietetics 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: outline the essential elements of ethics and human rights in the conduct of nutrition and dietary research outline the essential elements of ethics and human rights in the conduct of nutrition and dietetics practice write a business plan for an independent practice outline the basic management principles related to an independent practice outline the essential legislative principles related to nutrition and dietary research as well as independent practice Ethics in practice and research. Basic principles of starting and 133
Main Content
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic
managing a private practice. Legislative principles related to the Dietetics and Nutrition professions. None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 42 Lectures p.w 30 Practicals p.w. 20 Supervision lab 8 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Department of Dietetics This module will cover the history and development of nutrition as a science; development of dietetics and nutrition as a profession; global nutrition and eating habits. Nutrition 141 NUT141 5 10 Semester 1st Semester BSc Dietetics 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Define each field of dietetic practice according to its philosophy, mission, goals and practice Display an understanding of the prerequisites and procedures of registration as a student and as a dietitian after completion of course Define terms in nutrition Discuss the development of nutrition as a science or scientific discipline Demonstrate an understanding of the internal and environmental factors and processes that influence nutritional status Dietetics as a profession Definitions and concepts in Nutrition Nutrition as a Science Ecology of Food and Nutrition Eating Habits None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 45 Lectures p.w 2X1hr 25 Practicals p.w. 22 Supervision lab 8 100 134
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Department of Dietetics Nutrition: Macro-and micronutrients Nutrition 211 NUT211 6 10 Semester 1st Semester BSc Dietetics BSc Complimentary Medicine 2 At the end of this module students should be able to demonstrate understanding of : digestion, absorption, transport, and absorption of food and nutrients. macronutrients: Carbohydrates, Protein, Lipids energy and Energy Balance and Energy needs micronutrients: Vitamins and Minerals metabolism of the macro and micronutrients interactions between nutrients food sources of the macro and micro nutrients phytochemicals, Anti-oxidants and Pre- and probiotics The digestion, absorption, transport, metabolism of the macroand micro-nutrients in the human body. The determination and calculation of energy, macro and micronutrient requirements and the translation of these requirements into food sources and dietary planning. None Biotechnology Medical Bioscience None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 56 Lectures p.w 4 11 Practicals p.w. 24 Supervision lab 8 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Dietetics Nutrition during the Life Cycle Nutrition 221 NUT221 6 10 Semester 2nd Semester 135
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered.
BSc Dietetics BSc Complimentary Medicine At the end of this module students should be able to demonstrate understanding of the following aspects during the different stages of the life cycle: Physiological development, Nutritional requirements, Dietary planning, Nutritional related complications and Preventative and curative nutritional approaches Nutrition during the Life Cycle: pregnancy, lactation, infancy, childhood, adolescence, adulthood and late adulthood None Biotechnology Medical Bioscience None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 56 Lectures p.w 4 10 Practicals p.w. 25 Supervision lab 9 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Department of Dietetics Nutrition 223 Nutrition 223 NUT223 6 10 Semester 2nd Semester University (may be taken as an elective by any student) 2 At the end of this module students should be able to demonstrate understanding of : genetics interactions between genetics and nutrition in health and disease phytochemicals, anti-oxidants pre - and Probiotics food processing for the purpose of providing selected nutritional benefits (functional foods + genetic modification) ethical principles involved in nutrigenomics, genetic modification and functional foods relevant new developments in nutrition science Developments in nutrition science: Probiotics, phytochemicals, functional foods, nutrigenomics, genetic modification of foodstuff None 136
Main Content Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Biotechnology Medical Bioscience None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 56 Lectures p.w 4 16 Practicals p.w. 20 Supervision lab 8 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Department of Dietetics Nutrition Nutrition 239 NUT239 6 15 Semester 2nd Semester BA Human Ecology 2 At the end of this module students should be able to demonstrate understanding of: Basic concepts in Nutrition the factors that influence eating habits the use and application of the different dietary guides for the planning and evaluation of a diet. the classification, functions, and food sources of carbohydrates and dietary fiber the role of carbohydrates and fiber in the etiology of disease the classification, functions, and food sources of proteins the role of proteins in the etiology of disease the classification, functions, and food sources of lipids the role of lipids in the etiology of disease the classification, functions, and food sources of vitamins and minerals vitamin supplementation energy and energy balance the role and functions of the non-nutritive substances in the diet i.e. Pro-biotic and Phytochemicals Basic concepts of nutrition. Facts and fallacies in Nutrition. Factors influencing eating habits. The different dietary guides and the use in dietary planning and evaluation. Carbohydrates and dietary fiber. Proteins, Lipids. Protein -energy malnutrition; vegetarianism; Energy intake and balance None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per 137
Main Content
Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
70 20
51 9 150 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA
week Lectures p.w Practicals p.w. Supervision lab
Community and Health Sciences Department of Dietetics Nutritional Medicine Nutritional Medicine 315 NUT315 7 10 Semester 2nd Semester BSc Complementary and Health Sciences 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: Assess the nutrition and health related risks of individuals Plan, implement, evaluate, and document appropriate nutritional care and education for individual patients with specific disease conditions or special nutritional needs in different settings and stages of the life cycle Integrate related physiological principles, pharmacology and biochemistry with nutrition in the management of disease Western medical approach to nutritional therapy relevant to diseases of lifestyle: obesity, diabetes mellitus, cardiovascular disease, hypertension, osteoporosis, anemia, stress-related and metabolic responses infectious diseases, HIV/AIDS, cancer, and gastro-intestinal disorders. Nutrition 211, 221 Pharmacology 204 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 56 Lectures p.w 5 14 Practicals p.w. 25 Supervision lab 5 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Department of Dietetics Nutrition Nutrition 319 NUT319 7 138
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level
Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
10 Semester 1st Semester BA Human Ecology 3 At the end of this module students should be able to demonstrate understanding of: what is normal nutritional status the nutrient requirements of individuals during the stages of the life cycle the use of the dietary guides in nutrition education programmes for the different stages of the life cycle malnutrition and nutrition related disease that occur during the different stages of the life cycle the role of nutrition in the diseases of lifestyle the role of nutrition in osteoporosis and anemia and the immune system the role of nutrition in HIV/AIDS Nutritional status Pregnancy; Lactation; Infancy; the Preschool child; The school going child; Adolescence; Adulthood; Late adulthood; Hypertension; Cancer; Osteoporosis; Immunity, HIV/AIDS; Anemia; Dental caries Anorexia Nervosa; Bulimia nervosa Sport nutrition None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 56 Lectures p.w 4 9 Practicals p.w. 26 Supervision lab 9 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Dietetics Nutrition Epidemiology 344 Nutrition Epidemiology 344 NUT344 7 10 Semester 2nd Semester BA Human Ecology 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: Use appropriate indicators to measure nutritional status and dietary intake 139
Main Content
Main Content
Use appropriate methodology to collect data on nutritional status and dietary intake Describe nutritional and dietary data using simple bio -statistics Apply descriptive epidemiology concepts and principles to nutritional status and dietary intake Understand evidence-based policy & practice, and engage in systematic review of the literature. Outline the essential elements of ethics and human rights in the conduct of nutrition research. Dietary research methodology, study design and research methodology relevant to nutrition and dietetics, evidence based principles. Nutrition 211/221 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 42 Lectures p.w 30 Practicals p.w. 20 Supervision lab 8 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Dietetics Nutrition mini-thesis Nutrition mini-thesis Nutrition Mini-Thesis 803/804 NUT803 /804 9 90 Semester 1st & 2nd Semester MSc Nutrition Management 9 Mastering the skill of research by developing a research question in the field of Therapeutic nutrition, foodservice management or community nutrition. Carry out and report on research in the form of a thesis Primary task is to develop a research proposal towards evaluation of a nutrition intervention/programme, conducting research and preparing the research mini-thesis under the guidance of the supervisor(s) and submitting the mini-thesis for examination None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 400 Lectures p.w 500 900 Calculated as the average of internal and external exa miners percentages of final thesis 140
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Final Assessment: 100% FA Community and Health Sciences Dietetics Nutritional Policy and Planning Nutritional Policy and Planning 838 NUT838 9 20 Semester 2nd Semester MSc (Nutrition Management) Masters in Public Health (MPH) 8 At the end of this module students should be able to: give an overview of the nutrition situation in the world including factors affecting nutrition as well as the impact of nutrition on health, disease and development critically assess the appropriateness of nutrition and related interventions or programmes to address a given nutrition situation. identify key factors contributing to success or failure of interventions or programmes to address nutrition problems. describe socio-political factors related to the success of interventions or programmes to address nutrition problems outline approaches to and impact of community participation in interventions or programmes to address nutrition problems design an appropriate nutrition communication strate gy for interventions or programmes to address nutrition problems plan and implement appropriate interventions or programmes to address nutrition problems monitor and evaluate interventions or programmes to address nutrition problems Academic learning outcomes include reading academic texts; read and develop visual texts and demonstrates cognitive, conceptual and writing skills. The module consists of three units. The first unit provides a general overview of the nutrition situation in the world as well as a historical overview of nutrition programmes. It concludes by identifying success factors in these programmes. Unit 2 provides a more detailed discussion of selected socio-political factors which contribute to successful nutrition programmes and unit 3 explores some of the technical factors which contribute to successful nutrition programmes. An introduction to a range of skills and competencies that would be required to implement successful programmes are also introduced in unit 2 and 3. None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 20 Lectures p.w 60 Practicals p.w. 120 Supervision lab 200 141
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Self-study Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Indicateboth15/20 Continuous Assessment: 100% CA Community and Health Sciences Dietetics Micronutrient Malnutrition Micronutrient Malnutrition 848 NUT848 9 20 Semester 1st Semester MSc (Nutrition Management) Masters of Public Health (MPH) 8 At the end of this module students should be able to: describe the characteristics, biochemical and physiological roles and food sources of a range of micronutrients. apply detailed knowledge of key micronutrients, namely vitamin A, iodine, iron and zinc, to programme planning. describe the application and limitations of recommended micronutrient intakes (RIs), namely Dietary Reference Intakes (DRIs) and the WHO Recommendations. apply the two different recommended intakes in programme planning. analyse the causes of micronutrient deficiencies using the UNICEF Conceptual Framework. critically analyse success factors in Public Health micronutrient interventions. plan policy level interventions to address micronutrient deficiencies at Public Health level. develop effective Public Health micronutrient programmes using three key intervention strategies, i.e. Micronutrient supplementation, food fortification and dietary diversification. describe monitoring and evaluation strategies for each micronutrient deficiency control strategy. select appropriate indicators for each micronutrient deficiency control strategy. summarise the impact of micronutrient deficiency control programmes on health, disease and development. Academic learning outcomes include reading academic texts; read and develop visual texts and demonstrate cognitive, conceptual and writing skills. The module consists of three units. Unit 1 provides a basic understanding of micronutrients-what they are and how they functions and food sources and dietary recommendations. In unit 2, a range of tools and competencies needed for the planning and development of micronutrient intervention programmes are introduced and some generic skills relating to programme design are explored, including advocacy, monitoring and evaluation,. In Unit 3, the three key strategies for addressing micronutrient deficiencies at the Public Health level are introduced. These key strategies include micronutrient supplementation, food fortification and dietary diversification. A number of case studies demonstrating best practice in micronutrient 142
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
interventions are provided. None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 20 Lectures p.w 60 Practicals p.w. 120 Supervision lab 200 Continuous Assessment: 100% CA Dietetics Nutrition education and promotion Nutrition education and promotion Nutrition Education and Promotion 858 NUT858 9 15 Semester 1st Semester MSc (Nutrition Management) 9 At the end of this module, students should be able to: Critically analyse the most important cultural, socio-economic, ecological and political factors that influence the relationship between man, his food and nutritional status in a given situation. Debate the most appropriate cultural, socio-economic, ecological and political prerequisites and environment for successful nutrition education and communication actions to improve nutrition. Critically analyse the uses and limitations of different communication strategies to improve nutrition and health. Develop appropriate nutrition education and communication strategies to promote the nutritional health of given situations/populations/groups. Develop tools to evaluate and monitor nutrition education and communication in a given setting. The factors that influence the relationship between humans, food and nutrition. Methods for assessing food habits in a population Strategies for nutrition education and communication Theories of learning Monitoring and evaluation of nutrition education and communication None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 30 Lectures p.w 60 Practicals p.w. 60 Supervision lab 150 143
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Self-study Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type
Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA
INTERDISCIPLINARY TEACHING AND LEARNING UNIT Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes Community and Health Sciences Interdisciplinary Teaching and Learning Unit (ITLU) Interdisciplinary Health Promotion Interdisciplinary Health Promotion 212 (Psychology) HLP212 6 10 Semester 2nd Semester BPsych 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: Understand the main approaches to health promotion and that health promotion requires not only individual behavior change but also social, political and environmental changes that address the underlying causes of ill-health. Apply the principles and approaches of the health promoting schools framework and to use this framework when planning and implementing a health promotion project in the schools. Analyze the impact of the media and research on health promotion strategies. Critically reflect on their community-based learning experience. Demonstrate skills and professional conduct such as punctuality, participation and attendance when working in interdisciplinary groups and at the schools. Background and history of Health Promotion and Health Promoting Schools The theory and application of health promotion models Importance of accessing information for health promotion The role of the communication in health promotion The planning cycle: identifying the needs, writing objectives, deciding on indicators and developing and action plan, project implementation & methods of evaluation Report Writing Health, Development & Primary Health Care None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 2 43 1 28 100 Continuous Assessment: 70% Final Assessment: 30% CFA
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assessment Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type
144
Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Community and Health Sciences Interdisciplinary Teaching and Learning Unit (ITLU) Interdisciplinary Health Promotion Interdisciplinary Health Promotion 213 (Occupational Therapy) HLP213 6 10 Semester 2nd Semester BSc (OT) 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: Understand the main approaches to health promotion and that health promotion requires not only individual behavior change but also social, political and environmental changes that address the underlying causes of ill-health. Apply the principles and approa ches of the health promoting schools framework and to use this framework when planning and implementing a health promotion project in the schools. Analyze the impact of the media and research on health promotion strategies. Critically reflect on their co mmunity-based learning experience. Demonstrate skills and professional conduct such as punctuality, participation and attendance when working in interdisciplinary groups and at the schools. Background and history of Health Promotion and Hea lth Promoting Schools The theory and application of health promotion models Importance of accessing information for health promotion The role of the communication in health promotion The planning cycle: identifying the needs, writing objectives, deciding on indicators and developing and action plan, project implementation & methods of evaluation Report Writing Health, Development & Primary Health Care None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 2 43 1 28 100 Continuous Assessment: 70% Final Assessment: 30% CFA Community and Health Sciences Interdisciplinary Teaching and Learning Unit (ITLU) Interdisciplinary Health Promotion Interdisciplinary Health Promotion 214 (Physiotherapy) HLP214 145
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assessment Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code
Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
6 10 Semester 2nd Semester BSc (PT) 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: Understand the main approaches to health promotion and that health promotion requires not only individual behavior change but also social, political and environmental changes that address the underlying causes of ill-health. Apply the principles and approaches of the health promoting schools framework and to use this framework when planning and implementing a health promotion project in the schools. Analyze the impact of the media and research on health promotion strategies. Critically reflect on their community-based learning experience. Demonstrate skills and professional conduct such as punctuality, participation and attendance when working in interdisciplinary groups and at the schools. Background and history of Health Promotion and Health Promoting Schools The theory and application of health promotion models Importance of accessing information for health promotion The role of the communication in health promotion The planning cycle: identifying the needs , writing objectives, deciding on indicators and developing and action plan, project implementation & methods of evaluation Report Writing Health, Development & Primary Health Care None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 2 43 1 28 100 Continuous Assessment: 70% Final Assessment: 30% CFA Community and Health Sciences Interdisciplinary Teaching and Learning Unit (ITLU) Interdisciplinary Health Promotion Interdisciplinary Health Promotion 215 (Social Work) HLP215 6 10 Semester 2nd Semester BSW
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assessment Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered
146
Year level Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assessment Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
2 At the end of this module students should be able to: Understand the main approaches to health promotion and that health promotion requires not only individual behavior change but also social, political and environmental changes that address the underlying causes of ill-health. Apply the principles and approaches of the health promoting schools framework and to use this framework when planning and implementing a health promotion project in the schools. Analyze the impact of the media and research on health promotion strategies. Critically reflect on their community-based learning experience. Demonstrate skills and professional conduct such as punctuality, participation and attendance when working in interdisciplinary groups and at the schools. Background and history of Health Promotion and Health Promoting Schools The theory and application of health promotion models Importance of accessing information for health promotion The role of the communication in health promotion The planning cycle: identifying the needs, writing objectives, deciding on indicators and developing and action plan, project implementation & methods of evaluation Report Writing Health, Development & Primary Health Care None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 2 43 1 28 100 Continuous Assessment: 70% Final Assessment: 30% CFA Community and Health Sciences Interdisciplinary Teaching and Learning Unit (ITLU) Interdisciplinary Health Promotion Interdisciplinary Health Promotion 219 (SoNM) NAT219 6 10 Semester 1st Semester
2 At the end of this module students should be able to: Understand the main approaches to health promotion and that health promotion requires not only individual behavior change but also social, political and environmental changes that address the underlying causes of ill-health.
147
Main Content
Apply the principles and approaches of the health promoting schools framework and to use this framework when planning and implementing a health promotion project in the schools. Analyze the impact of the media and research on health promotion strategies. Critically reflect on their community-based learning experience. Demonstrate skills and professional conduct such as punctuality, participation and attendance when working in interdisciplinary groups and at the schools. Background and history of Health Promotion and Health Promoting Schools The theory and application of health promotion models Importance of accessing information for health promotion The role of the communication in health promotion The planning cycle: identifying the needs, writing objectives, deciding on indicators and developing and action plan, project implementation & methods of evaluation Report Writing Health, Development & Primary Health Care None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 2 43 1 28 100 Continuous Assessment: 70% Final Assessment: 30% CFA Community and Health Sciences Interdisciplinary Teaching and Learning Unit (ITLU) Introduction to Philosophy of Care Introduction to Philosophy of Care 011 (Dietetics) DIE011 5 5 Term 1st Semester BSc Dietetics 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Analyze and describe care as a social practice and your position as a future health care professional in the larger social power constructs, e.g. gender, class and race, and the impact of policy on these constructs. Demonstrate knowledge of some basic moral concepts, ethics and human rights relevant to service providing and an awareness of the ethical responsibilities of health care workers in South Africa. Demonstrate the ability to analyses and the skills needed when dealing with moral dilemmas in day to day caring practices.
148
Main Content
Demonstrate skills and professional conduct such as punctuality, participation and attendance when working in interdisciplinary groups. Introduction to Morality and Ethics: What are they and why do they matter? Principle ethics and the ethic of care approach The elements of the ethic of care: attentiveness, responsibility, competence and responsiveness. Health and human rights and professional codes of ethics Solving moral dilemmas and group assignments None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 14 Lectures p.w 2 21 1 14 50 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Interdisciplinary Teaching and Learning Unit (ITLU) Introduction to Philosophy of Care Introduction to Philosophy of Care 113 (Social Work) HDP113 5 5 Term 1st Semester BSW 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Analyze and describe care as a social practice and y our position as a future health care professional in the larger social power constructs, e.g. gender, class and race, and the impact of policy on these constructs. Demonstrate knowledge of some basic moral concepts, ethics and human rights relevant to service providing and an awareness of the ethical responsibilities of health care workers in South Africa. Demonstrate the ability to analyses and the skills needed when dealing with moral dilemmas in day to day caring practices. Demonstrate skills and professional conduct such as punctuality, participation and attendance when working in interdisciplinary groups. Introduction to Morality and Ethics: What are they and why do they matter? Principle ethics and the ethic of care approach The elements of the ethic of care: attentiveness, responsibility, competence and responsiveness. Health and human rights and professional codes of ethics
Main Content
149
Solving moral dilemmas and group assignments None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 14 Lectures p.w 2 21 1 14 50 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Interdisciplinary Teaching and Learning Unit (ITLU) Introduction to Philosophy of Care Introduction to Philosophy of Care 111 (OT) IPC111 5 5 Term 1st Semester BSc(OT) 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Analyze and describe care as a social practice and your position as a future health care professional in the larger social power constructs, e.g. gender, class and race, and the impact of policy on these constructs. Demonstrate knowledge of some basic moral concepts, ethics and human rights relevant to service providing and an awareness of the ethical responsibilities of health care workers in South Africa. Demonstrate the ability to analyses and the skills needed when dealing with moral dilemmas in day to day caring practices. Demonstrate skills and professional conduct such as punctuality, participation and attendance when working in interdisciplinary groups. Introduction to Morality and Ethics: What are they and why do they matter? Principle ethics and the ethic of care approach The elements of the ethic of care: attentiveness, responsibility, competence and responsiveness. Health and human rights and professional codes of ethics Solving moral dilemmas and group assignments None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 14 Lectures p.w 2 21 1 14 150
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assessment Self-study
Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
50 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Interdisciplinary Teaching and Learning Unit (ITLU) Introduction to Philosophy of Care Introduction to Philosophy of Care 114 (Nursing) IPC114 5 5 Term 1st Semester BNurs 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Analyze and describe care as a social practice and your position as a future health care professional in the larger social power constructs, e.g. gender, class and race, and the impact of policy on these constructs. Demonstrate knowledge of some basic moral concepts, ethics and human rights relevant to service providing and an awareness of the ethical responsibilities of health care workers in South Africa. Demonstrate the ability to analyses and the skills needed when dealing with moral dilemmas in day to day caring practices. Demonstrate skills and professional conduct such as punctuality, participation and attendance when working in interdisciplinary groups. Introduction to Morality and Ethics: What are they and why do they matter? Principle ethics and the ethic of care approach The elements of the ethic of care : attentiveness, responsibility, competence and responsiveness. Health and human rights and professional codes of ethics Solving moral dilemmas and group assignments None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 14 Lectures p.w 2 21 1 14 50 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Interdisciplinary Teaching and Learning Unit (ITLU) Introduction to Philosophy of Care Introduction to Philosophy of Care 115 (HMS) 151
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assessment Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
IPC115 5 5 Term 1st Semester BA (SRES) 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Analyze and describe care as a social practice and your position as a future health care professional in the larger social power constructs, e.g. gender, class and race, and the impact of policy on these constructs. Demonstrate knowledge of some basic moral concepts, ethics and human rights relevant to service providing and an awareness of the ethical responsibilities of health care workers in South Africa. Demonstrate the ability to analyses and the skills needed when dealing with moral dilemmas in day to day caring practices. Demonstrate skills and professional conduct such as punctuality, participation and attendance when working in interdisciplinary groups. Introduction to Morality and Ethics: What are they and why do they matter? Principle ethics and the ethic of care approach The elements of the ethic of care: attentiveness, responsibility, competence and responsiveness. Health and human rights and professional codes of ethics Solving moral dilemmas and group assignments None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 14 Lectures p.w 2 21 1 14 50 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Interdisciplinary Teaching and Learning Unit (ITLU) Introduction to Philosophy of Care Introduction to Philosophy of Care 116 (Physiotherapy) IPC116 5 5 Term 1st Semester BSc (PT) 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: 152
Main Content
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assessments Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Analyze and describe care as a social practice and your position as a future health care professional in the larger social power constructs, e.g. gender, class and race, and the impact of policy on these constructs. Demonstrate knowledge of some basic moral concepts, ethics and human rights relevant to service providing and an awareness of the ethical responsibilities of health care workers in South Africa. Demonstrate the ability to analyses and the skills needed when dealing with moral dilemmas in day to day caring practices. Demonstrate skills and professional conduct such as punctuality, participation and attendance when working in interdisciplinary groups. Introduction to Morality and Ethics: What are they and why do they matter? Principle ethics and the ethic of care approach The elements of the ethic of care: attentiveness, responsibility, competence and responsiveness. Health and human rights and professional codes of ethics Solving moral dilemmas and group assignments None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 14 Lecturers p.w. 2 21 1 14 50 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Interdisciplinary Teaching and Learning Unit (ITLU) Introduction to Philosophy of Care Introduction to Philosophy of Care 112 (SoNM) NAT112 5 5 Term 1st Semester BSc (CHS) 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Analyze and describe care as a social practice and your position as a future health care professional in the larger social power constructs, e.g. gender, class and race, and the impact of policy on these constructs. Demonstrate knowledge of some basic moral concepts, ethics and human rights relevant to service providing and an awareness of the ethical responsibilities of health care workers in South Africa. Demonstrate the ability to analyses and the skills needed when
153
Main Content
dealing with moral dilemmas in day to day caring practices. Demonstrate skills and professional conduct such as punctuality, participation and attendance when working in interdisciplinary groups. Introduction to Morality and Ethics: What are they and w hy do they matter? Principle ethics and the ethic of care approach The elements of the ethic of care: attentiveness, responsibility, competence and responsiveness. Health and human rights and professional codes of ethics Solving moral dilemmas and group assignments None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 14 Lectures p.w 2 21 1 14 50 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Interdisciplinary Teaching and Learning Unit (ITLU) Health, Development and Primary Health Care Health, Development and Primary Health Care 121 (Psychology) HPC121 5 5 Term 1st Semester BPsych 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: 1. Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of health and the social determinants of health. 2. Analyze the impact of social inequality, poverty and underdevelopment in a local community context. 3. Describe the origins and main features of the Primary Health Care Approach and analyses its implementation in a community context. 4. Analyze the factors influencing the health of a specific community and make recommendations to improve health using the Primary Health Care Approach. 5.Reflect and report on the value of working in interdisciplinary teams Demonstrate an understanding of the co ncepts of health and the social determinants of health Understanding concepts related to working in communities: community entry, community development Community profiling
Main Content
154
Analyse the impact of social inequality, poverty and development on health Describe the origins and main features of the Primary Health Care Approach and analyse its implementation in a community context. Analyse the factors influencing the health of a specific community and make recommendations to improve health using the Primary Health Care Approach Reflect and report on the value of working in interdisciplinary teams. None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 14 Lectures p.w 2 21 1 14 50 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Interdisciplinary Teaching and Learning Unit (ITLU) Health, Development and Primary Health Care Health, Development and Primary Health Care 121 (SRES) HMS121 5 5 Term 1st Semester BA (SRES) 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: 1. Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of health and the social determinants of health. 2. Analyze the impact of social inequality, poverty and underdevelopment in a local community context. 3. Describe the origins and main features of the Primary Health Care Approach and analyses its implementation in a community context. 4. Analyze the factors influencing the health of a specific community and make recommendations to improve health using the Primary Health Care Approach. 5.Reflect and report on the value of working in interdisciplinary teams Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of health and the social determinants of health Understanding concepts related to working in communities: community entry, community development Community profiling Analyse the i mpact of social inequality, poverty and development on health
Main Content
155
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assessment Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered in Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Describe the origins and main features of the Primary Health Care Approach and analyse its implementation in a community context. Analyse the factors influencing the health of a specific community and make recommendations to improve health using the Primary Health Care Approach Reflect and report on the value of working in interdisciplinary teams. None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 14 Lectures p.w 2 21 1 14 50 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Interdisciplinary Teaching and Learning Unit (ITLU) Health, Development and Primary Health Care Health, Development and Primary Health Care 021 (Dietetics) DIE021 5 5 Term 1st Semester BSc Dietetics 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: 1. Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of health and the social determinants of health. 2. Analyze the impact of social inequality, poverty and underdevelopment in a local community context. 3. Describe the origins and main features of the Primary Health Care Approach and analyses its implementation in a community context. 4. Analyze the factors influencing the health of a specific community and make recommendations to improve health using the Primary Health Care Approach. 5.Reflect and report on the value of working in interdisciplinary teams Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of health and the social determinants of health Understanding concepts related to working in communi ties: community entry, community development Community profiling Analyse the impact of social inequality, poverty and development on health Describe the origins and main features of the Primary Health 156
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assessments Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered in. Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Care Approach and analyse its implementation in a community context. Analyse the factors influencing the health of a specific community and make recommendations to improve health using the Primary Health Care Approach Reflect and report on the value of working in interdisciplinary teams. None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 14 Lectures p.w. 2 21 1 14 50 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final assessment: 40% CFA Interdisciplinary Teaching and Learning Unit Health, Development and Primary Health Care Health, Development and Primary Health Care 112 (Occupational Therapy) HDP112 5 5 Term 1st Semester BSc (OT) 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: 1. Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of health and the social determinants of health. 2. Analyze the impact of social inequality, poverty and underdevelopment in a local community context. 3. Describe the origins and main features of the Primary Health Care Approach and analyses its implementation in a community context. 4. Analyze the factors influencing the health of a specific community and make recommendations to improve health using the Primary Health Care Approach. 5.Reflect and report on the value of working in interdisciplinary teams Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of health and the social determinants of health Understanding concepts related to working in communities: community entry, community development Community profiling Analyse the impact of social inequality, poverty and development on health Describe the origins and main features of the Primary Health Care Approach and analyse its implementation in a community context. 157
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Assessments Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Analyse the factors influencing the health of a specific community and make recommendations to improve health using the Primary Health Care Approach Reflect and report on the value of working in interdisciplinary teams. None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 14 Lectures p.w. 2 21 1 14 50 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Interdisciplinary Teaching and Learning Unit Health, Development and Primary Health Care Health, Development and Primary Health Care 115 (Nursing) HDP115 5 5 Term 1st Semester BNurs 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: 1. Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of health and the social determinants of health. 2. Analyze the impact of social inequality, poverty and underdevelopment in a local community context. 3. Describe the origins and main features of the Primary Health Care Approach and analyses its implementation in a community context. 4. Analyze the factors influencing the health of a specific community and make recommendations to improve health using the Primary Health Care Approach. 5.Reflect and report on the value of working in interdisciplinary teams Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of health and the social determinants of health Understanding concepts related to working in communities: community entry, community development Community profiling Analyse the impact of social inequality, poverty and development on health Describe the origins and main features of the Primary Health Care Approach and analyse its implementation in a community context. Analyse the factors influencing the health of a specific
Main Content
158
community and make recommendations to improve health using the Primary Health Care Approach Reflect and report on the value of working in interdisciplinary teams. None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 14 Lectures p.w. 2 21 1 14 50 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Interdisciplinary Teaching and Learning Unit Health, Development and Primary Health Care Health, Development and Primary Health Care 113 (Physiotherapy) HPC113 5 5 Term 1st Semester BSc (PT) 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: 1. Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of health and the social determinants of health. 2. Analyze the impact of social inequality, poverty and underdevelopment in a local community context. 3. Describe the origins and main features of the Primary Health Care Approach and analyses its implementation in a community context. 4. Analyze the factors influencing the health of a specific community and make recommendations to improve health using the Primary Health Care Approach. 5.Reflect and report on the value of working in interdisciplinary teams Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of health and the social determinants of health Understanding concepts related to working in communities: community entry, community development Community profiling Analyse the impact of social inequality, poverty and development on health Describe the origins and main features of the Primary Health Care Approach and analyse its implementation in a community context. Analyse the factors influencing the health of a specific community and make recommendations to improve health using
Main Content
159
the Primary Health Care Approach Reflect and report on the value of working in interdisciplinary teams. None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 14 Lectures p.w. 2 21 1 14 50 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Interdisciplinary Teaching and Learning Unit Health, Development and Primary Health Care Health, Development and Primary Health Care 111 (Dentistry) HDP111 5 5 Term 1st Semester Bachelor of Dentistry (BOH) 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: 1. Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of health and the social determinants of health. 2. Analyze the impact of social inequality, poverty and underdevelopment in a local community context. 3. Describe the origins and main features of the Primary Health Care Approach and analyses its implementation in a community context. 4. Analyze the factors influencing the health of a specific community and make recommendations to improve health using the Primary Health Care Approach. 5.Reflect and report on the value of working in interdisciplinary teams Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of health and the social determinants of health Understanding concepts related to working in communities: community entry, community development Community profiling Analyse the impact of social inequality, poverty and development on health Describe the origins and main features of the Primary Health Care Approach and analyse its implementation in a community context. Analyse the factors influencing the health of a specific community and make recommendations to improve health using the Primary Health Care Approach 160
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Assessment Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Reflect and report on the value of working in interdisciplinary teams. None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 14 Lectures p.w 2 21 1 14 50 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Interdisciplinary Teaching and Learning Unit Health, Development and Primary Health Care Health, Development and Primary Health Care 123 (School of Natural Medicine) NAT123 5 5 Term 1st Semester BSc (CHS) 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: 1. Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of health and the social determinants of health. 2. Analyze the impact of social inequality, poverty and underdevelopment in a local community context. 3. Describe the origins and main features of the Primary Health Care Approach and analyses its implementation in a community context. 4. Analyze the factors influencing the health of a specific community and make recommendations to improve health using the Primary Health Care Approach. 5.Reflect and report on the value of working in interdisciplinary teams Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of health and the social determinants of health Understanding concepts related to working in communities: community entry, community development Community profiling Analyse the impact of social inequality, poverty and development on health Describe the origins and main features of the Primary Health Care Approach and analyse its implementation in a community context. Analyse the factors influencing the health of a specific community and make recommendations to improve health using the Primary Health Care Approach Reflect and report on the value of working in interdisciplinary 161
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Assessment Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type HUMAN ECOLOGY Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
teams. None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 14 Lectures p.w 2 21 1 14 50 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA
Community and Health Sciences Human Ecology An introduction to the history and philosophy of Human Ecology FOODS 114 HEC114 6 5 Semester 2nd Semester BSc Dietetics 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: understand the processing of food and handling techniques of food. apply the principles and processes of food preparation that result in products with specific characteristics have insight into the interaction of various scientific processes during food preparation. execution and application of functions, use and care of equipment used in food preparation evaluate food products according to a set criterion. communicate and negotiate with their peers and obtain good personal relations. Learn basic principles of cooking methods and techniques Lear n and apply their knowledge with regard to fats and oils, sugar cookery, frozen desserts, fruit and vegetables, batters and doughs, meat, poultry, cereals, microwave cooking, milk, eggs, cheese, fish, poultry and meat. Evaluate food products according to set criteria. Execute the correct use of various equipment used in food preparation. This module will include life skills pertaining to interpersonal relations, communication and negotiation. None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 162
Main Content
Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Practicals Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
14 Lectures p.w 14 Practicals p.w. 10 Tutorials p.w. 10 Supervision lab 2 50 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Human Ecology Family universality and its role in society Family Development 221 HEC221 6 10 Semester 2nd Semester BA Human Ecology (General)
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value
2 At the end of this module students should be able to: describe methods of strengthening and supporting families in performing their societal and developmental functions assess and describe situations and needs of families identifying specific issues and problems within the family interpret and discuss efforts to respond to problems affecting, and affected by, the situation within families Family roles and responsibilities Family and the workplace Family relationships Sexuality Family development 110 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 42 Lectures p.w 3 34 Practicals p.w. 16 Supervision lab 8 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Human Ecology Global and local policies and strategies for poverty alleviation through micro-enterprise development Micro Enterprise For Human Ecology 222 HEC222 6 5
163
Duration Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Semester 2nd Semester BA Human Ecology (General) 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: explain the relevance of micro-enterprise development strategies for poverty alleviation examine the principles and features of current development policies relating to micro-enterprise development Micro-enterprise development and related poverty alleviation strategies Policies and strategies for local economic development Pro-poor strategies for tourism development None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 2 42 Practicals p.w. 22 Supervision lab 8 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Human Ecology The process of financial planning and decision making for individuals, families and households Human Ecology 230 HEC230 6 5 Semester 1st Semester BA Human Ecology (General) 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: analyze the influence of the macro environment of the financial planning of a household develop a financial plan for an individual, family and household South African economy Concept income Short, medium and long term financial planning None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 56 Lectures p.w 4 23 Practicals p.w. 6 Supervision lab 15 164
Main Content
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Self-study Test & examination
Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Human Ecology Micro-enterprise, micro-enterprise development, indigenous knowledge, implementation of a micro-enterprise. Micro enterprise for Human Ecology 241 HEC241 7 5 Semester 1st Semester BA Human Ecology (General) 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: identify and discuss concepts related to micro-enterprise. describe components of micro -enterprise development discuss the importance of indigenous knowledge in a community setting. conduct capacity building for planning and management of a micro enterprise. Micro enterprise concepts Micro-enterprise development Planning, developing and implementing micro-enterprise Practice skills for the implementation of a micro -enterprise. Indigenous knowledge concepts None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 14 Lectures p.w 1 10 Practicals p.w. 1 14 Tutorials p.w. 4 Supervision lab 4 4 50 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Human Ecology Community development concept, principles and the basic steps to be followed during the community development process. Community Development 271 HEC271 6 10 Semester 1st Semester 165
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Practicals Research Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered.
BA Human Ecology (General) 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: describe the steps to be followed in the development process select and discuss the logic of analysis for community development processes The process of community development Community assessments and portfolios Logical frameworks Community Development 171, 172 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 42 Lectures p.w 3 40 Practicals p.w. 10 8 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Human Ecology Global and National policy, procedures and principles for developmental planning processes in community development Community Development 272 HEC272 6 10 Semester 2nd Semester BA Human Ecology (General) 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: describe the steps to be followed in the development p rocess select and discuss the logic of analysis for community development processes The process of community development Community assessments and portfolios Logical frameworks Community Development 171, 172 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 14 Lectures p.w 3 10 Practicals p.w. 1 14 Tutorials p.w. 4 Supervision lab 4 4 50 Continuous Assessment: 60% 166
Main Content
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Practicals Research Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Human Ecology Socio Economic, functional aesthetic and cultural content of housing Housing 305 HEC305 7 10 Semester 2nd Semester BA Human Ecology (General) 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: Demonstrate a holistic approach to knowledgeable consumer choices about housing within a given socio-economic, functional, aesthetic and cultural context. Design elements and principles Ergonomics and ergonomic principles Evaluation of floor plans Selection, terminology of floor plans Furniture: the selection, buying and uses of furniture, soft furnishings and household equipment. Financial and contractual responsibility to buying furniture, soft furniture and household equipment Activities and zones in homes None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 42 Lectures p.w 3 25 Practicals p.w. 1 14 Tutorials p.w. 13 Supervision lab 6 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Human Ecology Consumer Studies Consumer Studies 306 HEC306 7 5 Semester 2nd Semester BA Human Ecology (General) 3 167
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Practicals Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
At the end of this module students should be able to: analyses the interaction between an individual, household and the consumer market Consumer and the micro, meso and macro environment Consumer decision making Consumer behavior Market segmentation, targeting and positioning Marketing mix Consumer protection Human Ecology 230 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 2 16 Practicals p.w. 10 Supervision lab 2 50 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Human Ecology Integrative ecological family life cycle development in a multiracial & multi-cultural society Family Development 311 HEC311 7 10 Semester 2nd Semester BA Human Ecology (General) 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: describe and demonstrate ecological family life cycle development assess existing family development approaches for social improvement critically appraise the effectiveness of local, national and regional efforts of family development in a multi-racial and multi-cultural society analyze and construct family policy issues demonstrate ability to design and predict family development initiatives Ecological systems theory within the last three stages of the family life cycle International and national family development approaches Family cultural and racial diversity in a single society The economics of the family Government, institutions and families involvement in policy development and implementation. Family development 110 & 221 None 168
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 42 Lectures p.w 2 34 Practicals p.w. 16 Supervision lab 8 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Human Ecology Strategies and interventions for micro-enterprise development Micro Enterprise For Human Ecology 320 HEC320 7 10 Semester 1st Semester BA Human Ecology (General) 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: analyze the implementation of policies for micro -enterprise development assess micro-enterprise development interventions for poverty alleviation Policies and strategies supporting emerging entrepreneurs Target groups in entrepreneurship development Micro-enterprise development interventions for economic growth Micro-Enterprise for Human Ecology 222 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 2 42 Practicals p.w. 22 Supervision lab 8 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Human Ecology South African Housing Policy Environment Human Ecology 330 HEC330 7 10 Semester 1st Semester
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered.
169
BA Human Ecology (General) 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: appraise housing policies and issues in South Africa. critically evaluate the policy enviro nment which enables community based development identify and discuss the activities of role players in provision of housing & services describe the role of different spheres of government in housing development. acquire a broad understanding of the various ways government assist in the provision of housing for low-income families & communities. explain different financial strategies for housing delivery identify and describe the role of local government in housing development and delivery. describe the roles and functions of role players and institutions in the housing delivery process. interpret and apply knowledge to enhance consumers housing education. demonstrate an understanding of governments approach to sustainable human settlements. critique, initiate and influence housing policy, practice & institutions at local, regional & national level. Housing policies & National Policy Framework for Housing Housing Financial strategies for housing delivery Role of Local Government in Housing Development Management of Infrastructure Municipal services (basic services) Role players and institutions in Housing Housing Education and Training Rental Act Prevention of Illegal Eviction and Unlawful Occupation of land Housing Consu mers Protection Measures Act Redevelopment of Hostels Municipal Infrastructure Guide (MIG) None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 2 20 Practicals p.w. 28 Tutorials p.w. 19 Supervision lab 5 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Human Ecology South African Housing Policy Environment Human Ecology 331 170
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Practicals Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
HEC331 7 10 Semester 2nd Semester BA Human Ecology (General) 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: understand how housing needs are based on family size, structure, values and norms (how different life situations affect housing needs). quality of life and housing. understand and describe the functional consideration in housing choices. compare different alternatives for the provision of housing. describe and select appropriated tenure options. understand and compare various housing (tenure) types and alternatives. explain and compare the rights and responsibilities linked to different tenure options. a nalyze the financial aspects when choosing housing. investigate, analyze and describe the financial and contractual responsibilities of the occupants for different housing options. critically evaluate the policy and delivery environment, which enables human settlement development. show an awareness of the use of the dwelling/structure for energy sufficiency. Housing needs for various population sectors e.g. young, aged, special groups, etc. Housing choice Quality of Life Housing types Rights and responsibilities of tenure options Tenure options and alternatives Financial and contractual responsibilities and implications for acquiring tenure. Rental Act Prevention of Illegal Eviction and Unlawful Occupation of land Housing Consumers Protection Measures Act Redevelopment of Hostels Municipal Infrastructure Guide (MIG) Energy efficiency of housing structure Human Ecology 330 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 3 20 Practicals p.w. 28 Tutorials p.w. 19 Supervision lab 5 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA 171
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Practicals Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type
Community and Health Sciences Human Ecology Micro-enterprise development, indigenous knowledge, production line, food systems Micro enterprise for Human Ecology 341 HEC341 10 7 Semester 2nd Semester BA Human Ecology (General) 3 At the end of this module students should be able to:: develop a micro-enterprise development programme. implement a production line in a micro-enterprise. discuss the role of the community developer i n the integration of indigenous knowledge for project planning and implementation. describe local food systems in a community Micro-enterprise development programmes Production lines in a micro -enterprise Integration of indigenous knowle dge in communities Local food systems HEC241 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 42 Lectures p.w 1 10 Practicals p.w. 1 28 Tutorials p.w. 8 Supervision lab 8 4 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Human Ecology People-centered sustainable ecological priority appraisal and situation analysis techniques Community Development 371 HEC371 7 10 Semester 1st Semester BA Human Ecology (General) 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate practical competence in the application of processes and principles required for working in communities 172
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Practicals Research Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Main Content
facilitate inter-group dynamics, negotiation and participation Rapid and Participatory Rural Appraisal Techniques Facilitation & Group dynamics Mediation & conflict resolution Community Development 171, 172, 271 & 272 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 42 Lectures p.w 3 28 Practicals p.w. 15 Supervision lab 15 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Human Ecology Integrated sustainable developmental programme management Community Development 372 HEC372 7 10 Semester 1st Semester BA Human Ecology (General) 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: analyses and critique regional, national, provincial and local developmental initiatives formulate and design holistic and integrative development initiatives Regional development initiatives National, provincial and local development pro grammes Holistic community development Integrative community development Community Development 171, 172, 271 & 272 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 42 Lectures p.w 3 12 Practicals p.w. 1 32 Tutorials p.w. 6 Supervision lab 8 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Practicals Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type
173
Community and Health Sciences Human Ecology The social science research process and the purpose of research design Research Methods for Human Ecology 381 HEC381 7 10 Semester 2nd Semester BA Human Ecology (General) 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: identify and interpret the nature of scientific inquiry demonstrate and derive at the critical application of research logic critically appraise and formulate appropriate research designs for application during a research study define and interpret the notion of validity to the entire research process for ensuring reliability of the research study produce a rational for a research study The nature of scientific knowledge Methodological paradigms in social research Design & Types of research design Problem formulation Conceptualization Literature review for research study rational None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 42 Lectures p.w 3 40 Practicals p.w. 10 Supervision lab 8 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Human Ecology Integrative human ecological project and programme management Integrated Human Ecology Practice 401 HEC401 7 15 Semester 1st & 2nd Semester BA Human Ecology (General) 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: 174
Main Content
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Other: Please specify: Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic
critically appraise approaches and methods of initiatives towards sustainable holistic and integrated development at NGO, Provincial and/or Local government levels of development technically apply the integrative project management cycle in a logical framework by measuring an initiative at one of these developmental entities Critical determination & assessment of developmental policies, processes and procedures Problems/needs analysis and statement formulation Progress and outcome justification Prediction and recommendation of developmental initiatives Community Development 171, 172, 271, 272, 371 & 372 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week This is an internship 150 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Human Ecology A study of sustainable product development for poverty alleviation and the accountability for sustainable action-taking in micro-enterprise development. Micro-Enterprise For Human Ecology 420 HEC420 7 10 Semester 1st Semester BA Human Ecology (General) 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: define and explain the need for sustainable micro -enterprise development for poverty alleviation; demonstrate ability to assess the viability and sustainability of materials, techniques and processes used in new product development demonstrate the ability to develop and implement a variety of production processes in new product development; critique product development projects, practices and processes as well as their impact on sustainable development; describe strategies and policies for micro -enterprise development Micro-enterprise development for poverty alleviation within the sustainable development context Product development for poverty alleviation Management of production processes Strategies and policies for micro-enterprise development Micro Enterprise for Human Ecology 222 and 320 None None
Main Content
175
A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 56 Lectures p.w 2X2 hours 20 Practicals p.w. 19 Supervision lab 5 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Human Ecology Professional Orientation Human Ecology 430 HEC430 8 10 Semester 1st Semester BA Human Ecology (General) 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: gain an in depth understanding of the history of the profession and scope of the field. identify various philosophies/theories that guide the Human Ecology profession. reflect on these theories regarding their relevance & importance and how it fits into professional practice in the 21st century. understand the profession as one of dynamic human service which can benefit individuals and families. relate professional beliefs to decision-making in varied settings. understand the process of bec oming a reflective practitioner. identify principles for ethical Human Ecology practice. understand the importance of ethical practice within Human Ecology. identify relevant underlying principles in solving ethical dilemmas. reflect on the importance of ethics in professional conduct. History and current trends within the profession Philosophical/theoretical framework of Human Ecology Human Ecology as a Profession (identity, competencies of a profession) Principles of Practice Professional Orientation - attributes that identify Human Ecology as a profession Definition, Mission and vision of Human Ecology as helping profession. Reflective Practice and Reflective Decision-making of professionals Ethical and moral issues professional HE engaged in these issues Ethics: application in various contexts None None
Main Content
176
Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Practicals Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes Main Content Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Practicals Research Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level
None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 3 20 Practicals p.w. 28 Tutorials p.w. 19 Supervision lab 5 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Human Ecology
HEC431 7 10 Semester 1st Semester BA Human Ecology (General) 4 At the end of this module students should be able to:
None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 2 10 Practicals p.w. 2 consecutive periods 28 Tutorials p.w. 15 13 Supervision lab 6 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Human Ecology Sustainable projects in Foods Micro Enterprise Micro Enterprise For Human Ecology 440 HEC440 8 10 Year 1st & 2nd Semester ( INTERNSHIP) BA Human Ecology (General and Education) 4 177
Main Outcomes
Main Content
At the end of this module students should be able to: solve problems and justify changes for Product Design, development, grading and production of foods products. justify selection of marketable products for a Foods Micro Enterprise develop and/or evaluate a sustainable project recommend strategies for improvement of a Foods Micro Enterprise Case Studies Projects Textile standards and quality assurance Research None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 3 20 Practicals p.w. 28 Tutorials p.w. 18 Supervision lab 6 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Human Ecology Policy environment of housing in South Africa; current national policies and key concepts with regard to Housing. Housing 450 HEC450 7 15 Semester 2nd Semester BA Human Ecology (General and Education) 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: acquire an understanding of the housing policies and related issues with regard to housing. define and describe housing policies and issues in South Africa. critically evaluate the policy and delivery environment, which enables human settlement development. identify, analyses and discuss the national housing programmes. discuss the role and responsibilities of Government and various role players in housing. develop an awareness of the need for educating communities for enhanced service delivery. National Housing policies Housing Act, Constitution, National Housing Code Breaking New Ground Sustainable Human settlements National Housing programmes 178
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Practicals Self-study Test & examination Other: Development of Portfolio Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Integrated Development Planning Rental Act Municipal Infrastructure Guide (MIG) Housing Consumers Protection Measures Act Upgrading of Informal Settlements Programme Housing Consumer Education and Training Redevelopment of Hostels Eviction policy; norms and standards of dwellings Housing 205 & Housing 305 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 20 Lectures p.w 2 20 Practicals p.w. 42 Tutorials p.w. 16 Supervision lab 8 36 150 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Human Ecology Logical sustainable integrated intervention assessment, design, management and evaluation through leadership Community Development 470 HEC470 7 20 Semester 1st & 2nd Semester BA Human Ecology (General and Education) 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: identify and describe various development initiatives within communities critically assess and predict development initiative status within communities make recommendations based on assessment and predictions of these interventions Project Cycle Management Implementation for Development National, Regional and Local Development Initiatives Community Development 171, 172, 271, 272, 371 & 372 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 112 Lectures p.w 4 34 Practicals p.w. Tutorials p.w. 26 Supervision lab 16 179
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Practicals Self-study Test & examination
Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
200 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Human Ecology The practice of social research design and methodology The practice of social research design and methodology 480 HEC480 7 20 Year 1st & 2nd Semester BA Human Ecology (General and Education) 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: classify and apply research designs applicable for the field of Human Ecology construct, asses s and apply research data gathering tools measure and infer data findings produce a research report Participant observation studies Case studies Surveys Evaluation research (Process & Impact studies) Research proposal writing Questio nnaire design Interviewing techniques Data Analysis Research report writing Research Methods for Human Ecology 381 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 63 Lectures p.w 3 66 Practicals p.w. 46 25 200 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Human Ecology Professional orientation towards the Human Ecology profession Professional Orientation 483 HEC483 7 10 Semester 2nd Semester BA Human Ecology (General and Education) 180
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module
will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Practicals Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type NURSING Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
4 At the end of the module the student will be able to: demonstrate an awareness of the dynamic nature of the Human Ecology profession facilitate the development of a Human Ecology professional write a report and give a presentation on a Human Ecology professional ethics discuss and evaluate ethical situations identify the role of professional organizations in the development of the professional Human Ecology professional organizations Trends in the development of Human Ecology Mission of Human Ecology Competencies of a Human Ecologists None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 56 Lectures p.w 4 20 Practicals p.w. 1 14 Tutorials p.w. 10 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA
Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) Assessment and communication Clinical Nursing (Lab) 111 CUR111 5 15 Year 1st & 2nd Semester B Nursing 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Assess, communicate and take care of basic needs of individuals of all age groups Apply principles of infectio n control in the provision of care Demonstrate competence in communicating effectively with individuals of all age groups during history taking Provide appropriate emergency care (Level1) to individuals demonstrate competence in communicating effectiv ely with Assessment, management and communication of basic needs of individuals of all age groups with regard to comfort (physical, psychological, spiritual); hygiene; nutrition; elimination; internal homeostasis and mobility, rest and sleep Principles of infection control, barrier nursing and wound care. 181
Main Content
Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Assessments Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Emergency Care Terminal care, death and dying None Fundamentals of Nursing 111 & 112 (NUR 111 & NUR 112) Chemistry 128 (CHM128) Physics for CHS 118 (PHY118) Human Biology 118 & 128 (HUB118 & HUB128) None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 42 Lectures p.w (Skills lab) 21 weeks x 2 hours 32 Practicals p.w. 3 days x 8 hours (Emergency Care)IPS 14 weeks x 2 hours 52 Tutorials p.w. 10 14 150 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) Introduction to Mental Health Introduction to Mental Health 214 CUR214 6 10 Term 2nd Semester B Nursing 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: Demonstrate adequate understanding of t he basic concepts in Mental Health. Demonstrate understanding of the developments of primary mental care in South Africa. Demonstrate ability to effectively apply the principles of preventive and promotive care in meeting the mental health needs of individuals of all age groups. Demonstrate ability to differentiate between mental health and mental ill health in the South African context Demonstrate ability to screen clients presenting with symptoms that impact negatively On their mental health, or that of their families, that cannot be managed appropriately at that level and refer such to relevant members of the multidisciplinary health team Basic concepts in mental health Definitions of mental health vs. mental ill-health Characteristics of mental health status and promotion of mental health Causes of mental ill- health Social problems which influence mental health (substance abuse, violence, etc) Mental health legislation
Main Content
182
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Test & examination Other: Research, consultation, preparation Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Common mental ill health conditions, their characteristics (example: dementia; mental retardation; anxiety disorders; affective disorders None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 21 Lectures p.w 26 Practicals p.w. 20 Tutorials p.w. 3 30 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) Nursing practice in a community health setting Community Health Nursing 311 CUR311 7 30 Semester 1st Semester B Nursing 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate competence in the prevention of the spread of communicable diseases Demonstrate competence in carrying out a comprehensive physical assessment of an individual at primary care level demonstrate competence in application of epidemiological principles in planning and monitoring population based health demonstrate competence in spirometric screening in an occupational health setting demonstrate competence in audiometric screening in an occupational health setting demonstrate competence in identification and utilization of trends in the health status of individuals at primary level of care Primary clinical skills assessment, planning, diagnosing, management Communicable and non- communicable diseases Occupational health screening Population based health promotion Epidemiological principles None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 106 Lectures p.w 8 21 Practicals p.w. 8 183
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks
Practicals Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
106 Tutorials p.w. 64 200 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) Primary Care and clinical skills Community Health Nursing 312 CUR312 7 15 Semester 1st Semester B Nursing 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate competence in carrying out physical assessment of an individual at primary care level demonstrate ability to identify trends in health status of individuals at primary level of care using appropriate demographic health behaviors demonstrate competence in diagnosing common conditions presenting at primary level of care demonstrate ability to select the most appropriate, safe, cost effective and suitable treatment for a variety of common conditions presenting at primary level of care demonstrate a sound knowledge of Anti Retro Viral Treatment protocols in the provision of care to individuals at primary care level Integrated assessment, diagnostic and management skills with regards to endemic conditions related to all body systems. Provincial Health Plan 2010 and the role of the primary health care nurse in context of the National Health Act None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 2 21 Practicals p.w. 2 56 Tutorials p.w. 42 3 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) Primary Care and clinical skills Community Health Nursing 325 184
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name
CUR325 7 15 Semester 2nd Semester B Nursing 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate competence in carrying out physical assessment of an individual at primary care level demonstrate ability to identify trends in health status of individuals at primary level of care using appropriate demographic health behaviors demonstrate competence in diagnosing common conditions presenting at primary level of care demo nstrate ability to select the most appropriate, safe, cost effective and suitable treatment for a variety of common conditions presenting at primary level of care demonstrate a sound knowledge of Anti Retro Viral Treatment protocols in the provision of care to individuals at primary care level Integrated assessment, diagnostic and management skills with regards to endemic conditions related to all body systems. Provincial Health Plan 2010 and the role of the primary health care nurse in context of the National Health Act. None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 2 21 Practicals p.w. 4 56 Tutorials p.w. 42 3 150 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) Normal Midwifery Midwifery 326 CUR326 7 30 Semester 2nd Semester B Nursing 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate ability to assess and maintain health status of a pregnant woman and developing fetus 185
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Main Content
demonstrate ability to prepare the mother and family for pregnancy, delivery and family changes demonstrate ability to maintain the health status of the mother and neonate during the intranasal period demonstrate ability to provide evidence -based care to the mother and neonate during the postpartum period including feeding apply knowledge of midwifery and neonatology and become competent in various clinical activities demonstrate ability to promote safe motherhood demonstrate competence in the various clinical skills to provide care during pregnancy, labor and pueperium Normal pregnancy Normal Labor Normal puerperium Assessment and diagnosis of uncomplicated pregnancy, labor and puererium None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 56 Lectures p.w 2 x 4 hours 14 Practicals p.w. 4.2 hours clinical site & lab 120 Tutorials p.w. 104 6 300 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) Normal Midwifery Midwifery 326 (equivalent to Midwifery 331) CUR326 7 30 Semester 2nd Semester B Nursing 3 At the end of this module the student should be able to: Assess and maintain health status of a pregnant woman and developing fetus Prepare the mother and family for pregnancy, delivery and family changes. Maintain the health status of the mother during the Intranatal period Maintain the health status of the fetus/neonate during the Intranatal period Provide evidence-based care to the mother during the postpartum period including feeding Provi de evidence-based care to the neonate including feeding
186
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Assessments Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Apply knowledge of midwifery and neonatology and become competent in various clinical activities to provide care during pregnancy, labour and puerperium Low-risk pregnancy Low-risk labour Low-risk puerperium Low-risk neonatal care General Nursing Science 211 & 212 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 7X4 hours 56 Practicals p.w. 7X12 hours 140 Tutorials p.w. 68 8 300 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment : 50% Both continuous assessment and examination will consist of a theory and clinical assessment component (each contributing 50% to relevant assessment). In order to sit for the final examinations the student must obtain a subminimum of 40% in each of the theory and clinical assessment components. To pass the module the student must obtain a subminimum of 50% in each of the theory and clinical examinations. CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) Obstetric Emergencies Midwifery 327 (equivalent to Midwifery 332) CUR327 7 15 Semester 2nd Semester B Nursing 3 At the end of this module the student should be able to: Identify, and refer complicated pregnancy during Intranatal and postnatal care. Manage potential and actual emergencies during labour and delivery. Identify, manage and refer high-risk neonate. Identify maternity related health problems of women of child bearing age in the community. High risk neonate Safe pregnancy and child birth: global initiative s and South African initiatives Safe motherhood and human rights in SA. context Assessment and diagnosis of complicated pregnancy, complicated labour, complicated puerperium 187
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Practicals Self-study Assessments Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment
Assessment and diagnosis of uncomplicated pregnancy, labour and puerperium Common maternal disorders Common neonatal disorders General Nursing Science 211 and 212 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 7X4 hours 77 Clinical Site 7X11 hours 36 9 150 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% Both continuous assessment and examination will consist of a theory and clinical assessment component (each contributing 50% to relevant assessment). In order to sit for the final examinations the student must obtain a subminimum of 40% in each of the theory and clinical assessment components. To pass the module the student must obtain a subminimum of 50% in each of the theory and clinical examinations. CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) Normal Midwifery Midwifery 331 (equivalent to Midwifery 326) CUR331 7 30 Semester 1st Semester B Nursing 3 At the end of this module the student should be able to: Assess and maintain health status of a pregnant woman and developing fetus. Prepare the mother and family for pregnancy, delivery and family changes. Maintain the health status of the mother during the Intranatal period. Maintain the health status of the fetus/neonate during the Intranatal period. Provide evidence-based care to the mother during the postpartum period including feeding. Provide evidence-based care to the neonate including feeding. Apply knowledge of midwifery and neonatology and become competent in various clinical activities to provide care during pregnancy, labour and puerperium. Low-risk pregnancy. Low-risk labour. Low-risk puerperium.
Main Content
188
Low-risk neonatal care. General Nursing Science 211 & 212 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 7X4 hours 56 Practicals p.w. 7X22 hours 140 Tutorials p.w. 68 8 300 Continuous assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% Both continuous assessment and examination will consist of a theory and clinical assessment component (each contributing 50% to relevant assessment). In order to sit for the final examinations the student must obtain a subminimum of 40% in each of the theory and clinical assessment components. To pass the module the student must obtain a subminimum of 50% in each of the theory and clinical examinations. CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) Obstetric Emergencies Midwifery 332 (equivalent to Midwifery 327) CUR332 7 15 Semester 1st Semester B Nursing 3 At the end of this module the student should be able to: Identify, and refer complicated pregnancy during intranatal and postnatal care Manage potential and actual emergencies during labour and delivery Identify, manage and refer high-risk neonate Identify maternity related health problems of women of child bearing age in the community High risk neonate Safe pregnancy and child birth: global initiatives and South African initiatives Safe motherhood and human rights in SA. context Assessment and diagnosis of complicated pregnancy, complicated labour, complicated puerperium Assessment and diagnosis of uncomplicated pregnancy, labour and puerperium Common maternal disorders Common neonatal disorders General Nursing Science 211 & 212 None 189
Main Content
Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Practicals Self-study Assessments Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment
None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 7X4 hours 77 Practicals p.w. 7X11 hours 36 Tutorials p.w 9 150 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% Both continuous assessment and examination will consist of a theory and clinical assessment component (each contributing 50% to relevant assessment). In order to sit for the final examinations the student must obtain a subminimum of 40% in each of the theory and clinical assessment components. To pass the module the student must obtain a subminimum of 50% in each of the theory and clinical examinations. CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) Nursing Leadership And Management At Unit Level Unit Management 334 CUR334 7 15 Semester 1st Semester B Nursing 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate an understanding of relevant policies regulations; institutional philosophy, vision, mission and its implementation in a health unit demonstrate leadership s kills in guiding nursing teams to achieve quality patient care demonstrate ability to implement quality improvement strategies Health policy development and implementation Resource management Quality assurance General Nursing 211 & 212 & Introduction to Mental Health 214 Midwifery & Child-health 311& 312 ; Community Health Nursing 311 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 2x1 hour 21 Practicals p.w. 4 hours clinical p.w. 56 Tutorials p.w. 42 3 150 Continuous Assessment: 60% 190
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment
Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) Nursing leadership and management at unit level Unit Management 336 CUR336 7 15 Semester 2nd Semester B Nursing 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate an understanding of relevant policies regulations; institutional philosophy, vision, mission and its implementation in a health unit demonstrate leadership skills in guiding nursing teams to achieve quality patient care demonstrate ability to implement quality improvement strategies Health policy development and implementation Resource management Quality assurance General Nursing 211 & 212 & Introduction to Mental Health 214 Midwifery & Child-health 311& 312 ; Community Health Nursing 311 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 2x1 hour 21 Practicals p.w. 4 hours clinical p.w 56 Tutorials p.w. 42 3 150 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) General Nursing Science General Nursing Science 211 NRS211 6 20 Semester 1st Semester B Nursing 2 At the end of this module the student should be able to: 191
Main Content
Main Content
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Assessments Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level
Comprehensively manage patients Apply the scientific principles of nursing in the compre hensive management (including pharmacological management) of patients with illnesses at primary, secondary and tertiary levels. Integrate the relevant ethical-legal principles in the management of patients with illnesses. The comprehensive care of patients in health care settings. The assessment, management and evaluation of health issues regarding the following medico-surgical conditions: Inflammatory process / Immunity / Microbiology HIV/AIDS Shock/Burns Oncology Neurology and neuro-surgical Endocrinology Cardiology Fundamental Nursing 111 Fundamentals of Nursing 112 Human Biology 118 & 128 HUB118 &HUB128 Pharmacology 204 Human Biology 218 Introduction to Psychology 111 Brian and Behavior 112 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 56 Lectures p.w 2X2 hours 12 Practicals p.w. 7X8 hours 56 Tutorials p.w. 70 6 200 Continuous Assessment: 50% Theoretical tasks: 50% Clinical tasks: 50% In order to sit for the Final assessment the student must obtain a subminimum of 40% in each of the tasks Final Assessment: 50% Theory exam: 50% Clinical exam: 50% To pass the module the student must obtain a subminimum of 50% in each of these examinations. CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) General Nursing Science General Nursing Science 212 NRS212 6 20 Semester 2nd Semester B Nursing 2
192
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Assessments Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will
At the end of this module the student should be able to: Comprehensively manage patients with illnesses at primary, secondary and tertiary levels, through the application of scientific principles of nursing including pharmacological management Identify and comprehensively manage patients with physical illnesses taking into consideration the ethico-legal implications applicable. The comprehensive care of patients in health care settings. The assessment, management and evaluation of health issues regarding the following medico-surgical conditions: Emergency care Theatre care Respiratory GIT Renal Reproductive / Urological Other (Paediatrics / Orthopaedics / Dermatology / Ear, Nose and Throat / Ophthalmology Fundamental Nursing 111 Fundamentals of Nursing 112 Human Biology 118 &128 Pharmacology 204 Human Biology 228 Introduction to Mental Health 214 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 56 Lectures p.w 2X2 hours 12 Practicals p.w. 16/22 hours 56 Tutorials p.w. 70 6 200 Continuous Assessment: 50% Theoretical tasks: 50% Clinical tasks: 50% In order to sit for the Final assessment the student must obtain a subminimum of 40% in each of the tasks Final Assessment: 50% Theory exam: 50% Clinical exam: 50% To pass the module the student must obtain a subminimum of 50% in each of these examinations. CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) Management of childhood illness Child Health 313 NRS313 6 15 Semester 2nd Semester B Nursing
193
be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Main Content
3 At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate competence in growth and development monitoring of a child demonstrate competence in establishing a child - and adolescent friendly environment in a health care setting demonstrate competence in management of childhood illnesses in an integrated manner Growth monitoring Integrate Management of Childhood Illnesses Extended Programme of Immunization (EPI) None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 2 21 Practicals p.w. 4 56 Tutorials p.w. 42 3 150 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) Management of childhood illness Child Health 324 NRS324 6 15 Semester 1st Semester B Nursing 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate competence in growth and development monitoring of a child demonstrate competence in establishing a child - and adolescent friendly environment in a health care setting demonstrate competence i n management of childhood illnesses in an integrated manner Growth monitoring Integrate Management of Childhood Illnesses Extended Programme of Immunization (EPI) None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 2 21 Practicals p.w. 4 56 Tutorials p.w. 194
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Practicals
Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
42 3 150 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) Gender Based Violence as a public health issue Regional Priority GBV 401 NRS401 8 20 Semester 2nd Semester B Nursing 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate an understanding of the magnitude of gender based violence as a public health issue apply basic theoretical and legal knowledge in addressing gender-based violence as a public health issue. demonstrate understanding of different intervention strategies on gender-based violence in different health care settings Different manifestations of gender-based violence as a public health issue Epidemiology of gender-based violence Basic theory i.e. social ecological model for understanding and addressing gender-based violence. Constitutional and legal frameworks, policies and protocols guiding health professionals in the management of gender-based violence survivors. Advocacy, empowerment and general interventions in gender based violence as a public health issue. None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 2x1 hour 30 Practicals p.w. 5.2 74 Tutorials p.w. 65 3 200 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment: 60% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) Therapeutic management of mental illness Psychiatric Nursing 411 NRS411 195
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Practicals Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code
8 30 Semester 1st Semester B Nursing 4 At the end of this module the student should be able to: Facilitate group work with a group of clients suffering from mental illnesses Mobilize self-care and support systems for families with mentally ill members Assist a family with psychological problems Manage a psychiatric emergency and trauma of the mentally ill patient and people in crises Implement and evaluate nursing interventions for extreme emotional and behavioural disturbances in mentally ill patients Mental Health Act Psychiatric assessment, diagnosis Management of psychosocial rehabilitation for individuals within an ethically and culturally relative context Social versus therapeutic relationship Support groups Family structure and dynamics Communication patterns and developmental tasks Trauma debriefing Introduction to Mental Health 214 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 56 Lectures p.w 14X 2 hours 30 Practicals p.w. 14X11 hours 154 Tutorials p.w. 14X2 hours 55 5 300 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment: 60% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) Management and Rehabilitation of Psychiatric patients Psychiatric Nursing 412 NRS412 8 30 Semester 2nd Semester B Nursing 4 At the end of this module the student should be able to: Provide a therapeutic and safe environment for hospita lized psychiatric patients and those in legal custody 196
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Practicals Self-study Assessments Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Main Content
Implement and evaluate nursing interventions for extreme emotional and behavioural disturbances in mentally ill patients Involve the client and family in setting of rehabilitation goals Measure functional ability of clients with disabilities using appropriate instruments Assess the barriers to rehabilitation and develop a rehabilitation plan Psychopharmacology & Psychopathology Ethical dilemma in Psychiatric nursing Mental Health Care & Legislation Methods and techniques of selection, restraint & seclusion Physical and psychological intervention Specific types of disability Theories and models of rehabilitation De-institutionalisation & environmental adaptation Community support system Introduction to Mental Health 214 (CUR214) None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 56 Lectures p.w 14X2 hours 30 Practicals p.w. 14X11 hours 154 Tutorials p.w. 14X2 hours 55 5 300 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% Both continuous assessment and examination will consist of a theory and clinical assessment component (each contributing 50% to relevant assessment). In order to sit for the final examinations the student must obtain a subminimum of 40% in each of the theory and clinical assessment components. To pass the module the student must obtain a subminimum of 50% in each of the theory and clinical examinations. CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) Theory of the Research process Research Methods 421 NRS421 8 20 Semester 2nd Semester B Nursing 4 At the end of the module the student will be able to: demonstrate a sound understanding of all the steps of the research process demonstrate ability to critically review and consolidate knowledge from all different disciplines of nursing and utilize 197
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Practicals Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
this knowledge in conducting research Sources of knowledge Steps in the research process Research problem identification Approaches and methodologies Literature review Ethics in conducting research, principles and procedures Data collection and analysis and instrument development Population and sampling None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 2x1 hour 30 Practicals p.w. 5.2 74 Tutorials p.w. 65 3 200 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment: 60% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) Professional Practice Role Professional Practice 423 NRS423 8 20 Semester 1st Semester B Nursing 4 At the end of the module the student will be able to: demonstrate competence in advocating for the right of individuals, families, groups and other health care providers demonstrate professionalism in the provision of health care in a variety of health care settings demonstrate competence in organizing, coordinating and reviewing activities in a health care unit demonstrate competence in taking responsibility for own personal and professional development Advocacy role Professionalism Continued professional development Leadership None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 2x1 hour 30 Practicals p.w. 5.2 74 Tutorials p.w. 198
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Practicals
Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic
65 3 200 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment: 60% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) Fundamentals of nursing deals with the basic needs of an individual and equips the student with the conceptual foundations for sound ethical practice. Fundamentals of Nursing 111 NUR111 5 15 Semester 1st Semester B Nursing 1 At the end of the module a student should be able to: Appropriately apply communication skills to ensure quality nursing care Analyze and interpret the influence of specific context variables on the health care of individuals of all age groups within the ethno-and socio-cultural background and health belief systems Develop an understanding of the basic concepts relevant in the nursing profession in accordance with ethical and legal codes of nursing and the laws of the country Assess, plan, implement and evaluate care plans to meet the hygienic, activity and stimulation, elimination, safety and learning needs of individuals throughout the life stages Development of interpersonal and communication skills Contextual factors which influence the provision of care Introduction to the bas ic concepts on the theory, character and ethics of nursing and the laws of the country Hygiene, activity and stimulation, elimination, safety and learning needs None Clinical Nursing 111 (CUR111) Physics for CHS 118 (PHY118) Human Biology 118 (HUB118) None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 56 Lectures p.w 2X 2 hours (14wks) 14 Practicals p.w. 70 Tutorials p.w. 10 150 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA
Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Main Content
Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Practicals Assessments Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type
199
Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) Basic Nursing care to patients Fundamentals of Nursing 112 NUR112 5 15 Semester 2nd Semester B Nursing 1 At the end of the module the student should be able to: Practice in accordance with ethical and legal codes of nursing and the laws of the country Assess, plan, implement and evaluate care plans to meet the following needs of individuals and families throughout the life stages: homeostasis, nutrition, well-being, safety and learning Provide nursing care to a terminally ill patient and support to the family Share information to promote effective decision making Nursing ethics, scope of practice and legislation Needs of individuals and families throughout the life stages: homeostasis, nutrition, well-being, safety and learning, terminal care, death and dying Interaction with members of the multi-disciplinary and multisectoral teams None Clinical Nursing 111 (CUR111) Chemistry for CHS 128 (CHM128) Human Biology 125 (HUB128) None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 56 Lectures p.w 2X2 hours (14 wks) 14 Practicals p.w. 70 10 150 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) This module involves an in-depth skills development for Advanced Mental Health Practitioners Clinical Practicum for Advanced Mental Health Practitioners 811 NAP811 9 20 Year 1st & 2nd Semester Master of Nursing
Main Content
Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Assessments Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered
200
Main Content
Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Test & examination Other : Project work & online discussions Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
8 At the end of this module students should be able to: apply specialist knowledge and skills in the nursing of individuals, groups and communities with mental health problems function as primary therapist in a multi-disciplinary team and to set standards for specific nursing interventions Develop and use patient care audit and appraisal systems in mental health care settings function as health counselor and nursing consultant The tools of psychiatric mental health nursing The use of the therapeutic self and the skills needed for interpersonal effectiveness. The various therapies used in psychiatry e.g. Individual therapy; group therapy; family therapy; marital therapy; counseling; Play and other approved therapy in children The different strategies employed in caring for the caregivers None Advanced Mental Health Management NAP827 Community Mental Health Nursing NAP815 Child and Adolescent Mental Health NAP814 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 10 Lectures p.w 3 20 Practicals p.w. 100 Tutorials p.w. 56 4 10 200 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment: 60% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) This module involves an in-depth study of Child and Adolescent Mental Health conditions and treatments Child and Adolescent Mental Health 814 NAP814 9 10 Semester 2nd Semester Master of Nursing 8 At the end of this module students should be able to: work as a specialist practitioner with other members of the health team within the health care system for the promotion of mental health and prevention of mental illness in children and adolescents conduct clinical assessment of families based on an approved 201
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Practicals Self-study Other: Project Work Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
model conduct clinical assessment and diagnose the most prevalent childhood and adolescent mental disorders based on international classification systems practice childhood and adolescent mental health nursing safely in a variety of settings within legal and ethical frameworks Theories of self-development International classification of mental disorders Assessment of risk factors for mental disorders or mental health problems as pertinent to child & adolescent Nursing diagnoses Commonly used treatment modalities Management of child and youth abuse Advanced Mental Health Management NAP827 Clinical Practicum for Advanced Mental Health Practitioners NAP811 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 40 Lectures p.w 3 25 Practicals p.w. 30 Tutorials p.w. 72 25 8 200 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment: 60% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) This module involves an in-depth study of Community Mental Health Nursing Community Mental Health Nursing 815 NAP815 9 20 Semester 2nd Semester Master of Nursing 8 At the end of this module students should be able to: enhance the functioning of the individual, group and community through expert psycho-education assess and provide clients Psycho social rehabilitation(PSR) demonstrate knowledge of Mental Health legislation develop the expertise of other nurses who do not have the required knowledge and skills in advanced psychiatric nursing care Role and functions of the psychiatric community Mental health resources and the correct referral pathways Value of psychosocial rehabilitation programmes Community-based preventative and promotive mental health 202
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Other: Project Work Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
strategies Prevention of and service provision for priority health problems Emer gency psychiatric care Advanced Mental Health Management NAP827 Clinical Practicum for Advanced Mental Health NAP811 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 40 Lectures p.w 3 25 Practicals p.w. 30 Tutorials p.w. 72 25 8 200 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment: 60% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) Forensic Nursing in Gender-based Violence Forensic Nursing in Gender-based Violence 816 NAP816 9 20 Semester 2nd Semester M Nursing 1 At the end of this module the student should be able to: Raise awareness of the impact of gender-based violence on health and the health delivery system Understanding specific gender and cultural issues of Gender based violence Demonstrate skills and competency as health professional to provide effective, comprehensive, high quality care to victims of gender-based violence Practice as sexual assault health care practitioner Practice forensic nursing safely in a variety of settings within legal and ethical frameworks Violence as a public health issue, exploring the roots and the manifestation of violence across the lifespan Constitutional and legal measures combating gender-based violence Therapeutic interpersonal skills development for health professionals and dealing with vicarious trauma Assessment and emergency care of gender-based violence survivors Medical and forensic management of sexual assault None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 42 Lectures p.w 203
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Other: On-line discussions and project work Assessments Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic
38 30 40 46
Practicals p.w. Tutorials p.w.
4 200 Continuous Assessment: 100% CA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) This module will equip the student to monitor growth, diagnose common child illnesses and immunizes children against childhood illnesses. Integrated Management of Childhood Illnesses 817 NAP817 9 20 Semester 2nd Semester Master of Nursing 8 The student should be competent in the following areas. assess and implement a nursing plan for physical growth, nutritional and fluid needs of the neonate/child form birth till 6 years of age assess and implement a nursing plan for the gross motor, language, fine-motor and personal-social development of the neonate/child till 6 years of age management of common co ncerns and problems of the neonate till 6 years of age understanding the major causes of childhood diseases and their management using Integrated Management of Childhood Illnesses (IMCI) understand common behaviors, including child sexuality of the child up to 6 years of age assess and implement a nursing plan for children with special needs such those who were abused or infected or affected by HIV/AIDS critically assess, apply and influence relevant policies and legal regulations Growth, gross motor, language, fine-motor and personal-social development of the neonate till 12 years of age Nutritional and fluid intake of neonate till age 6 Childhood diseases including common problems and infectious diseases Children in special circumstances Policies and legalization impacting on childrens health None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 10 Lectures p.w
Main Content
204
Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Test & examination Other : E-learning Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
50 Practicals p.w. 30 Tutorials p.w. 50 10 50 200 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment: 60% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) Pathophysiology related to disease states Advanced Health Assessment and Diagnostic Reasoning 818 NAP818 9 20 Semester 1st & 2nd Semester Master of Nursing 8 At the end of this module students should be able to: synthesize concepts of human anatomy and physiology at the cellular, tissue, organ, organ system, and organism level synthesize concepts of pathophysiology at the cellular, tissue, organ, organ system, and organism level for conditions affecting individuals throughout the life span analyze and interpret client history, including presenting symptoms, physical findings, and diagnostic information to develop appropriate differential diagnoses in all age groups order and interpret common screening and diagnostic tests within the scope of practice evaluate common screening and diagnostic tests based on current evidence Client health history, including presenting symptoms, physical findings, and diagnostic information to develop appropriate differential diagnoses. Current common screening and diagnostic tests based on evidence. Most common pathological conditions for each of the major body systems Cardiovascular, Hematopoetic, Respiratory, Endocrine, Immune, Gastrointestinal, Neurological, Integumentary, Musculoskeletal, Reproductive, Renal, Genetics, & Genitourinary None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 20 Lectures p.w 2 48 Practicals p.w. 8 64 Tutorials p.w. 2 48 20 200 Continuous Assessment: 100% 205
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment
CA Community and Health Science School of Nursing (SoN) Empowerment of Women and Womens Health Issues Women and Health 819 NAP819 9 20 Semester 2nd Semester Master of Nursing 8 At the end of this module students should be able to: Understanding of theoretical approaches in defining womens health Understanding of the overview of key issues and challenges impacting on womens health from gender perspectives Analyze, assess and influence new and existing relevant policies Womens status throughout the life cycle Policies and legislation impacting on womens health Politics of Reproductive Health Sexuality and Social Control Women, Work and Economy Women & Violence Strategies for Change: Gender Advocacy Skills None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 10 Lectures p.w 80 Practicals p.w. 30 Tutorials p.w. 40 40 200 Continuous Assessment: 100% CA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) This module provides learning opportunity to the student to practice independently as an Advanced midwife. Advanced Midwifery 820 NAP820 9 20 Semester 1st Semester Master of Nursing 8 At the end of this module students should be able to: 206
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Other: E-Learning Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Test & examination Other: On-line learning, lectures & group discussions Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
demonstrate a coherent and critical understanding of the principles, theories and emerging issues and debates in Advanced midwifery demonstrate the ability to, identify, evaluate and refer problems using appropriate assessment methods which promote or threaten the health and life of the mother and her fetus during labor up to 42 days post-partum be able to de monstrate competencies to screen and assess mothers complicated by psychosocial, physical problems be able to competently manage and to refer low risk and complicated cases at ante-, intra and postnatal stage Development, testing, impleme ntation and evaluation of evidence-based low and high risk protocols, guidelines and policies for maternal health problems Demonstrate competency to do assisted deliveries and associated operating theatre procedures Analyze community needs of mothers wit h high risk pregnancy and/or deliveries that are championed by advocacy Basic midwifery qualification B Nurs Advanced Clinical Practice in Midwifery and Neonatology NAP822 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 10 Lectures p.w 2 48 Practicals p.w. 30 Tutorials p.w. 50 12 58 200 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment: 60% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) This module provide the student with knowledge to nurse high risk neonates Advanced Neonatal Nursing Science Methods 821 NAP821 9 20 Semester 1st Semester Master of Nursing 8 At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate a coherent and critical understanding of the principles, theories and emerging issues and debates in neonatal nursing demonstrate the ability to identify, evaluate and refer problems which promote or threaten neonatal health using appropriate assessment methods 207
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Test & examination Other: On line learning, lectures & group discussions Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
be able to demonstrate competencies to assess neonates complicated by psychosocial, physical problems be able to competently manage complicated cases of at risk neonates and using appropriate referring strategies Development, testing, implementation and evaluation of evidence-based low and high risk protocols, guidelines and policies for neonates Analyze community needs neonates with complicated birth injuries Basic midwifery qualification B Nurs Advanced Clinical Practice in Midwifery and Neonatology NAP822 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 10 Lectures p.w 2 40 Practicals p.w. 30 Tutorials p.w. 50 12 58 200 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment: 60% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) This allows the student to gain experience in the practice of Midwifery and Neonatology Advanced Clinical Practice in Midwifery and Neonatology 822 NAP822 9 20 Year 1st & 2nd Semester Master of Nursing 8 At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate competency to resuscitate a high risk woman and a newborn infant work as a specialist practitioner with team members within the health care system for the promotion and prevention of maternal and neonatal health including mortality and morbidity identified and i ntegrated appropriate frameworks for theoretical and practical knowledge Demonstrate competency to effectively managed referrals from primary health care practitioners of pregnant / laboring/ post natal or neonatal patients Understanding of the dynamic and tentative nature of knowledge in the field of midwifery and neonatology emphasizing the practice of current evidence base practice Be able to act as an independent consultant practitioner 208
Main Content
Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Basic midwifery B Nurs Advanced Neonatal Nursing Science NAP821 Advanced Specialization in Midwifery and Neonatology NAP830 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 10 Lectures p.w 2 30 Practicals p.w. 100 Tutorials p.w. 50 10 200 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment: 60% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) Discipline Specific practice teaching Evidence Based Didactics 823 NAP823 9 20 Semester 1st Semester Master of Nursing 8 At the end of this module students should be able to: lead evidence-based practice in nursing and midwifery education demonstrate comprehensive theoretical and clinical competence in the field in which teaching will take place Lesson planning and presentation Management of a class session Handling difficulties in class Application of teaching strategies Clinical laboratory process Theoretical Foundation of Learning NUR820 Teaching and Learning Methods NUR823 Curriculum Development NUR821 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 24 Lectures p.w 1 20 Practicals p.w. 2 88 Tutorials p.w. 60 8 200 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment: 60% CFA
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type
209
Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) Identification and management of common and important health/disease issues, problems and emergencies Advanced Clinical Practice Nurse Practitioner 824 NAP824 9 20 Semester 2nd Semester Master of Nursing 8 At the end of this module students should be able to: diagnose and manage acute and chronic health problems prioritize health problems and intervenes appropriately formulate an action plan/s evaluate results of interventions using accepted outcome criteria apply principles of epidemiology and demography in clinical practice use community/public health assessment information in evaluating patient needs, initiating referrals, coordinating care Medical and surgical emergencies across all ages Current priority health problems and management at individual and family levels Referral and follow up of individual cases Rehabilitation strategies None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 27 Lectures p.w 1 10 Practicals p.w. 1 100 Tutorials p.w. 1 48 15 200 Continuous assessment 100% CA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) Theoretical underpinning of advanced practice nursing and midwifery Advanced Nursing Practice and Client Management 825 NAP825 9 10 Semester 1st Semester MCur Structured - Advanced nurse practitioner 8 At the end of this module students should be able to: 210
Main Content
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic
critically analyze and synthesize the philosophical basis of nursing, based on contemporary nursing theories/models and relevant to current socio-political context of nursing practice analyze nursing and primary care nursing decisions and research imperatives, supported by a particular model or theory of nursing and take into consideration the legal and ethical frameworks of nursing practice apply ethical decision making to common ethical problems based on relevant research, provides health promotion, disease prevention, anticipatory guidance, and counseling to promote health, reduce risk factors, and prevent disease and disability recognizes environmental health problems affecting clients/patients and provides health protection interventions that promote healthy environments for individuals, families, and communities, including international, national, regional and local environments utilize the principles of health education to promote health and enable the individual, family, community to cope meaningfully with ill health and disease using current research as basis for practice incorporate current technology in the delivery of care evaluate implications of contemporary health policy on health care providers and consumers monitor and ensure the quality of health care practice Critical analysis of mid-range practice theories (e.g. theory of reasoned action, stress/adaptation, etc.) Conceptual analysis Theory of health promotion, Health policy and regulation related to health promotion Applied epidemiology Environmental health Global priorities and Health Plan for South Africa Legal aspects of clinical practice Use of technology in health care; electronic health record, internet and others Legislative and political structure; how to influence Community resources; access for patient care Methods of quality assurance None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 27 Lectures p.w 1 10 Practicals p.w. 1 100 Tutorials p.w. 1 48 15 200 Continuous assessment 100% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) Identify range of therapeutic modalities and select most appropriate for given circumstances
211
Advanced Pharmacology and Treatment Modalities 826 NAP826 9 20 Semester 2nd Semester Master of Nursing 8 At the end of this module students should be able to: prescribe medication based on efficacy, safety, and cost as legally authorized (Integrates knowledge of pharmacokinetic processes, correct doses, routes, frequencies, and how to minimize adverse drug interactions) base identify therapeutic options as per client conditions select apply and monitor treatment modalities as appropriate Pharmacokinetic processes Major classes of medication for common pathophysiology in each major body system - Cardiovascular, Hematopoetic, Respiratory, Endocrine, Immune, Gastrointestinal, Neurological (including pain and psychiatric), Integumentary, Musculoskeletal, Reproductive, Renal & Genitourinary. (e.g. Cardiovascular betablockers, calcium-channel blockers, etc.; Immune antibiotics, antiretrovirals, etc.) Diagnostic reasoning for choosing one medication over another and one therapeutic approach over another For each medication correct dosing (based on size, age, and other variables), route, frequency and how to minimize adverse drug interactions For each therapeutic approach, determine potential risks and measures to avoid or manage those Advanced health assessment and diagnostic reasoning NAP818 Advanced health assessment and diagnostic reasoning NAP818 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 2 10 Practicals p.w. 1 50 Tutorials p.w. 2 97 15 200 Continuous assessment 100% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) This module involves an in-depth study on Mental Health Assessments and Treatment Modalities Advanced Mental Health Management 827 NAP827 9 20 Semester 1st Semester 212
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered
Master of Nursing 8 At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate a coherent and critical understanding of the principles, theories, emerging issues and debates in psychiatric mental health nursing assess and diagnose mental ill health using specific, acceptable diagnostic systems manage the mental health care user (MCHU) in a multidisciplinary context evaluate the appropriateness of selected intervention and treatment modalities for clients within legal and ethical frameworks Legislation Assessment and Diagnosis of Mental Health Care Users Treatment Modalities Interactive therapies, psychopharmacology, adjunct and other biological therapies None Clinical Practicum for Advanced Mental Health Practitioners NAP811 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 40 Lectures p.w 3 25 Practicals p.w. 30 Tutorials p.w. 72 8 25 200 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment: 60% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) This module provides the student with learning opportunities to perform specialized procedures in Midwifery and Neonatology Advanced Specializations in Midwifery and Neonatology 830 NAP830 9 10 Semester 1st Semester Master of Nursing 8 At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate competency to apply specialist knowledge and skills in the provision of Advanced maternal, neonatal and reproductive health care for individuals, groups and communities develop, promote, implement and evaluate strategies to prevent 213
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Test & examination Other: Project work and On line discussions Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Test & examination Other: On-line learning, lectures & group discussions Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value
maternal and neonatal illness related to the overall reproductive health of the community including morbidity and mortality be able to substantiated a point of view regarding emerging issues and debates relevant to midwifery and neonatology such as termination of pregnancy and infertility demonstrate cultural sensitivity in the assessment, process and documentation of maternal and neonatal health care by utilization and comparing the various cultural customs pertaining to the practice of midwifery and neonatology apply quality assurance activities to enhance reproductive services Critically analyze, assess and influence relevant policies, guidelines, legislation and ethical dilemmas Demonstrate the ability to complete advanced procedures of reproductive health in relation to: STI Management Papinicoula smears and any other specimen required Family planning including insertion of IUCD (the procedure of certificate in TOP is optional) Prescribe and administer specific medication Internal foetal monitoring Amnioinfusion and amnioscopy External cephalic version Basic sonagraphy Be able to successfully arrange seminars/ workshops to educate and train new midwives and mothers in the promotion of maternal care including MTCT, ante and post natal exercise, Better Birth Initiative, Safe Motherhood Initiative, Baby Friendly Hospital Initiative, Kangaroo care Basic midwifery qualification B Nurs Advanced Clinical Practice in Midwifery and Neonatology NAP822 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 10 Lectures p.w 2 40 Practicals p.w. 30 Tutorials p.w. 50 12 58 200 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment: 60% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) To develop and demonstrate familiarity with the research process MNurs Mini-thesis 803 NUR803 9 80 214
Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Year 1st & 2nd Semester Master of Nursing 8 At the end of the module the student will be able to: demonstrate the ability to identify a research problem synthesize literature to understand the context of the problem choose appropriate methodology to answer the problem draw up a research proposal for approval conduct the research write a formal report of the research and findings Participate in the research process to ensure the research proposal is approved by senate higher degrees and ethics committees in adequate time for the research to be conducted. Completed research report is submitted at the applicable due date. None Advanced qualitative research methods NUR825 Advanced quantitative research methods NUR829 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 100 Lectures p.w 600 Practicals p.w. 100 Tutorials p.w. 800 Completion of mini-thesis 100% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) Sub-roles Within Advanced Practice Nursing And Midwifery Including Leadership And Management Professional Development, Management and Service Provision 814 NUR814 9 20 Semester 1st Semester Master of Nursing 8 At the end of this module students should be able to: conduct an effective advanced nurse / midwife practitioner function within the scope of her/his practice provide counseling and guidance as pertinent initiate appropriate and timely consultation and/or referral when patient problem exceeds the nurse / midwife practitioner scope of practice demonstrate cultural competence indicate the research basis for the role of the advanced practice nurse / midwife locate advanced practice in global, regional and national contexts 215
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Self-study Other:Field work depending on project Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Main Content
demonstrate leadership and management attributes Advanced nursing / midwifery practice: global perspectives Sub roles of advanced nursing / midwifery practice educator, leader, expert clinician, consultant, counselor, case manager, and researcher, and planner, evaluator of health care and health care systems. Legal standing and legal determinants of advanced practice with a focus on scope of practice Impact of culture on patient/community re sponse to role of advanced practice nursing / midwifery. Provision of culturally competent practice. Theories and practice of leadership and management in service provision. None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 27 Lectures p.w 10 Practicals p.w. 88 Tutorials p.w. 60 15 200 Continuous assessment 100% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) Empowerment of women and womans health issues Women and Health 818 NUR818 9 20 Semester 1st Semester Master of Nursing 8 At the end of the module the student will be able to: understand theoretical approaches in defining womens health understand the overview of key issues and challenges impacting on womens health from gender perspectives analyze, assess and influence new and existing relevant policies Womens status throughout the life cycle Policies and Legislation impacting on womens health Politics of Reproductive Health Sexuality & Social Control Women, Work & Economy Women & Violence Strategies for change: Gender Advocacy skills None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 10 Lectures p.w 216
Main Content
Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Other: E-learning Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
80 Practicals p.w. 30 Tutorials p.w. 40 40 200 Continuous Assessment: 100% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) Programme and project management all stages and funding proposal writing Programme Planning Implementation and Evaluation 819 NUR819 9 20 Semester 2nd Semester Master of Nursing 8 At the end of the module the student will be able to: analysis and synthesis of models and the ories pertaining to health programme and project design, implementation and evaluation demonstration of the use of phases and components of programmes and projects in health by application in a local setting and by provision of the comprehensive plan for the home health care setting selection and application of theories and models of programme or project evaluation Models and theories that underpin practice Project and funding proposal writing Health programme/project planning and imple mentation, strategy, tactics and operational issues. Evaluation strategies None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 40 Lectures p.w 3 60 Practicals p.w. 4 20 Tutorials p.w. 1 80 200 Continuous Assessment: 100% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) Evaluation of educational theories and models Theoretical Foundations of Nursing Education 820 NUR820 1 20 217
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value
Semester 1st Semester Master of Nursing 8 At the end of this module students should be able to: create active and learner- centered environments in the teaching of nursing and midwifery both in clinical and classroom settings based on comprehensive and systematic understanding of adult development, learning and motivation theories evaluate various theories and models of nursing and health based on a critical analysis of different own meaning perspectives about health and disease and how these impact on decision making in the practice of nursing and midwifery Current theoretical models .Philosophical underpinnings of teaching and learning Theories of adult learning Contemporary approaches to teaching & learning (PBL/ CBA/CBE None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 40 Lectures p.w 1 60 Practicals p.w. 1 20 Tutorials p.w. 80 200 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment: 60% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) The Process Of Curriculum Development And Evaluation Curriculum Development 821 NUR821 9 20 Semester 2nd Semester Master of Nursing 8 At the end of this module students should be able to: develop a coherent curriculum for a particular nursing and/or midwifery program taking into account the principles of the NQF and the stipulations of the ETQA for nursing and midwifery education (SANC) in collaboration with peers lead curriculum change and/or transformation in the education of nurses and midwives based on critical analysis of educational philosophy with regard to its implications for nursing and midwifery education Various conceptualizations of curriculum Curriculum development process 218
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Test & examination Other: Group project Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Differe nt models of curriculum development Curriculum evaluation models Design curriculum for a specific programme None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 1 36 Practicals p.w. 76 Tutorials p.w. 12 48 200 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment: 60% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) Critical evaluation of global and national issues impacting on nursing and midwifery Issues in Health Professional Education 822 NUR822 9 20 Semester 2nd Semester Master of Nursing 8 At the end of this module students should be able to: evaluate global and national issues and policies, including managing diversity, Recognition of Prior Learning, globalization and the nursing workforce etc., with specific reference to nursing and midwifery education. National policies / influencing affecting Nursing Education (ETQA; SAQA; SANC) Globalization in the education and training of nurses Movement of the nursing workforce globally Transformation of the education and training of nurses. Theoretical Foundations of Nursing Education NUR820 Teaching and Learning Methods NUR823 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 24 Lectures p.w 1 56 Practicals p.w. 96 Tutorials p.w. 24 200 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment: 60% CFA
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type
219
Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) Creative active classroom and clinical teaching Teaching and Learning Methods 823 NUR823 9 10 Semester 1st Semester Master of Nursing 8 At the end of this module students should be able to: design and implement classroom and clinical learning sessions using appropriate teaching strategies based on expected learning outcomes taking into consideration the principles of adult learning plan and implement the assessment of classroom and cl inical learning outcomes based on a comprehensive understanding of principles and strategies of assessment of learning outcomes with specific reference to professional education Media design, selection and presentation Teaching and learning environments (theoretical and clinical) Various teaching methodologies Assessment of learning both theoretical and clinical Electronic teaching and learning None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 1 56 Practicals p.w. 1 42 Tutorials p.w. 56 18 200 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment: 60% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) Advanced Qualitative Research Methods Advanced Qualitative Research Methods 825 NUR825 9 20 Semester 2nd Semester M Nursing 1 At the end of this module the student should be able to: Demonstrate an understanding of qualitative research design including the selection of participants, instrument selection and 220
Main Content
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Practicals Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
construction, analysis, and interpretation of the data Analyze a range of qualitative research methods and approaches with regard to their appropriateness for investigating particular research problems in nursing and midwifery Evaluate various philosophical underpinnings about qualitative research and how this impact on choice of design, instrument in conducting of nursing and midwifery related research Factors leading to the emergence of interest in qualitative methods. Philosophical orientations and assumptions of qualitative research. Compare and contrast qualitative research with other research paradigms. Diverse orientations to knowledge development. Various approaches to collecting qualitative data. Data collection, analysis, validation, and presentation techniques of selected methods. Key ethical dilemmas in conducting qualitative inquiry Approaches to analyzing and synthesizing qualitative data. None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 35 Lectures p.w 14X2.5 hours 20 Practicals p.w. 88 Tutorials p.w. 50 200 Continuous Assessment: 40% Examination: 60% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Nursing (SoN) To introduce the student to appropriate quantitative research designs and methods that can be used when conducting research. Advanced Quantitative Research Methods 829 NUR829 9 20 Semester 1st Semester Master of Nursing 8 At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate an evolving awareness of the importance of understanding quantitative research methods including experimental; quasiexperimental, nonexperimental designs and ethics in research synthesize concepts relevant to plan and execute a quantitative research project using the steps in the scientific research process, utilize knowledge and skills to initiate change and improve practice through capturing, analyzing, interpreting, presentation, publication and implementation of research findings,
221
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Test & examination Other: E-learning and on-line discussions Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
utilize a wide range of appropriate data bases (textual and electronic) to conduct an extensive and efficient literature search and to review, critique, interpret and summarize literature . Research methodology Problem formulation Identifying/ developing appropriate conceptual frameworks Sampling methods and techniques Instrument development Validity and Reliability Pilot testing the instrument Data collection methods Data analysis (Hypothesis testing; levels of measurement; interpretation) Proposal writing and reporting of findings None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 10 Lectures p.w 60 Practicals p.w. 58 Tutorials p.w. 12 60 200 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment: 60% CFA
Community and Health Sciences Occupational Therapy Kinesiology and Ergonomics Kinesiology/Ergonomics 201 KER201 6 5 Semester 2nd Semester BSc Occupational Therapy 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: analyses and describe functional human movement demonstrate mastery in measuring correct seating and desk heights for individuals Mechanics of motion Cardio -respiratory function and its impact on movement Normal development and normal posture Ergonomics, improving work efficiency and movement analysis of both static and dynamic postures Ergonomics and work study HUB 117 HUB 127 222
Main Content
OT,RA & Diabetes (OCT213) MBS 214,215,216 Physics (PHY218) OT, Amps & Substance use (OCT212) None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 3 Practicals p.w. 2 Tutorials p.w. 3 14 100 Final Assessment: 100% FA Community and Health Sciences Occupational Therapy DSM IV classifications of psychiatric conditions encountered in Occupational Therapy Psychiatry 211 OCS211 6 5 Semester 1st Semester BSc Occupational Therapy 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate Knowledge of selected Psychiatric conditions demonstrate understanding of the medical management of selected psychiatric conditions explain effects and side effects of medication used in the management of selected psychiatric conditions identify precautions related to selected psychiatric conditions describe functional implications of selected psychiatric conditions Definition, etiology, clinical signs and symptoms, assessment and management, cause and prognosis of: -Depression, Dementia , Substance Abuse and Substance -Dependence, as classified in the DSM IV classifications of psychiatric disorders HUB 117, HUB 127 MBS 214,215,216 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 2 4 Practicals p.w. 14 Tutorials p.w. 4 50 Final Assessment: 100% FA
Main Content
223
Community and Health Sciences Occupational Therapy Occupational Therapy Trauma & Disease 212 OCS212 6 5 Semester 2nd Semester BSc Occupational Therapy 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate Knowledge of selected communicable and non communicable diseases demonstrate understanding of the medical management of selected communicable and non-communicable diseases explain effects and side effects of medication used in the management of selected communicable and non-communicable diseases identi fy risk factors ,complications and precautions related to selected communicable and non-communicable disease Definition, aetiology, clinical signs and symptoms, assessment and management, cause and prognosis of: -Teenage pregnancy -HIV/AIDS -TB -Diabetes -Amputations -Rheumatoid Arthritis HUB 117, 127 MBS 214,215,216 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 2 4 Practicals p.w. 14 Tutorials p.w. 4 50 Final Assessment: 100% FA Community and Health Sciences Occupational Therapy DSM IV classifications of psychiatric conditions encountered in Occupational Therapy Psychiatry 311 OCS311 7 5 Term 1st Semester BSc Occupational therapy 3 224
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate Knowledge of Psychiatric conditions demonstrate understanding of the medical management of psychiatric conditions explain effects and side effects of medication used in the management of psychiatric conditions identify precautions related to psychiatric conditions describe functional implications of psychiatric conditions Definition, aetiology, clinical signs and symptoms, assessment and management, cause and prognosis of: Eating disorders Depression Bipolar mood disorder Anxiety disorders Psychotic disorders Personality disorders as classified in the DSM IV classifications of psychiatric disorders Clinical Sciences I Psychiatry I None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 20 Lectures p.w 2 10 Practicals p.w. 15 Supervision lab 5 50 Final Assessment: 100% FA Community and Health Sciences Occupational Therapy Conditions caused by trauma and disease encountered in Occupational Therapy Neurology 312 OCS312 7 5 Term 1st Semester BSc Occupational Therapy 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate knowledge of neu rological conditions demonstrate understanding of the medical management of neurological conditions explain effects and side effects of medication used in the management of neurological conditions identify precautions related to neurological conditions describe functional implications of neurological conditions Definition, aetiology, clinical signs and symptoms, assessment and management, cause and prognosis of: Injuries CVA SCI
Main Content
225
Degenerative Disorders Muscular Dystrophy CP Spina Bifida, Hydrocephalus MBS 214,215,216 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 20 Lectures p.w 2 10 Practicals p.w. 15 Supervision lab 5 50 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Occupational Therapy Conditions caused by trauma and disease encountered in Occupational Therapy Pediatrics 313 OCS313 7 5 Term 1st Semester BSc Occupational Therapy 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: explain normal development in children identify abnormal development patterns and its causes in children demonstrate knowledge and understanding of pediatric conditions and its medical management explain complications that may arise in children with pediatric conditions identify precautions to be taken during the management of pediatric conditions Definition, aetiology, clinical signs and symptoms, assessment and management, cause and prognosis of: Mental Retardation, ADHD, foetal Alcohol Syndrome, Congenital Disorders, visual and hearing impairment, malnutrition, diarrhoea, child abuse, TB, HIV/AIDSDefinition, aetiology, clinical signs and symptoms, assessment and management, cause and prognosis of: Mental Retardation, ADHD, foetal Alcohol Syndrome, Congenital Disorders, visual and hearing impairment, malnutrition, diarrhoea, child abuse, TB, HIV/AIDS MBS 214,215,216 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 226
Main Content
Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
20 Lectures p.w 10 Practicals p.w. 15 Supervision lab 5 50 Final Assessment: 100% CFA
Community and Health Sciences Occupational Therapy Conditions caused by trauma and disease encountered in Occupational Therapy Trauma & Disease 321 OCS321 7 5 Semester 2nd Semester BSc Occupational Therapy 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate Knowledge of medical and surgical procedures related to orthopaedic and medical conditions as a result of trauma and disease demonstrate understanding of the medical and surgical management of orthopaedic and medical conditions explain complications that may arise in clients who have undergone surgery identify precautions to be taken with clients who have undergone surgery describe functional implications that clients may experience as a result of surgery Definition, aetiology, clinical signs and symptoms, assessment, management, cause and prognosis of: -Upper Limb Conditions, Burns, Cancer and Cardiac conditions Clinical Sciences 2 Trauma & Disease 1 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 20 Lectures p.w 2 10 Practicals p.w. 15 Supervision lab 5 50 Final Assessment: 100% FA Community and Health Sciences Occupational Therapy Human Occupation Introduction to Human Occupation 105 OCT105 5 15 227
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value
Semester 1st Semester BSc Occupational Therapy 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: define human occupation explain the model of human occupation describe influence of performance context on occupation demonstrate poster making as a form of presentation Basic theoretical concepts of human occupation The Model of Human Occupation Performance context & narratives Reflective journaling, Learning skills & accessing information Presentation skills None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 112 Lectures p.w 2 14 Practicals p.w. 10 Tutorials p.w. 14 5 50 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Occupational Therapy Human Occupation Introduction to Occupational Therapy 117 OCT117 5 20 Semester 1st Semester BSc Occupational Therapy 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: explain the definition, scope and philosophy of occupational therapy demonstrate and discuss how activities can be used in occupational therapy explain the OT process for individuals, groups & communities describe the approaches and tools of practice used in occupational therapy Definition, scope, philosophy & context, activities, OT process, use of self, groups, activity analysis, ethics, remediation, compensation & education approach Introduction to Human Occupation (OCT 105) None None 228
Main Content
Main Content
A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 70 Lectures p.w 2 42 Practicals p.w. 18 Tutorials p.w. 42 28 200 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Occupational Therapy Adolescents Occupation Human Occupation & Adolescents 201 OCT201 6 5 Term 1st Semester BSc Occupational Therapy 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: identify the psycho -social stage of adolescence according to developmental theory select and apply a model of occupational therapy that can be used to analyze and adolescents occupational performance identify areas of occupational performance deficits in adolescence Stages of adolescence Developmental theory e.g. Erikson, role of society, religion, culture and personal history on occupational choice, Leisure as identity formation in adolescence, narratives and interview, adolescents in crisis, promotive and preventive intervention strategies for occupational therapy Introduction to Human Occ. (OCT105) OT, Amps & Sub. Use (OCT212), OT, Teenage Preg& HIV/Aids (OCT211) None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 2 12 Practicals p.w. 3 Tutorials p.w. 7 50 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Occupational Therapy Occupation and older adults Human Occupation and Older Adults 203 OCT203 229
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code
6 5 Term 1st Semester BSc Occupational Therapy 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: describe the occupational performance of an older adult discuss the impact of contextual factors on older adults apply the Person Environment Occupation Performance Model to and older adult case scenario Human development stage of older adulthood Factors impacting on occupational performance of older adults Effect of environment on older adults Person Environment Occupation Model Intro to Human Occ. (OCT105) OT & Dementia (OCT214), OT, RA & Diabetes (OCT213) None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 2 12 Practicals p.w. 3 Tutorials p.w. 7 50 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Occupational Therapy OT Intervention with adolescents at risk of pregnancy & HIV/AIDS OT, Teenage Pregnancy & HIV/AIDS 211 OCT211 6 10 Term 2nd Semester BSc Occupational Therapy 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: discuss youth wellness in South Africa identify occupational risk factors in adolescents in a specific community apply the UWC Community Process Model in a project to address youth wellness of adolescents in a specific community Health indicators for adolescents in South Africa, Occupational risk, imbalance, deprivation & injustice Frames of references in Occupational Therapy, The Ottawa charter for Health Promotion, Occupation-focused health promotion, The Community Project Process Model 230
Main Content
Main Content
Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Other: Please specify: Group work Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Intro to OT (OCT117) HO & Adolescents 863103 (OCT201) Health Promotion (HLP213) Clinical Sciences 2 Trauma & Disease 1 MBS 214,215,216 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 70 Lectures p.w 2 7 Practicals p.w. 2 Tutorials p.w. 7 14 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Occupational Therapy Impact of amputation and substance use on occupational performance OT, Substance Use and Amputations 212 OCT212 6 10 Term 1st Semester BSc Occupational Therapy 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: identify clients with substance abuse and its impact on occupational performance explain the use of the Individual process model as it applies to clients with substance abuse and amputations perform assessments and interventions on clients with substance abuse and amputations Causes and functional implications of amputations, Interview as assessment, Psychodrama, role play, Life skills, Theoretical models in OT, Stump bandaging, prosthetic & wheelchair training, pressure garments, OT Process Intro to OT (OCT117) Human Occupation & Adolescents 863103 (OCT201) Clinical Sciences 2 Trauma & Disease 1, MBS214,215,216 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 70 Lectures p.w 2 2 Tutorials p.w. 7 Supervision lab 21 100 231
Main Content
Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Practicals Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Occupational Therapy Occupational Therapy as it relates to Rheumatoid Arthritis and Diabetes OT RA & Diabetes 213 OCT213 6 10 Term 2nd Semester BSc Occupational Therapy 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: explain the Occupational Therapy Process by selecting the appropriate process model to the setting in relation to Older Adults with Chronic Diseases of Lifestyle select and perform appropriate assessments of an individual or group within a community setting design and implement intervention demonstrate professional behavior with clients in fieldwork settings Chronic Diseases of Lifestyle, UWC OT Process models , Rheu matoid Arthritis and Diabetes, Frames of Reference in OT, Community Based Rehabilitation, Occupational adaptation and environmental analysis, Energy conservation, work-simplification, joint protection, assistive devices and the basics of splinting Intro to OT (OCT117) Human Occ & Older Adults (OCT203) Clinical Sciences 2 Trauma & Disease 1 MBS 214,215,216 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 70 Lectures p.w 2 13 Practicals p.w. 3 Tutorials p.w. 14 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Occupational Therapy Occupational therapy intervention with older adults Occupational Therapy and Dementia 214 OCT214 6 232
Main Content
Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level
Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
10 Term 1st Semester BSc Occupational Therapy 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: describe the occupational performance of an older adult explain the theoretical background of dementia and depression in older adults discuss the theory of aging identify contextual factors which affect older adults describe the assessment and intervention of old er adults Normal ageing, Dementia& Depression (DSM classification), Assessment & intervention with older adults, UWC Occupational Performance model Reality-orientation, reminiscence- and validation therapy Intro to OT (OCT117) Human Occ & Older Adults (OCT203) Clinical Sciences 1 Psychiatry MBS 214,215,216 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 56 Lectures p.w 2 28 Practicals p.w. 3 Tutorials p.w. 13 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Occupational Therapy Work as a major occupation of adults. Work practice in occupational therapy Human Occupation and Adults/Work 305 OCT305 5 7 Term 1st Semester BSc Occupational Therapy 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: apply the Model of Hu man Occupation to adults explain the occupational roles of adults and the meaning of work as occupation in adulthood analyze implications of South African Legal context (labor laws) for occupational therapy practice select & perform appropriate work ass essments for specific clients design appropriate work practice interventions for specific 233
Main Content
Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Main Content
clients Work as occupation, Employment equity act, Work assessment, vocational preparation, training rehabilitation. Supported employment, Entrepreneurship Human Occ & older adults (OCT203) OT & Mental Health (OCT316) OT & Neurology (OCT315) None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 42 Lectures p.w 2 3 Practicals p.w. 1 Tutorials p.w. 12 50 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Occupational Therapy Children as occupational beings Human Occupation and Children 307 OCT307 5 7 Term 1st Semester BSc Occupational Therapy
&
Main Content
3 At the end of this module students should be able to: discuss the importance of play to the development of children, discuss the impact of context on a childs development as an occupational being, analyses and discuss the mother child /career-child relationship and its impact on the childs development, analyses specific pre-school child-factors that affect his/her occupations in childhood, (specifically the occupational behavior, performance and contexts) Occupational behavior of children, Wits Developmental Assessment, Play types, The importance of play & play vs. playfulness Childrens rights, Disability and Play adaptations, Interview skills with parents and children, Child handling skills Human Occ & Adolescents (OCT201) OT & Development (OCT317) OT & Trauma (OCT319) None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 234
Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
28 Lectures p.w 6 Practicals p.w. 4 Tutorials p.w. 12 50 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Occupational Therapy OT applied to Neurological conditions OT and Neurology 315 OCT315 15 7 Term 1st Semester BSc Occupational Therapy
Main Content
Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Test & examination Other: Please specify: Group work Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level
3 At the end of this module students should be able to: explain the effects of neurological conditions on the occupational performance of adults apply the Neorodevelopmetal (NDT) frame of reference within the OT practice framework demonstrate skills in applying NDT principles and techniques for assessment and intervention NDT frame of reference NDT principles, intervention strategies & techniques OT programmes for clients with neurological conditions Kine (KER201) MBS 214,215,216 Physics (PHY218) Clinical Sciences 5 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 92 Lectures p.w 2 9 Practicals p.w. 20 Tutorials p.w. 12 3 26 150 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Occupational Therapy Occupational therapy applied to psychiatric conditions OT and Mental Health 316 OCT316 15 235
7 Semester 1st Semester BSc Occupational Therapy 3 At the end of this module students should be able to demonstrate an understanding of: occupational therapy models as it relates to psychiatric conditions including Mental Retardation skills in applying specific principles and techniques for intervention for these conditions selection and application of appropriate frame of reference for intervention assessing, planning occupational therapy intervention approaches and evaluation in different settings develop discharge/follow-up plans for adults with psychiatric conditions Occupational therapy principles and tec hniques for adults with psychiatric conditions including Mental Retardation Introduction to the Mental Health Act Model of Human Occupation, Model of Creative Ability Creative Ability Group Theory Psych 211, 214 Clinical Sciences 3 Psychiatry 2 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 120 Lectures p.w 2 8 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 86 6 150 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Occupational Therapy Occupational therapy applied to pediatrics OT and Development 317 OCT317 15 7 Semester 1st Semester BSc Occupational Therapy 3 At the end of this module students should be able to demonstrate an understanding of: the effects of developmental conditions on the occupational performance of children the use of the occupational therapy models as it relates to 236
Main Content
Main Content
developmental conditions skills in applying specific principles and techniques for OT intervention selection and application of appropriate frame of reference for intervention assessing, planning, implementing & evaluating occupational therapy intervention. Developmental norms use of the occupational therapy models for children with developmental and congenital disorders Use and interpretation of specialized tests for children Developmental and Sensory frames of reference MBS 214,215,216 Kine (KER201) Clinical Sciences 6 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 105 Lectures p.w 2 5 Practicals p.w. 15 Tutorials p.w. 20 5 150 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Occupational Therapy OT applied to conditions caused by trauma and / or disease encountered in Occupational Therapy OT and Trauma 319 OCT319 15 7 Semester 1st Semester BSc Occupational Therapy 3 At the end of this module students should be able to:: discuss the impact of context on the occupational performance of adults and children who suffers from an illness, injury or trauma select and appropriate occupational therapy models to guide intervention explain appropriate occupational therapy models apply selected occupational therapy models in intervention Occupational therapy models for adults and children with medical conditions Biomechanical, Model of Human Occupation, Creative Ability, Health Promotion and an occupational perspective on community development Splints and therapeutic apparatus Specialized techniques in OT intervention related to burns, hands, cardiac conditions and palliative care 237
Main Content
MBS214,215,216 Clinical Sciences 4 Trauma & Disease 2 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 60 Lectures p.w 2 28 Practicals p.w. 4 Tutorials p.w. 52 6 150 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Occupational Therapy Occupational therapy with adults Fieldwork II Adults 322 OCT322 7 10 Term 2nd Semester BSc Occupational Therapy 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: apply either the INDIVIDUAL or GROUP PROCESS MODEL with adults who require occupational therapy apply aspects of the COMMUNITY PRO JECT PROCESS MODEL Application of occupational therapy, frames of reference and tools of practice with individuals or groups & communities Assessment of context, area and components Planning, implementation and evaluation of occupational therapy intervention. OT, RA & Diabetes, 863106 (OCT213) OT & Dementia 863107 (OCT214) OT & Neurology 863110 (OCT315) OT & Trauma 863111,(OCT319) OT & Development 863112,(OCT317) OT & Mental Health 863113 (OCT316) None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 2 2 70 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Occupational Therapy Occupational therapy with adults 238
Main Content
Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Self-study Fieldwork Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic
Fieldwork II Adults 322 OCT322 7 10 Term 2nd Semester BSc Occupational Therapy 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: apply either the INDIVIDUAL or GROUP PROCESS MODEL with adults who require occupational therapy apply aspects of the COMMUNITY PROJECT PROCESS MODEL Application of occupational therapy, frames of reference and tools of practice with individuals or groups & communities Assessment of context, area and components Planning, implementation and evaluation of occupational therapy intervention. OT, RA & Diabetes, 863106 (OCT213) OT & Dementia 863107 (OCT214) OT & Neurology 863110 (OCT315) OT & Trauma 863111,(OCT319) OT & Development 863112,(OCT317) OT & Mental Health 863113 (OCT316) None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 2 2 70 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Occupational Therapy Review of contemporary issues in the field of Human Occupation Human Occupation 407 OCT407 8 10 Year 1st & 2nd Semester BSc Occupational Therapy 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate understanding of current issues and developments relating to Human Occupation on both international and national level critique historical and current state of occupational therapy affairs in South Africa describe meanings and political nature of occupation in 239
Main Content
Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Self-study Fieldwork Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level redit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Research Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
occupational therapy that are relevant to the transitional South African context Philosophy of the occupational therapy profession Scope of occupational science Different understandings of occupation and health Political nature of occupation, occupational therapy and occupational science Framework for political reasoning Toward Proudly South African expressions of occupational therapy and occupational science HO & adults (OCT305) HO & children (OCT307) None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 56 Lectures p.w 2 15 Practicals p.w. 4 Supervision lab 15 10 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Occupational Therapy Ethics and management in occupational therapy in the South African health context Occupational Therapy 418 OCT418 8 10 Year 1st & 2nd Semester BSc Occupational Therapy 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: explain the principles of ethics in occupational therapy and in health service provision in the South African context discuss ethical issues related to occupational thera py discuss management principles related to an occupational therapy department design a business plan related to provision of occupational therapy services in a practice setting Ethics in occupational therapy in the South African health context Occupational therapy code of ethics Management of a professional health facility Development of a business plan. OT & neurology (OCT315) OT & Trauma (OCT319) OT & development (OCT317) OT & mental health (OCT316) 240
Main Content
Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic
Fieldwork I (OCT 323) Fieldwork II (OCT 322) None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 77 Lectures p.w 2 6 Practicals p.w. 4 Tutorials p.w. 13 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Occupational Therapy The purpose of this module is so that students are able to implement the INDIVIDUAL PROCESS MODEL over an extended period and therefore to see the overall benefit of their intervention. This process serves as an integration of all the previous years theory and practice in preparation for future employment. Fieldwork Individual Process Model 429 OCT429 8 25 Year 1st & 2nd Semester BSc Occupational Therapy 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: apply the individual process model in a specific fieldwork setting develop the community project and group process model Application of occupational therapy frames of reference, theories, models and tools of practice Application of context, areas and component assessments Develop the group and community project process models FW I (OCT323) FW II (OCT 322) None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 56 Lectures p.w 2 20 174 250 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Occupational Therapy Qualitative Research paradigm and process 241
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Self-study Fieldwork Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic
Research (OT) 439 OCT439 8 25 Year 1st & 2nd Semester BSc Occupational Therapy 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: differentiate between qualitative and quantitative research paradigms and describe selected methods in qualitative research produce a research proposal produce a written mini-research report present research results Research paradigms Qualitative research methods Research process Research problem, question and rationale Literature review Trustworthiness Ethics Data analysis and interpretation Acade mic writing skills Research presentation skills Measuring Health & disease (MHD223) None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 126 Lectures p.w 2 28 96 250 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Occupational Therapy Application of the GROUP PROCESS MODEL in intervention with selected clients over an extended fieldwork period Fieldwork Group Process Model 459 OCT459 8 25 Year 1st & 2nd Semester BSc Occupational Therapy 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: apply the group process model in a specific fieldwork setting design interventions according to the community project and individual process model Application of occupational therapy frames of reference, 242
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Self-study Research Fieldwork Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Self-study Fieldwork Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
theories, models and tools of practice. Applicatio n of assessments, Planning, implementation & evaluation of occupational therapy group, individual and community project process models. FW I (OCT323) FW II (OCT 322) None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 56 Lectures p.w. 2 28 174 250 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Occupational Therapy Occupational Therapy 801 Occupational Therapy 801 OCT801 8 120 Year 1st & 2nd Semester MSc (Occupational Therapy) by full thesis 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: identify, analyze and deal with complex research issues drawing systematically and creatively on the theory, research methods and literature of occupational therapy and related fields; master advanced information retrieval and processing skills, and undertake a literature review; master the application of research design, methods, techniques and technologies; undertake a research project and write up a research thesis Research process None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 200 Lectures p.w 1000 1200 Full research thesis (average of inte rnal and external examiners percentages) CFA Community and Health Sciences Occupational Therapy Mini-thesis 803 Mini-thesis 803 243
Main Content Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes Main Content Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
OCT803 6 60 Year 1st & 2nd Semester MSc (Occupational Therapy) coursework and mini-thesis 1 Mini-thesis Mini-thesis reporting on a research project Research Methods, Occupational Engagement, Community Focused Occupational Therapy. Elective module: Occupational Adaptation or Work or Health Promotion None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 100 Lectures p.w 500 600 Assignments: Written mini-thesis CFA Community and Health Sciences Occupational Therapy Occupational Engagement 811 Enabling Occupation 811 OCT811 8 30 Semester MSc.(OT) coursework and mini-thesis 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: apply theory of occupational science by describing personal, social, cultural and political meanings of activities and occupations analyze occupation from the perspective of the environmental influences (ie context) and the personal motivation (ie psychological and social influences) apply ethnographic methods in exploring how the culture in the contexts of institutions and organizations can enable or deter occupational engagement critical appraise the concepts of occupational justice and enabling occupation. The concepts of empowerment and partnership are discussed in contrast to the discourse (language ) of the medical model, which assumes certain knowledge and power within professional roles and structures Occupation for health concepts created by Wilcock, Townsend and Clarke. Occupational Science as a separate discipline of study and/or adjunct to clinical theory The history of Occupation as described by Wilcock in an 244
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks: Practicals Research Self-study Test & examination Other: Please specify: Group work Fieldwork Assessments Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment
Occupational Perspective on Health. Its relevance for current SA context. Organizational culture and the study o f institutions using ethnography as a method Occupational Justice and political action as interventions in OT. Concepts introduced by Townsend, Wilcock and Whiteford. Development of an occupational justice discourse in South Africa Watson & Swartz, Kronenberg et al, and Mollienue. None Research methods, Community focused occupational therapy None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 20 Lectures p.w 20 Practicals p.w. Tutorials p.w. Supervision lab 200 lab
300 One formative assignment: a report on an institutional observation One summative assignment: essay applying concept of occupational engagement in a practice setting. CFA Community and Health Sciences Occupational Therapy Community Focused Occupational Therapy 812 Community Focused Occupational Therapy 812 812 8 30 Semester MSc.(OT) coursework and mini-thesis 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate understanding of community weaknesses and strengths that determine positive and negative occupational pursuits; detect, analyses and demonstrate knowledge in dealing with social and occupational injustices; critically appraise the occupations of people living in any defined community The characteristics of communities as defined by daily human occupation. Study of the nature of a community from an occupational orientation with reference to community vulnerabilities and resources, with collective, groups and individuals in mind. None Research Methods, Occupational Engagement 245
Main Content
Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Practicals Research Self-study Test & examination Other: Please specify: Group work Fieldwork Assessments Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
None Hours 50 50
200
B. Time-table Requirement per week Lectures p.w Practicals p.w. Tutorials p.w. Supervision lab lab
300 Assignments, two formative of 25% each, one summative of 50 % CFA Community and Health Sciences Occupational Therapy Occupational Adaptation 813 Occupational Adaptation 8 30 Semester MSc.(OT) coursework and mini-thesis
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks:
At the end of this module students should be able to: critical appreciation of the core concepts and associated theory of occupational adaptation; critical appraisal of occupational challenges and facilitation of occupational adaptation; provide clients with appropriate challenges to enable their adaptation to new, lost or dysfunctional life roles; apply means and methods of promoting internal adaptation to external demands to enable people to achieve their occupational goals; explore transactions that occur between individuals and the environment and that are dependent in the successful adaptation of intrinsic abilities in response to external demands Some of the transactions that occur between the individual and the environment are dependent on the successful adaptation of intrinsic abilities in response to external demands. The module will explore the demands of everyday life for people living in poverty and help students to acquire a working understanding of the principles of occupational adaptation with specific reference to conditions of poverty or social disorganization. Research methods, Community Focused Occupational Therapy and Occupational Engagement Mini-thesis and one elective module None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 50 Lectures p.w 50 Practicals p.w. 246
Practicals Research Self-study Test & examination Other: Please specify: Group work Fieldwork Assessments Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
200
Tutorials p.w. Supervision lab lab
300 One formative assignment One summative assignment CFA Community and Health Sciences Occupational Therapy Work, Unemployment and Underemployment Work, Unemployment and Underemployment 8 30 Semester MSc.(OT) coursework and mini-thesis
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Practicals Research Self-study
At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate an understanding of the impact of unemployment on the adult life world by: *citing case studies from the Western Cape, *analysing facts and figures of *unemployment in the Western Cape *describing chronic and transitory poverty and related concepts. describing chronic and transitory poverty and related concepts explain the underdevelopment of work abilities in South Africa describe examples of success stories from other countries who improved employment rates through changes in labor practices and occupational strategies propose a strategy to address underdevelopment of work abilities in the Western Cape Exceptional high levels of unemployment and underemployment of work opportunities in South Africa needs to be better understood before solutions to the problem can be implemented The occupational life-world of the adult will be studied by building on undergraduate knowledge, skills and attitudes to develop and apply successful occupational strategies Research Methods, Community Focused Occupational Therapy and Occupational Engagement Mini-thesis and one elective module None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 50 Lectures p.w 50 Practicals p.w. Tutorials p.w. Supervision lab 200 lab 247
Test & examination Other: Please specify: Group work Fieldwork Assessments Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
300 Assignments, two formative (25% each), and one summative (50%). CFA Community and Health Sciences Occupational Therapy Qualitative Research Methods Advanced Qualitative Research Methods 8 30 Semester MSc.(OT) coursework and mini-thesis
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Practicals Research Self-study Test & examination Other: Please specify: Group work Fieldwork Assessments Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment
At the end of this module students should be able to: produce a literature review; demonstrate the principles and practice of selected qualitative research methods by describing research questions, aims and objectives for a proposed study; describe participant selection and research ethics; describe methods of data collection, analysis and ensuring of trustworthiness; produce a research proposal Research paradigms and meta -theories Social Science from Research designs progression of metatheories in Social Science: from positivism to interpretavism to participatory and empowerment approaches; Participant selection; Data collection and analysis; Establishing trustworthiness; Ethics in research. None Occupational Engagement and Community Focused Occupational Therapy None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 50 Lectures p.w 50 Practicals p.w. Tutorials p.w. Supervision lab 200 lab
300 Assignments: Literature review (25%); Verbal presentation of design, aims, methods, participant 248
Assessment Module type PHYSIOTHERAPY Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
selection, ethics, data collection and analysis methods (25%); Produce research proposal (50%). CFA
Community and Health Sciences Physiotherapy Physiotherapy Techniques I Physiotherapy Techniques I 100 PHT100 5 10 Semester 1st & 2nd Semester BSc Physiotherapy 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: define concepts relating to electricity, electromagnetism and energy through writing a test demonstrate ability to use equipment for Cryotherapy, conductive Heating; Conversive Heating; Low Frequency currents safely and effectively through writing a test and demonstrating practical skills in a practical exam demonstrate the ability to select appropriate modalities and treatment dosages for specific conditions through writing a test and demonstrating practical skills in a practical exam describe the therapeutic effects of each modality through writing a test and demonstrating practical skills in a practical exam define the basic concepts of massage and relaxation through writing a test describe the physiological effects of massage and relaxation through writing a test and demonstrating practical skills in a practical exam demonstrate massage and relaxation techniques through demonstrating practical skills in a practical exam Electrotherapy: -Revision of electricity, electromagnetism, and energy -Pain Gate Theory -Van Hoffs Law and Lewis Hunting Reaction -Phases of healing & inflammation of soft tissue Electrophysical agents used in physiotherapy: -Cryotherapy -Conductive Heating: paraffin wax and hotpacks -Conversive Heating: shortwave diathermy, infrared, ultraviolet & Low -Frequency Currents: Faradism -Physiological effects of heat/cooling -The rationale, therapeutic effects and dosage of each of the modalities -Application and Management -Safety and shock Massage: -The physiological effects of massage, theoretical and practical application 249
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals
Self-study Test & examination Other: Please specify: TUT Time Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
-Types of massage for specific regions and conditions of the body (effleurage, kneading, skin rolling, petrissage and tapotment) -Methods of relaxation theoretical and practical application Herbal Pharmacology 407 Physics, Human Biology None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 63 Lectures p.w 3 (1st term) & 6 (2nd term 10 Practicals p.w. 2 (1st term) & 4 (2nd term) Part of Tutorials p.w. 2 (1st term) contact time with lecturer 18 5 14 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CAF Community and Health Sciences Physiotherapy Physiotherapy Clinical Practice I Physiotherapy Clinical Practice I 110 PHT110 6 20 Semester 2nd Semester BSc Physiotherapy 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: identify and solve problems work in a team organize and manage themselves collect, analyses and evaluate information communicate effectively use science and technology recognize problem solving contexts reflect on and explore effective learning strategies participate as a responsible citizen be culturally and aesthetically sensitive Introduction to subjective and objective assessment of patients with: Respiratory conditions: heamopneumothorax, COAD, asthma Orthopaedic conditions: fractures Neurological conditions: stroke Pediatric conditions: abnormal motor development and cerebral palsy Introduction to basic management techniques None Applied Physiotherapy 203 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 250
Main Content
Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
60 Lectures p.w 40 Practicals p.w. 50 Tutorials p.w. 40 10 200 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA
Community and Health Sciences Physiotherapy Analysis of Posture & Movement & Kinetic Handling Analysis of Posture & Movement & Kinetic Handling 111 PHT111 5 15 Semester 1st Semester BSc Physiotherapy 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: define scientific concepts, terminology and kinematic description of movement used in Physiotherapy through writing a test and demonstrating practical skills in a practical exam describe normal development of the spinal curves in relation to posture and identify anatomical structures and landmarks on the human body through writing a test and demonstrating practical skills in a practical exam assess optimal standing of the young adult, analyse biomechanical factors related to standing through a practical test describe fundamental and derived positions used in Physiotherapy through a practical test analyse selected functional activities through demonstrating practical skills in a practical exam measure joint range of movement using a goniometer by demonstrating practical skills in a practical exam demonstrate passive movements, ergonomics of working postures and seating, kinetic handling by demonstrating practical skills in a practical exam perform techniques of transferring and adaptive mobility by demonstrating practical skills in a practical exam demonstrate professional conduct, punctuality and respect of peers, through attendance of classes and through practical assessment Introduction to skeletal and major muscle groups Introduction to scientific concepts, terminology and kinematic description of movement used in physiotherapy Introduction to the normal development of the spinal curves in relation to posture Identification of anatomical structures and landmarks on the human body Optimal standing posture of the young adult, analysis of and biomechanical factors relating to standing, identification of fundamental and derived positions used in physiotherapy 251
Main Content
Self-study Test & examination Other: Please specify: TUT Time Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Analysis of selected functional activities Goniometry for measuring joint range of movement. Passive movements, ergonomics of working postures and seating, kinetic handling Working postures, techniques of transferring and adaptive mobility None Human Biology / Physics (Mechanics) None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 70 Lectures p.w 6 (1st term) & 4 (2nd term) 25 Practicals p.w. 3 (1st term) & 2 (2nd term) Part of Tutorials p.w. 3 (1st term) & 2 (2nd term) contact time with lecturer 16 4 35 150 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Physiotherapy Exercise to Promote Health Exercise to Promote Health 200 PHT200 5 10 Term 2nd Semester BSc Physiotherapy 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate knowledge of basic concepts of muscle action (eccentric, isometric, concentric etc.), muscle strength and benefits of physical activity through writing a test and demonstrating practical skills in a practical exam demonstrate ability to perform muscle strength testing using Oxford scale in a practical examination identify, set goals and implement health promotive exercise programmes for all age groups demonstrate ability to screen functional activities, risk factors and disease by using interviews / questionnaires ability to use circuit training as part of exercise programmes Basic concepts of muscle action Pre-exercise screening: General health questionnaire to screen for risk factors and disease, screening for functional abilities using interviews and or questionnaires Muscle strength testing using Oxford Scale Health promotion exercises and play activities: Design and implement activities across the lifespan for groups and individuals Circuit training 252
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Test & examination Other: Please specify: Group work Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Principles of group work. Creative use of mus ic and apparatus Evaluation of health promotion exercise programme None Human Biology, Physics None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 42 Lectures p.w 6 20 Practicals p.w. 3 Part of contact Tutorials p.w. 3 time with lecturer 12 5 21 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Physiotherapy Applied Physiotherapy I Applied Physiotherapy I 203 PHT203 6 20 Semester 1st & 2nd Semester BSc Physiotherapy 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: describe selected pathologies that result in disease, impairment and disability in South Africa that are related to management and/or treatment by physiotherapy analyses the patients problems in the context of the Internati onal Classification of Functioning Disability and Health (ICF) describe the holistic multi- and interdisciplinary management describe and apply the physiotherapy management Definitions, terminology, pathology and concepts related to communicable diseases (e.g. cholera, parasitic conditions, scabies, gastro-intestinal diseases, hepatitis B, childhood diseases and immunisation, malaria, bilharzias, STDs, tetanus, common micro organisms) Inflammation, infection, immunity, phases of healing (soft tissue and fractures) Pathology, concepts and principles of assessment and management of the diseases / conditions mentioned below: Communicable diseases: TB, HIV/AIDS Respiratory conditions: Pneumothorax / haemopneumothorax, cystic fibrosis, pulmonary TB, restrictive (pneumonia, obstructive (COAD / COPD [bronchial asthma, chronic bronchitis, emphysema], cor pulmonale) and infective (bronchiectasis, lung abscess), interstitial (occupational lung disease, sarcoidosis, fibrosing alveolitis, scleroderma, SLE) lung diseases 253
Main Content
Introduction to respiratory failure, ARDS Orthopaedic conditions: principles of fracture healing, management of upper and lower limb fractures, osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, juvenile arthritis, haemophilia, Perthes disease Neurological conditions: stroke, multiple sclerosis, Parkinsons disease, Alzheimers disease Paediatrics: normal and abnormal motor development, analysis of pediatric gait, cognitive development, cerebral palsy, scoliosis, congenital dislocation of the hip, arthrogryposis, osteogenesis imperfecta All first year physiotherapy modules, HUB (117, 127) MBS (213, 214) None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 126 Lectures p.w 4 30 Practicals p.w. 4 16 Tutorials p.w. 0 28 200 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Physiotherapy Disability and Rehabilitation Disability and Rehabilitation 211 PHT211 6 10 Term 1st Semester BSc Physiotherapy 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: identify and solve problems work in a team organize and manage themselves collect, analyse and evaluate information communicate effectively recognize problem solving contexts reflect on and explore effective learning strategies be culturally and aesthetically sensitive use science and technology participate as a responsible citizen Definitions of disability and rehabilitation WHO International classification of functioning, disability and health Models of disability Institution-based, outreach and community-based rehabilitation approaches Multidisciplinary, interdisciplinary and trans disciplinary rehabilitation teams
Main Content
254
Intersectorial collaboration South African policies: Integrated national disability strategy, rehabilitation policies, relevant education policies, sport policies and employment equity Sport for people with disabilities Vocational training for the disabled None Interdisciplinary Core-courses (IPOC, PHC) None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 40 Lectures p.w 2 20 Practicals p.w. 2 30 Tutorials p.w. 1 10 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Physiotherapy Movement Science II Movement Science II 245 PHT245 6 15 Year 1st & 2nd Semester BSc Physiotherapy 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: define scientific concepts and terminology related to biomechanics (joint kinematics) and exercise physiology through writing a test/exam describe and understand the functional anatomy as it relates to the joints and muscles of the vertebral column, upper and lower quadrants through writing a test/exam and performing a practical test/exam analyse and assess normal and abnormal joint and muscle function through writing a test/exam and performing a practical test/exam demonstrate ability to screen functional activi ties, risk factors and disease by using interviews / questionnaires (PARQ) demonstrate the ability to design, prescribe and implement appropriate exercises through writing a test/exam and performing a practical test/exam demonstrate professional condu ct, punctuality and respect of peers, through attendance of classes and through practical assessment Concepts and terminology related to biomechanics and exercise physiology: -Cardio-respiratory endurance -Open and closed kinematic chains -Joint structure and function
Main Content
255
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Practicals Self-study Assessments Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
-Passive and active insufficiency -Stabilisers and movers of peripheral joints and the vertebral column -Inflammation and phases of healing (soft tissue and connective tissue) -Different methods and equipment used to assess, design, prescribe and implement exercise programmes -Assessment of leg length discrepancies -Functional anatomy, arthro-kinematics and exercise physiology of the shoulder, elbow & wrist and hand -Functional anatomy, arthro-kinematics and exercise physiology of the hip, knee & ankle -Functional anatomy, arthro-kinematics and exercise physiology of the vertebral column -Analysis and retraining of posture -Analysis of normal gait pattern Exercises to improve endurance, joint mobility and muscle length, strength and imbalance using: -PNF techniques for the upper and lower limbs and trunk -Dynamic stability of the lumbar spine -Therapeutic balls, springs, suspension, weights and pulleys -Hydrotherapy Introduction of principles and execution of normal and abno rmal group classes such as knee, back, shoulder, etc. All first year physiotherapy modules MBS (All modules) None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 84 Lectures p.w 3 12 Practicals p.w. 1 26 Tutorials p.w. 3 28 150 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Physiotherapy Applied Physiotherapy II Applied Physiotherapy II 303 PHT303 7 20 Semester 1st & 2nd Semester BSc Physiotherapy 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: describe and understand selected pathologies that result in disease, impairment and disability in South Africa that are related to management and/or treatment by physiotherapy analyses the patients problems in the context of the International Classification of Functioning Disability and Health (ICF)
256
Main Content
describe the holistic multi- and interdisciplinary management describe and apply the physiotherapy management of these conditions application of ethical principles in the management of the indicated conditions describe how South African education policies relate to physiotherapy management South African education policy related to inclusive education Cardiothoracic conditions such as ischaemic heart disease, thoracic (pulmonary and cardiac) and abdominal (laparotomy) surgery and cardio-pulmonary rehabilitation Medical conditions (e.g. hypertension, diabetes, haematology) Orthopaedic conditions: joint replacements, spinal fractures, spondilolysthesis, spinal surgery, peripheral nerve lesions, hand trauma, ankylosing spondylitis and the rehabilitation thereof Burns: adults and paediatrics Oncology: leukemia, tumours Womens health: mastectomy, pregnancy, childbirth, incontinence, reproductive health Amputations and limb deficiencies (e.g. peripheral vascular disease, congenital deformity) Neurological conditions: head injuries, spinal cord injuries, Guillain Barre Syndrome, motor neurone disease, Bells palsy Paediatric conditions: spina bifida, Downs syndrome, Duchenne muscular dystrophy, peripheral neuropathy, HIV/AIDS, poliomyelitis, meningitis, gastroenteritis, developmental coordination disorders, including the use of assistive devices Geronotology: Geriatrics Introduction to ethical principles and theories in healthcare All physiotherapy modules, MBS (all modules) None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 126 Lectures p.w 2 30 Practicals p.w. 2 12 Tutorials p.w. 1 32 200 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Physiotherapy Community-based Rehabilitation Community-based Rehabilitation 310 PHT310 7 10 Term 1st Semester BSc Physiotherapy 3 At the end of this module students should be able to:
257
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level
define the principles, concepts, and terminology used in community-based rehabilitation (CBR): WHO definitions definition of community, community empowerment, community development, community participation, community entry compile a community profile assess the needs of people with disabilities discuss principles of implementation of CBR programmes develop implement and evaluate a project based on the identified needs by completing an assignment and through writing a theory test discuss technology used in CBR demonstrate knowledge of principles of adult education Definition: -Community-based rehabilitation -Community -Community -development, empowerment, involvement -Concepts involved in compiling a community profile -Methods of implementation of CBR Community and family involvement in CBR using an adult education approach: -Training -Advocacy -CBR technology; appropriate assistive devices Development of a CBR project: -Assessment of needs of people with disabilities -Setting objectives -Project implementation -Monitoring of the project -Evaluation of the project Disability and Rehabilitation, IPOC, Primary Health Care & Development None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 14 Lectures p.w 2 50 Practicals p.w. 2 20 Tutorials p.w. 1 16 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Physiotherapy Physiotherapy Techniques Physiotherapy Techniques III 311 PHT311 7 20 Semester 1st & 2nd Semester BSc Physiotherapy 3
258
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Assessments Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level
At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate knowledge of anatomy and biomechanics of the vertebral column, peripheral joints, muscles and nerves demonstrate knowledge of principles of assessment and treatment of vertebral and peripheral joint disorders as well as muscle and nerve disorders demonstrate the ability to clinical reasoning when evaluating a patient by doing a theory exam and a practical test demonstrate knowledge of the bio-psychosocial approach to health care in the field of OMT during a theoretical examination demonstrate professional conduct, punctuality and respect of peers, through attendance of classes and through practical assessment demonstrate the ability to effectively interview clients through a practical examination and role playing define the rationale, therapeutic effects of mobilization of joints, nerves and soft tissue demonstrate ability to apply various mobilisation techniques to joints, muscles and nerves through a practical examination in the management of acute, subacute and chronic conditions demonstrate an understanding of the precautions and contra indications when using the various mobilization techniques demonstrate an understanding of asses sment and treatment techniques relevant to pathologies taught in applied physiotherapy 1 and 2 Introduction to passive joint mobilisation techniques of Maitland, Kaltenborn, Mckenzie, Mulligan Introduction to soft tissue mobilization approa ches of Cyriax, Hunter, Travell et al.) Introduction to mobilisation of neural tissue Exercises to prevent further injury (Recruitment of deep joint stabilizing muscles Australian approach) Advice on prevention of recurrence / joint care / ADL Introduction to health promotion programmes that to promote healthy work- and recreation situations to prevent NMS problems. Introduction to traction as a treatment modality All first and second year modules None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 50 Lectures p.w 2 30 Practicals p.w. 2 40 Tutorials p.w. 1 60 20 200 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Physiotherapy Movement Science III Movement Science III 313 PHT313 7 259
20 Semester 1st & 2nd Semester BSc Physiotherapy 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: define the principles of assessment and evidence based treatment as applied to patients with neurological disorders define neural plasticity and recovery of function describe the theories of motor control and motor learning describe the neuro -therapeutic models used to treat patients with neurological deficits describe the factors that contribute to postural control and mobility discuss the elements of upper extremity manipulatory skills discuss abnormal postural control and mobility revise normal movement patterns of balance, rolling, bridging, sitting to standing, lying to sitting and walking assess and treat abnormal postural control and mobility assess and treat upper limb function apply motor learning principles to re-education of function Revision of: -neuro-anatomy and normal movement patterns -Theories of motor control -Reflex; Hierachial; Systems; Neuro - rehabilitation models: -Bobath -PNF -Rood Approach -Brunnstrom Motor Re-learning Constraint -induced therapy Theoretical Concepts underlying: -Control of posture and balance -Abnormal postural control -Control of normal mobility -Abnormal mobility Elements of upper extremity manipulatory skills Definition a nd stages of motor learning Strategies used to improve motor learning Neural plasticity and recovery of function Assessment and treatment techniques: -Patients with; hemiplegia, spinal cord injuries, head injuries -Muscle tone -Co-ordination -Selective active movement -Proprioception -Range of movement -Balance -Sensation -Muscle strength All first and second year Physiotherapy modules, MBS None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 260
Main Content
Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Other: Please specify: Group work Assessments Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
42 Lectures p.w 30 Practicals p.w. 42 Tutorials p.w. 56 20 10 200 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Physiotherapy Physiotherapy Techniques II Physiotherapy Techniques II 314 PHT314 5 20 Semester 2nd Semester BSc Physiotherapy
3 3 0
Main Content
3 At the end of this module students should be able to: describe the therapeutic effects of each modality through writing a test demonstrate ability to use equipment for ultrasound, interferential, laser, TENS and combination therapy for specific conditions, safely and effectively through practical skills in an exam demonstrate the ability to select treatment dosages for specific conditions through practical skills in a test/exam demonstrate knowledge of anatomy and biomechanics of the peripheral joints of the upper quadrant demonstrate knowledge of principles of assessment and treatment of peripheral joint disorders of the upper quadrant demonstrate professional conduct, punctuality and respect of peers, through attendance of classes and through practical assessment define the rationale and therapeutic effects of mobilisation of joints in the upper quadrant demonstrate ability to apply various mobilisation techniques to joints of the upper quadrant through a practical examination in the management of acute, subacute and chronic conditions demonstrate an understanding of the precautions and contra indications when using the various mobilisation techniques demonstrate an understanding of assessment and treatment techniques relevant to pathologies taught in Applied physiotherapy 1 Revision of electricity, electromagnetism, energy and theoretical concepts covered in Physiotherapy Techniques I. Electrophysical agents used in physiotherapy: -Ultrasound -Interferential Therapy -Laser -Combination Therapy -TENS 261
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Other: Please specify: Group work Assessments Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
The rationale, therapeutic effects and dosage of each of the modalities, application and management Introduction to passive joint mobilisation techniques of Maitland, Kaltenborn Advice on the prevention of recurrence / joint care / ADL Introduction to health promotion programmes that to promote healthy work- and recreation situations to prevent NMS problems All first year physiotherapy modules, Physics MBS, Applied Physiotherapy 1 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 56 Lectures p.w 2 20 Practicals p.w. 2 40 Tutorials p.w. 3 28 10 150 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Physiotherapy Physiotherapy Techniques II Physiotherapy Techniques II 316 PHT316 5 30 Semester 1st & 2nd Semester BSc Physiotherapy 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate the ability to effectively conduct a subjective and objective (physical) assessment on individual clients or groups with various pathological conditions be able to conduct a needs assessment of specific communities (e.g. geographical, sports, schools, etc) be able to identify and analyse problems in the context of the International Classification of Functioning Disability and Health (ICF) apply basic treatment techniques and manage clients at the Primary and Secondary levels of care Students should be able to: Demonstrate the ability to effectively conduct a subjective and objective (physical) assessment on individual clients or groups with various pathological conditions Be able to conduct a needs assessment of specific communities (e.g. geographical, sports, schools, etc.) Be able to identify and analyses problems in the context of the International Classification of Functioning Disability and Health (ICF) Apply basic treatment techniques and manage clients at the Primary and Secondary levels of care
Main Content
262
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study
Assessments Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
All first and second year physiotherapy modules All first and second year physiotherapy modules MBS 214, 216 Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 42 Lectures p.w 2 6 Practicals p.w. 2 Tutorials p.w. 3 42 Supervision lab p.w. Term 2 & 4 students at clinical placements Monday to Friday 210 300 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Physiotherapy The purpose of this course is to give students knowledge and skills to manage a physiotherapy department/practice. Management Physiotherapy 401 PHT401 8 10 Term 1st & 2nd Semester BSc Physiotherapy 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: t he ability to render an effective and efficient physiotherapy service in the public and private sector knowledge of the functions and roles of management within health care services the ability to develop a physiotherapy service the ability to market the physiotherapy profession Management styles Introduction to Practice Management Needs/ market analysis Human resources/ employee recruitment Budgeting: Maintenance and ordering Policies relating to basic conditions of service, labour relations Mediation and conflict resolution Proposal writing & project management Strategic management Quality assurance Record keeping and documentation Safety in the workplace Professional misconduct & peer review All first and second year physiotherapy modules All first and second year physiotherapy modules MBS 214, 216 Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 30 Lectures p.w 2 15 Practicals p.w. 2 263
Main Content
Practicals Self-study
Tutorials p.w. Supervision lab p.w.
3 Term 2 & 4 students at clinical placements Monday to Friday
Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic
5 55 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Physiotherapy The purpose of this course is to enable the student to understand the ethical concepts relating to the physiotherapy profession. Relevant codes of conduct, acts and charters are presented in this module. Professional Ethics in Physiotherapy 402 PHT402 8 10 Semester 2nd Semester BSc Physiotherapy 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate an in-depth understanding of the following concepts: -professionalism and ethics -ethics of care -judgment and moral reasoning -principles of ethics demonstrate the ability to discuss and debate ways of managing moral and ethical dilemmas in health professional practice demonstrate the ability to discuss and debate issues around life and death, abuse and torture demonstrate the knowledge of policies relating to the physiotherapy profession Professionalism and ethics: -Criteria for the physiotherapy profession -Code of ethics Ethics of care: -Care as a practice -Principles of care Policies: -South African Society of Physiotherapy code of conduct -Medical dental and supplementary health professionals act -National Patients Rights Charter -Batho Pele -Children and older persons act -Health Professionals Council of South Africa Ethical Concepts: -Judgment and moral reasoning -Respect for diversity -Abuse and torture -Conflict of interest -Life and death 264
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Self-study Test & examination Other: Please specify: Group work Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic
None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 20 Lectures p.w 20 Practicals p.w. 50 Tutorials p.w. 6 4 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Physiotherapy This course is intended to enhance the understanding of the most prevalent pathologies resulting in disease, impairment and disability in South Africa that are related to management and/or treatment by physiotherapy. Specific emphasis is placed on: Intensive care therapy of the child and adult, Pharmacology, Sports Rehabilitation Applied Physiotherapy 403 PHT403 8 30 Year 1st & 2nd Semester BSc Physiotherapy 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: Demonstrate: knowledge of complex disorders and disturbances in physiological processes requiring physiotherapy intervention ability to assess and manage the psychological and physical needs of the acutely/ chronically ill patient Physiotherapy in intensive care Reasons for admission in ICU Understanding basic principles of mechanical ventilation Principles of assessment and treatment of the critically ill patient Understanding teamwork in the ICU Physiotherapy in Paediatric care Reasons for pediatric admission to ICU Managing the critically ill child Physiotherapy in sports injuries/ Sports rehabilitation Principles of sports rehabilitation Sport specific rehabilitation for conditions relating to the shoulder, knee and ankle Traveling with a team The role of physiotherapy in the medical sports team Pharmacology Indications for medication relating to conditions tre ated by physiotherapists Dosage and contra -indications of medication relating to
Main Content
265
conditions treated by physiotherapists Understanding drug prescription Applied Physiotherapy 11, Applied Physiotherapy 111, clinical practice 1 and 11 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 80 Lectures p.w 40 Practicals p.w. 160 Tutorials p.w. 20 300 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Physiotherapy Research Project Research Project (PT) 404 PHT404 8 10 Semester 1st & 2nd Semester BSc Physiotherapy 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: an understanding of the importance of the process of research in health knowledge of evidence-based research as the basis for evidencebased care ability to write a research proposal; conduct research and write a report Research methodology Appraisal of journal article Evidence-based practice Field work: Carrying out research Proposal writing Data collection Report writing / Journal article Poster/ Oral presentation None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 20 Lectures p.w 80 Practicals p.w. 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type
266
Community and Health Sciences Physiotherapy Physiotherapy Clinical Practice Physiotherapy Clinical Practice III 405 PHT405 8 60 Year 1st & 2nd Semester BSc Physiotherapy 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate the ability to effectively interview patients with various pathological conditions assess patients with various pathological conditions; identify problems a nd manage patients accordingly Subjective and objective assessment of patients with various conditions on: -Primary level -Secondary level -Tertiary level -Communities -School settings -Occupational health -Specialised centres Introduction to management techniques for the various conditions -Maitland mobilization -Soft Tissue massage -Shaking, vibration and percussion -Strengthening and maintenance exercise -Motor relearning -Rehabilitation Clinical Practice 11 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 60 Lectures p.w 50 Practicals p.w. 370 Tutorials p.w. 50 70 600 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community Health & Science Physiotherapy The purpose of this course is to understand the concepts of disability and rehabilitation and develop skills to apply and integrate this knowledge of policies and implementation of outcome measures Disability and Rehabilitation 700 PHT700 267
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic
Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code
9 20 Semester 1st Semester BSc Hons Physiotherapy 1 At the end of this module students should be able to demonstrate: an in-depth understanding of the concepts of disability and rehabilitation knowledge of the models of disability and appropriate rehabilitation approaches the ability to discuss and debate ways of preventing disability and the different rehabilitation strategies employed to prevent disability the ability to discuss and apply knowledge of community involvement in disability issues and rehabilitation. the ability to plan and implement effective and efficient rehabilitation programmes at all levels of care the knowledge of policies relating to disability and rehabilitation Definitions of disability and rehabilitation. International Classification of Functioning Disability and Health: Terminology Coding Application to case study Models of Disability. Medical Model Social Model Bio-psycho Social Model Education/Social Model Causes of Disability. Genetic Poverty Illness and diseases Trauma Lack of information Disability prevention. Primary Secondary Tertiary Policies relating to disability. United Nations Standardisation of Equalisation Opportunities South African Integrated National Disability Strategy South African Rehabilitation Policy Disability Rights Charter Education policies Employment policies Sports policies Standardised Outcome Measures. Definitions Purpose Use of this measuresExamples of commonly used outcomes measures (Barthel and EQ5d) Use of outcomes measures in research articles and reports Validity and reliability
Main Content
268
Rehabilitation service delivery models: Institution-based Outreach Community-based Goal setting in rehabilitation Rehabilitation teams Multidisciplinary Interdisciplinary Transdisciplinary None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 63 Lectures p.w 14 Practicals p.w. 28 Tutorials p.w. 35 10 200 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community Health & Science Physiotherapy Rehabilitation of Children Rehabilitation of Children 702 PHT702 9 20 Semester 1st Semester BSc Hons Physiotherapy 1 This course is intended to broaden the understanding of the different aspects of the rehabilitation of children. It explores determinants of health of children and youth; policies related to the rehabilitation of children and youth; health promotion and prevention of disease; alternative rehabilitation interventions used by physiotherapists and others. It has a strong research focus. It will be presumed that students have a background in normal development and therapeutic management of common disabling conditions of children. Determinants of health of children and youth Rights of the child Social and medical models of health and disability Health promoting schools Inclusive education Role of the physiotherapis t in the school setting Health promotion: child to child concept. HIV/AIDS Treatment approaches related to rehabilitation of the child Single subject research design Research planning, implementation and evaluation Writing a journal article
Main Content
269
None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 54 Lectures p.w 4 60 Practicals p.w. 1 14 Tutorials p.w. 46 8 200 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community Health & Science Physiotherapy Research Project (Literature Review) Research Project (Literature Review) 704 PHT704 9 20 Semester 1st Semester BSc Hons Physiotherapy 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: develop skills in searching databases develop skills in formulating search terms and strategies develop skills in selecting appropriate literature on a specific topic be familiar with factors important in enhancing the scientific rigor of a paper develop skills in reading scientific reports develop skills in summarising research reports apply knowledge on resea rch design, study methodology, statistics, etc to published reports know and understand scales to score methodological quality of published research develop skills in evaluating the methodological quality of research Conduct a review on a physiothera py related topic Exploration of information sources Library databases electronic journals web sources published journals books Scope of published physiotherapy literature Research designs appropriate for PT research Formulating search strategies Systematic summary of literature reviewed Systematic review of literature None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 270
Main Content
Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
20 Lectures p.w 60 Practicals p.w. 120 Tutorials p.w. 200 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment: 60% CFA Community Health & Science Physiotherapy Movement Science (PG) Movement Science (PG) 705 PHT705 9 20 Semester 1st Semester BSc Hons Physiotherapy 1 At the end of this module students should be able to demonstrate: knowledge of anatomy and biomechanics of the vertebral column, peripheral joints, muscles and nerves knowledge of principles and rationale for assessment and treatment of vertebral and peripheral joint disorders as well as muscle and peripheral nerve disorders knowledge of the biopsychosocial approach to health care in the field of OMT. clinical reasoning when evaluating a patient. Applied anatomy and biomechanics of the neuromusculoskeletal system. Principles of assessment of patients with neuromusculoskeletal disorders Introduction to passive joint mobilization techniques of Maitland, Kaltenborn, Mckenzie, Mulligan Introduction to soft tissue mobilization approaches of Cyriax, Hunter, Travell et al.) Introduction to neural mobilisation approaches of Butler, Elvey, Hall Exercises to prevent further injury (Recruitment of deep joint stabilizing muscles Australian approach) Advice on: prevention of recurrence / joint care / activities of daily living in recreational, home and work environment. Introduction to health promotion programmes that to promote healthy work- and recreation situations to prevent neuromusculoskeletal problems. None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 20 Lectures p.w 60 Practicals p.w. 120 Tutorials p.w. 200 Continuous Assessment: 40% 271
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment
Final Assessment: 60% CFA Community Health & Science Physiotherapy Orthopaedic Manual Therapy Orthopaedic Manual Therapy 708 PHT708 9 20 Semester 1st Semester MSc Physiotherapy 1 At the end of this module students should be able to demonstrate: knowledge of anatomy and biomechanics of the vertebral column, peripheral joints, muscles and nervesmanagement of neuromusculoskeletal dysfunction according to the WHO classification of functioning, disability and health to address the impairment, activity limitation and participation restriction. clinical principles, related to patients suffering from neuromusculoskeletal disorders. clinical syndromes and their underlying biomechanical and biopsychosocial constructs. Demonstrate Skills in: Clinical reasoning Neuromusculoskeletal assessment, including the functional impact and health-related quality of life of patients A variety of practical neuromusculoskeletal management approaches Selecting appropriate outcome measures and strategies of evidence based practice Literature searches Scientific writing Case presentations Communication Common neuromuskeloskeletal clinical syndromes. The biopsychosocial approach of healthcare, and principles of evidence based practice Basic neurophysiology of pain, and the process of clinical reasoning Assessment of people presenting with neuromusculoskeletal dysfunction Application of orthopaedic manual therapy treatment techniques, including therapeutic exercise None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 20 Lectures p.w 60 Practicals p.w. 120 Tutorials p.w. 200 Continuous Assessment: 60%
Main Content
272
Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community Health & Science Physiotherapy Research Methodology Research Methodology 710 PHT710 9 40 Semester 1st & 2nd Semester BSc Hons Physiotherapy 1 At the end of this module students should be able to demonstrate: knowledge of research methodologies Skills in conducting research -Proposal writing -Implementing research -Analysis of data -Reporting Knowledge of evidence-based clinical practice Research methodology including quantitative, qualitative, action research, mixed methods Research design (e.g. Experimental, Quasi -experimental, nonexperimental designs) Ethics Problem formulation Literature review Conceptual frameworks Sampling methods Development of instruments (validity and reliability; pilot s tudies) Data collection Data analysis (Hypothesis testing; levels of measurement; interpretation) Reporting of findings Report writing Proposal Writing Movement Science (PG) Research Project: Review of Lit None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 40 Lectures p.w 120 Practicals p.w. 2400 Tutorials p.w. 400 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community Health & Science Physiotherapy Research Methodology Advanced Research Methodology 808 273
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name
PHT 808 8 40 Semester 1st Semester MSc Physiotherapy 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Develop a research proposal to address a specific research question relating to the field of physiotherapy Conduct a systematic review Analyze qualitative and quantitative data Apply the principles of ethics in research Proposal development Conducting a systematic review Qualitative and quantitative research methodologies including Research ethics None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 200 Lectures p.w 4 100 Practicals p.w. 70 Tutorials p.w. 30 400 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Assessments Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type PSYCHOLOGY Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Community and Health Sciences Psychology Introduction to Psychology Introduction to Psychology 111 PSY111 5 7.5 Semester 1st Semester BA (Offered to other departments and faculties) 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: understand the role of psychology in contemporary South Africa identify areas of professional work demonstrate a basic understanding of various areas of psychology (such as emotion and motivation, personality and social psychology) The evolution of psychology Schools of thought in psychology The various types of psychology and registration categories Human Emotion and motivation 274
Main Content
Personality theory Social Psychology None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 20 Lectures p.w 1 (1 hour/ lecture) 15 Practicals p.w. 30 Tutorials p.w. 1 (1 hour) 10 75 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Psychology Brain and Behavior Brain and Behavior 112 PSY112 5 7.5 Semester 1st Semester BA 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate basic understanding of brain circuits and the nervous system demonstrate basic understanding of sensation and perception demonstrate basic understanding of learning and memo ry Brain circuits and the nervous system Sensation and perception Learning and memory None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 20 Lectures p.w 1 (1 hour/ lecture) 15 Practicals p.w. 30 Tutorials p.w. 1 (1 hour) 10 75 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Psychology Psychology of Child Development Psychology of Child Development 121 PSY121 5
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level
275
7.5 Semester 2nd Semester BA 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate basic u nderstanding of the field of developmental psychology demonstrate basic understanding of the various theories of developmental psychology demonstrate basic understanding of the prenatal, infancy, early childhood and middle childhood stages of development Basic concepts of developmental psychology Theories of developmental psychology Prenatal development and the birth process Infancy Early childhood Middle childhood None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 20 Lectures p.w 1 (1 hour/ lecture) 15 Practicals p.w. 30 Tutorials p.w. 1 (1 hour) 10 75 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Psychology Introduction to Research Methods Introduction to Research Methods 123 PSY123 5 7.5 Semester 2nd Semester BA 1 At the end of this module students should be able to demonstrate an understanding of: the field of research psychology the process involved in conducting research some methods of analysis in social sciences Introduction to the field of research Scientific approach to behavior Experimental research Descriptive/correlation research Grouped and ungrouped frequency distributions Measures of central tendency 276
Main Content
Main Content
Measures of variability Measure of position None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 20 Lectures p.w 1 (1 hour/ lecture) 15 Practicals p.w. 30 Tutorials p.w. 1 (1 hour) 10 75 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Psychology The Study of Human Development The Study of Human Development 211 PSY211 6 10 Semester 1st Semester BA 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: identify and solve problems work in a team organize and manage themselves collect, analyses and evaluate information communicate effectively use science and technology recognize problem solving contexts reflect on and explore effective learning strategies participate as a responsible citizen be culturally and aesthetically sensitive explore education and career opportunities develop entrepreneurial opportunities Specific Outcomes Ability to theories and explain human development The ability to evaluate the appropriateness of certain theories of human development The ability to offer a critique of the various theories of human development Physical, cognitive, personality and social development of humans from adolescence to late adulthood Relevant developmental theories None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 14 Lectures p.w 1 32 Practicals p.w. 277
Main Content
50 Tutorials p.w. 4 100 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Psychology Psychological Interventions Psychological Interventions 214 PSY214 6 10 Semester 1st Semester BA (Offered to other Faculties and Departments) 2 At the end of this module students should be able to demonstrate: an overview of the theoretical foundations of the various approaches to intervention an understanding of the process of intervention and the nature of helping relationships knowledge of theories and techniques of c ounseling knowledge of ethical decision making in counseling Specific Outcomes Demonstrate basic understanding of: the field of counseling and psychological intervention the theoretical underpinnings of counseling some methods of intervention in psychological practice ethical decision making in counseling Introduction to the field of counseling psychology Ethical issues in counseling practice Psychoanalytic therapy Person centered therapy Cognitive behavior therapy Family systems therapy None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 14 Lectures p.w 1 32 Practicals p.w. 50 Tutorials p.w. 4 100 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Psychology Qualitative research methodologies 278
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic
Qualitative Research Methodologies 221 PSY221 6 10 Semester 2nd Semester BA 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: identify and solve problems work in a team organize and manage themselves collect, analyses and evaluate information communicate effectively use science and technology recognize problem solving contexts reflect on and explore effective learning strategies participate as a responsible citizen be culturally and aesthetically sensitive explore education and career opportunities develop entrepreneurial opportunities Specific Outcomes Demonstrate an understanding of: Different methodologies and debates in researching Psychological and social reality Students own knowledges at a reflective level. An introduction to the creation of k nowledge Histories of the present Doing an information search Research Design Interpretive Methods Social Constructionist Methods Participatory Action Research Standpoint Methodologies None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 14 Lectures p.w 1 50 Practicals p.w. 30 Tutorials p.w. 6 100 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Psychology Introduction to Psychometric Assessment Introduction to Psychometric Assessment 222 PSY222 6 5 279
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value
Semester 1st Semester BA 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: identify and solve problems work in a team organize and manage themselves collect, analyse and evaluate information communicate effectively use science and technology recognize problem solving contexts reflect on and explore effective learning strategies participate as a responsible citizen be culturally and aesthetically sensitive explore education and career opportunities develop entrepreneurial opportunities Specific Outcomes Demonstrate an understanding of and explore: when to use tests the origins of testing and assessment the different categories of tests contemporary issues in testing group participation and individual projects Basic concepts of measurement Historical developments Uses and abuses of psychological tests Test administration User qualifications competencies of test users Controlling the use of measures in South Africa Fair and ethical assessment practices None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 14 Lectures p.w 1 27 Practical p.w 14 Tutorials p.w. 30 5 100 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Psychology Health Psychology Health Psychology 224 PSY224 6 5 Semester 2nd Semester 280
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered
BA 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: identify and solve problems work in a team organize and manage themselves collect, analyses and evaluate information communicate effectively use science and technology recognize proble m solving contexts reflect on and explore effective learning strategies participate as a responsible citizen be culturally and aesthetically sensitive explore education and career opportunities Specific Outcomes Students will be able to: identify links between behavior and health problems understand and identify the health risks connected to particular diseases critically discuss research done to identify health risks and research to test the effectiveness of intervention strategies explore some of the aspects that impact on the effectiveness of intervention strategies identify the most pressing health concerns in SA and the behaviors and contextual issues that contribute to these problems Introduction to the psychology of health The link between stress and disease Lifestyle diseases (CVD, Cancer, HIV/AIDS) Smoking Alcohol Drugs Weight management First year psychology (useful to have done 861017) None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 14 Lectures p.w 2 30 Practicals p.w. 11 Tutorials p.w. 42 3 100 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Psychology Psychopathology Psychopathology 311 PSY311 7 10 Semester
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration
281
Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
1st Semester BA 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: critically interrogate mainstream approaches collect, analyses and evaluate information communicate effectively develop problem solving skills reflect on and explore effective learning strategies be culturally and aesthetically sensitive develop a social justice perspective Revision of diagnostic classification system Aetiology of mental disorders Anxiety disorders Mood disorders and suicide Eating disorders Personality disorders Substance-related disorders Sexual variants, abuse and dysfunctions Schizophrenia PSY 213 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 14 Lectures p.w 2 20 Practicals p.w. 28 Tutorials p.w. 18 8 100 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Psychology Introduction to Personality Psychology Introduction to Personality Psychology 312 PSY312 7 10 Semester 1st Semester BA 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: Provide an overview of mainstream theories of personality Demonstrate the ability to critically evaluate personality theories within the South African Context Understand the implications of each of these theories regarding psychopathology formation, psychotherapy and psychometry Introduction to the following theories: Freud, Jung, Horney, Erikson, Fromm, Rogers, Bandura, 282
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Test & examination Other: Please specify: Group work Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Test & examination Other: Please specify: Group work Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Skinner, Allport and South African perspectives on the study of Self Successful completion of required psychology 2 modules None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 14 Lectures p.w 1 20 Practicals p.w. 14 Tutorials p.w. 28 14 10 100 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Psychology Quantitative Research Methods for CHS Quantitative Research Methods for CHS 321 PSY321 7 10 Semester 2nd Semester BA (Also offered to other courses) 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: basic quantitative analytical skills introduction to computerized analysis packages understanding of research literature Correlation Regression One sample tests Two sample tests More than two sample tests None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 14 Lectures p.w 1 40.5 Practicals p.w. 40 Tutorials p.w. 5.5 100 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Psychology Psychology of Social Identity and Oppression
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Practicals Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic
283
Psychology of Social Identity and Oppression 322 PSY322 7 10 Semester 2nd Semester BA 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: show unders tanding of identity in South Africa and across the world demonstrate insight into power in South Africa and across the world demonstrate knowledge of difference forms of oppression in South Africa and across the world distinguish between traditional and mainstream verses recent and critical social psychological accounts of identity, power, and oppression in South Africa and across the world Introduction to social psychology A psychology of society Racism: a social psychological perspective Frantz Fanon and racial identity in (post)colonial contexts Black adolescent identity development during and after apartheid Identity dynamics and the politics of self-definitions Women abuse: a critical review Heterosexuality Political leadership in the context of reconciliation Understanding and preventing violence: from description and analysis to social action Successful completion of required Psychology 2 modules None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 14 Lectures p.w 1 27 Practicals p.w. 14 Tutorials p.w. 30 5 10 100 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Psychology Internship programme Practicum 401 PSY401 8 60 Semester 2nd Semester 284
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Test & examination Other: Please specify: Group work Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered
B Psych 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: develop and demonstrate core competencies of a professional counselor Exposure to a range of psychopathological presentations Exposure to clients in need of diagnosis Exposure to clients needing short-term individual counseling Exposure to behavioral risky patients, e.g. suicidal Successful completion of previous semesters module None Should have no outstanding modules from previous years. Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 500 Tutorials p.w. 72 Supervision lab p.w. 2 28 600 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment: 60% CFA Community and Health Sciences Psychology Psychological Interventions Applied Child Psychology 411 PSY411 8 10 Semester 1st Semester B Psych 4 At the end of the module the student should have the: Knowledge of Child Psychology Application to Trauma and treatment of PTSD Knowledge of the various theoretical approaches in Child Therapy with special reference to the treatment of Trauma in childhood Knowledge of developmental psychology i n contexts of disadvantaged communities in developing countries B Psych 3 modules None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 35 Lectures p.w 2 35 Practicals p.w. 27 3 100 Continuous Assessment:50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Practicals Self-study Other: Please specify: Group work Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Main Content
285
Community and Health Sciences Psychology Psychometry Applied Psychometry 412 PSY412 8 10 Semester 1st & 2nd Semester B Psych 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: display knowledge and understanding of psychometrics, testing and assessment, will understand the theory which informs and underpins the process of testing will be able to select, administer and report on selected psychometric instruments will Understand the context in which testing occurs in South Africa Clinical history taking and Mental Status Examination Cognitive tests Self-report inventories Checklists for emotional states, behaviour and symptoms Ethical issues Psych313 Advanced psychometric assessment None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 1 22 Practicals p.w. 10 Tutorials p.w. 30 10 100 Continuous assessment: 100% CA Community and Health Sciences Psychology Psychopathology Advanced Psychopathology 413 PSY413 8 10 Semester 1st Semester B Psych 4 At the end of this module the student should have the: knowled ge of DSM-1V TR Psychopathology differential Diagnostic Decision-Making understanding psychopathology within a South African context 286
Main Content
Main Content
Knowledge of the various categories within DSM 1V and differential decision-making Phenomenology of psychopathology across diagnostic categories Applying accredited systems of classifications within the South African context. BPsych 3 modules None This module is restricted to BPsych students. Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 2 22 Practicals p.w. 20 Tutorials p.w. 30 100 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Psychology Psychological Interventions Advanced Psychological Interventions 414 PSY414 8 10 Semester 1st Semester B Psych 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: to engage in diagnostic decision-making, in accordance with an accredited Diagnostic System such as the DSMIV TR, based on the clients presenting problem demonstrate a detailed understanding of the field of counseling and psychological interventions as related to the theoretical underpinnings of counseling understand methods of intervention in psychological practice in application to case material are explored provide detailed theoretical formulation based on case material and to effectively devise a six session intervention plan, highlighting therapeutic goals as well as integrating psychopathological knowledge and differential diagnostic awareness Psychodynamic theory and Interventions Cognitive Behavioral Theory and Interventions Family and Group Theory and Interventions Multicultural and Community Counseling Integrative Approach Application with case study examples B Psych 3 modules None This module is restricted to BPsych students. Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 287
Main Content
Contact with lecturer / tuto Assignments & tasks Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
28 Lectures p.w 15 Practicals p.w. 10 Tutorials 47 100 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Psychology Research Project Research Project 421 PSY421 8 10 Semester 1st & 2nd Semester B Psych
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered
4 At the end of this module students should be able to: collect, analyses and evaluate information integrate research methods with psychology understand the research process conduct psychological research Sharing research interests, choosing researc h topics, choosing supervisors, providing an overview of the research process, overview of the research proposal, the literature review, overview of quantitative and qualitative methodologies, planning fieldwork, data gathering, data analysis, how to report and discuss findings, writing the research report. 3rd year Psychology & B Psych 3 modules None This module is restricted to B Psych students. Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 14 Lectures p.w 1 48 Practicals p.w. 38 Supervision lab p.w. 1 100 Final assessment: 100% FA Community and Health Sciences Psychology Project Management Project & Practice Management 422 PSY422 8 5 Semester 1st Semester B Psych
288
Main Content
4 At the end of this module students should be able to: understand the basic concepts of Project Management critical issues involved in managing a project competence in designing a successful project Focus on the factors involved in kicking off, leading, planning, organizing and executing a project South African context considered Pitfalls involved in successful comple tion of projects B Psych 3 modules None This module is restricted to B Psych students. Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 14 Lectures p.w 7 Practicals p.w. 7 Tutorials p.w. 19 3 50 Continuous assessment:50% Final assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Psychology Capita Selecta Capita Selecta 427 PSY427 8 5 Term 1st & 2nd Semester B Psych 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: understand professional issues important to the profession understand and apply theories and management approaches to trauma understand diversity issues understand theories and management issues to specific psycho social problems Theories and management of specific management issues Diversity issues in communities theories and management approaches to trauma Ethical issues B Psych 3 modules None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 20 Lectures p.w 1 10 Practicals p.w. 10 Tutorials p.w. 10 50 289
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes Main Content
Final Assessment: 100% FA Community and Health Sciences Psychology Advanced Research Project Psychology 701 PSY701 8 30 Year 1st & 2nd Semester BA Hons (Psych) 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: plan, implement and write up a research project Research process Conceptualization of a psychological research questio n Conducting a literature review Research methodologies of data collection and analyses Reporting and discussing research findings Successful completion of an undergraduate degree with psychology 3 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 24 Lectures p.w 28 Practicals p.w. 84 Tutorials p.w. 24 58 200 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment: 60% CFA Community and Health Sciences Abnormal Psychology Psychopathology Abnormal Psychology 702 PSY702 8 20 Semester 1st Semester BA Hons (Psych) 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: display content knowledge of some of the symptoms of some major mental health categories form the DSM IV-TR; display content knowledge of some of the major aetiological approaches to mental health problems; display content knowledge of the major approaches to treatment for mental health problems 290
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Research Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Main Content
apply this knowledge to case material; apply this knowledge to community level interventions; display content knowledge of the major contextual approaches to mental health; apply this knowledge to the mental health problems studied earlier; apply this knowledge to community level interventions; apply knowledge of both mainstream and critical approaches to understanding learners own personal development in critical thinking Major mainstream approaches to psychopathology DSM-IV multi-axial framework Post-traumatic Stress Disorder Major Depression Paedophilia Schizophrenia Borderline Personality Disorder Critical psychology approaches to mental health Marxist approaches to mental health Liberation psychology and mental health Community psychology and mental health Successful completion of an undergraduate degree with psychology 3 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 137.25 Practicals p.w. 31.75 Tutorials p.w. 3 200 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment: 60% CFA Community and Health Sciences Psychology Clinical Interventions Psychological Interventions 703 PSY703 8 20 Semester 1st Semester BA Hons (Psych) 4 This course introduces students to some of the diverse theoretical models of counseling and advanced psychological interventions and their applications in a variety of settings. Moreover, the course aims to generate an appreciation not only of different styles of counseling, but also of different clients needs. Ways of thinking about counseling and psychological interventions have changed over the years. The course highlights this shift and places an emphasis on some of the more recent developments. Although a balance is forged between theory and
Main Content
291
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Test & examination Other: Please specify: Group work Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
praxis, there is an emphasis on the theoretical assumptions underlying various models of counseling. Successful completion of an undergraduate degree with psychology 3 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 84 Practicals p.w. 58 Tutorials p.w. 6 24 200 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Psychology Research Procedures & Statistics Advanced Quantitative Research Methods 704 PSY704 8 20 Semester 1st Semester BA Hons (Psych) 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: understand quantitative and qualitative research methods collect, analyses and evaluate information integrate research methods with psychology identify and solve problems Overview of Quantitative Research Methods; Ethics of Research; Measurement: Theory/Issues; Research Designs; Control of Extraneous Variables; Factorial Designs; QuasiExperimental Designs; Introduction to Multivariate Designs and Statistics; Regression Analysis; Computers in Research Overview of Qualitative Research Methods; Paradigms ; Interviews; Focus Groups; Case Studies; Feminism; Interpretive Methods; Constructionism; Discourse and Thematic Analysis; Postcolonialism; Postmodernism; Participatory Action Research. Overview of Quantitative Research Methods; Ethics of Research; Measurement: Theory/Issues; Research Designs; Control of Extraneous Variables; Factorial Designs; QuasiExperimental Designs; Introduction to Multivariate Designs and Statistics; Regression Analysis; Computers in Research Overview of Qualitative Research Methods; Paradigms ; Interviews; Focus Groups; Case Studies; Feminism; Interpretive Methods; Constructionism; Discourse and Thematic Analysis; Postcolonialism; Postmodernism; Participatory Action Research Successful completion of an undergraduate degree with psychology 3 None 292
Main Content
Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Test & examination Other: Please specify: Group work Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 84 Practicals p.w. 58 Tutorials p.w. 6 24 200 Continuous assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Psychology Personality Development Personality Development (Hons Psych) 705 PSY705 8 20 Semester 2nd Semester BA Hons (Psych) 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate an understanding of and explore the impact of personal and social-historical influences on the development of theories of personality evaluate theories of personality development and the interrelatedness of theory and research Introduction to Personality Development Definitions of key concepts The study of personality development Criteria for evaluating theories of personality development Successful completion of an undergraduate degree with psychology 3 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 84 Practicals p.w. 58 Tutorials p.w. 6 24 200 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Psychology Social Psychology Social Psychology 707 PSY707
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Test & examination Other: Please specify: Group work Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code
293
8 20 Semester 1st Semester BA Hons (Psych) 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: display content knowledge of some of the theories of social oppression display content knowledge of some of the major theor etical debates on the nature and process of oppression, particularly in low-income countries display content knowledge of the major approaches to understanding violence in all its manifestations apply this knowledge to an analysis of current conflicts in countries at war and in social and civil conflict apply this knowledge in analyzing and changing the impact of oppression, both on a personal, social and societal level display content knowledge of the major contextual approaches to preventing the perpetuation of social oppression apply knowledge of subtle oppressive processes on learners own personal and self-development Major mainstream approaches to social psychology Psychology and Apartheid Colonial medicine and oppression Frantz Fanons theory of violence Structural Violence and its consequence of Premature Death Hegels Master -Slave dialectic Racism, Sexism and Classism- and oppression The South African Truth and Reconciliation Commission From Adaptation to Empowerment Prevention of Socially Oppressive Mechanisms Special Focus on Genocide: The case of the Native Americans, The San, The Holocaust, Former Yugoslavia and Rwanda Liberation psychology and mental health Successful completion of an undergraduate degree with psychology 3 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 84 Practicals p.w. 58 Tutorials p.w. 6 24 200 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Psychology Community Psychology Community Psychology 708 PSY708
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Test & examination Other: Please specify: Group work Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code
294
8 20 Semester 2nd Semester BA Hons (Psych) 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: critically interrogate mainstream approaches work in groups collect, analyses and evaluate information communicate effectively develop problem solving skills reflect on and explore effective learning strategies be culturally and aesthetically sensitive develop a social justice perspective display content knowledge about the differences between mainstream and community psychology approaches display a clear understanding historical perspectives of community psychology display a clear understanding of the theoretical foundations of community psychology display a clear understanding of the different community psychological intervention strategies ability to apply understanding of genesis and management of psycho-social problems to their community ability to implement some of the community psychological intervention strategies Introduction to community psychology Historical perspectives to community psychology Ecological perspective (theory and application) Models of community psychology Intervention programmes in community psychology Understanding and management of HIV/AIDS Behavior change models Workshop training and implementation Support groups and mentor programmes Dealing with the abuse of women and children Risk and protective factors Critical perspectives to community psychology (e.g. Marxism) Successful completion of an undergraduate degree with psychology 3 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 56 Practicals p.w. 56 Tutorials p.w. 3 33 200 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Test & examination Other: Community Outreach; Skills training & Group work Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type
295
Community and Health Sciences Psychology Psychological Assessment Psychological Assessment 709 PSY709 8 20 Semester 2nd Semester BA Hons (Psych) 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: conduct a clinical history taking interview; collect, analyze and inte rpret psychological data regarding the persons past and current level of functioning pertaining to emotional, social, cognitive and personality adjustment, as well as career decision making; work in groups; communicate effectively; develop problem solving skills; reflect on and explore effective intervention strategies; develop a social, cultural, legal and morally ethical perspective; develop a proficiency in certain selected psychometric assessment instruments; display an understanding of the processes of psychological assessment report writing; display an understanding and sensitivity of psychological assessment within the South African context; ability to critique articles on psychological assessment research Introduction to psychometry; discussion of administrative issues, requirements and course-outline Psychiatric History & Report Writing Mental Status Examination Ethics in Testing The Clinical Interview Intellectual Assessment: History, concepts and Intellectual Assessment Cli nical Application, construction of tests, etc. Senior South African Intelligence Scale (SSAIS -R) Dynamic Assessment Infant and pre-school testing Educational Assessment in school settings Projective Tests: (i) History & general concepts etc. Projective Tests: (ii) Specific tests Thematic Apperception Test (TAT) Objective Personality Tests: (i) History & Concepts Objective Personality Tests: (i) Specific Tests 16 Personality Factor (16PF) MB-10 Interest Questionnaire Career Decision-making System Revised (CDM-R) Assessment & Culture/ Race/Gender Issues Neuro -psychological Assessment Forensic Assessment Interest Questionnaires Career Counseling Computer Based Assessment Successful completion of an undergraduate degree with psychology 3 None 296
Main Content
Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Self-study Test & examination Other: Community Outreach; Skills training & Group work Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
None Hours 28 84 58 6 24
B. Time-table Requirement per week Lectures p.w Practicals p.w. Tutorials p.w.
200 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Psychology Philosophical and Social Issues Philosophical & Social Issues 831 PSY831 8 10 Term 1st & 2nd Semester MA Research Psychology 1 The course is not a comprehensive course in Philosophy but a contained discourse on some of the central epistemological frameworks, which has an impact on Psychology as a discipline. The course is intended as a broad introduction to philosophical thinking and meta-theory. Specific aims The specific aims of the course is to ensure that students understand and are able to reflect on: the assumptions and foundational issues of Psychology and linking them to issues in ontology and epistemology, and history of psychological research the nature and development of psychological concepts, propositions, hypotheses and conclusions the forms of reasoning used to arrive at conclusions in Psychology The scope and limits of psychological knowledge and proclaimed scientific methods the relation of psychological knowledge to society What is philosophy?: The nature of philosophical questions and analysis The philosophy of science: -Questions of epistemology and ontology -The role of worldview and theory in epistemology and ontology -Paradigms in science Traditions in trouble: The evolution of scientific traditions: A model of social science Epistemological positions in psychology: -Positivism -Critical theory -Interpretivism and Hermeneutics -Phenomenology 297
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
-Grounded theory -Feminism -Social constructionism Ethics and research None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 18 Lectures p.w 2 15 Practicals p.w. 3 10 Tutorials p.w. 1.3 42 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment: 60% CFA Community and Health Sciences Psychology Programme Evaluation Programme Evaluation 832 PSY832 8 10 Term 1st & 2nd Semester MA Research Psychology 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: analyze and solve problems work in a team collect, analyze and evaluate information be culturally sensitive recognize problem solving contexts Introduction to Programme Evaluation (PE) Planning of PE Uses and types of PE Data Collection Methods Analyzing & Interpreting Information Reporting Evaluation Results None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 14 Lectures p.w 32 Practicals p.w. 10 Tutorials p.w. 32 12 100 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment:60% CFA
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Other: Community Group work Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type
298
Community and Health Sciences Psychology Psychology Qualitative methodology 833 PSY833 9 10 Term 1st & 2nd Semester MA Research Psychology 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: understand the philosophical underpinnings of qualitative research understand the different qualitative methods demonstrate practical qualitative methods demonstrate qualitative data analysis Philosophical underpinnings of qualitative research Phenomenolo gy Grounded theory Social constructionism Ethnography Feminist research Focus group research An honors pass in Psychology and registration as a Psychology Masters student or in an equivalent programme None Should have no outstanding modules Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 14 Lectures p.w 2 36 Practicals p.w. 36 Tutorials p.w. 14 100 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment: 60% CFA Community and Health Sciences Psychology Survey Research Methods Survey Research Methods 834 PSY834 9 10 Term 1st & 2nd Semester MA Research Psychology 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: collect, analyze and evaluate information, integrate quantitative research methods with Psychology, identify and solve problems understand survey research me thods 299
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Other: Please specify supervision Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Other: Please specify supervision Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Introduction and overview of Positivism Types of survey designs Conceptualization and measurement Questionnaire construction Sampling Overview of data analysis An honors pass in Psychology and registration as a Psychology Masters student or in an equivalent programme None Should have no outstanding modules Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 14 Lectures p.w 2 36 Practicals p.w. 36 Tutorials p.w. 14 100 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment: 60% CFA Community and Health Sciences Psychology Advanced quantitative technology Advanced Quantitative Technology 835 PSY835 8 10 Semester 1st & 2nd Semester MA Research Psychology 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: understand the process of designing a quantitative research study and be able to operationalize research questions; plan different designs and fit a design to a research question; select and/or develop instruments to use in the research study; plan sampling; use different data collection techniques; select, execute and interpret appropriate statistical techniques; and do ethical research across/within diverse groups Quantitative research methodology Ethics in research Designs Sampling Instrument evaluation Cross-cultural research Data collection Statistics: ANOVA, Multiple Regression, Logistic regression, Discriminant analysis, and Factor analysis None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 300
Main Content
28 Lectures p.w 50 Practicals p.w. 7 Tutorials p.w. 12 3 100 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final assessment: 60% CFA Community Health & Science Psychology Measurement design and construction Measurement design and construction 836 PSY836 8 10 Term 1st & 2nd Semester MA Research Psychology
2 hours 1 hour X 4 weeks
Main Content
1 At the end of this module students should be able to: a conceptual understanding of assessment, tests and measurement; types of tests a conceptual understanding of ethics in testing and test construction; SA legislation on testing and the history of testing in SA a conceptual understanding of test construction and test validation an understanding of score interpretation: the setting of standards and norms a conceptual and practical understanding of the statistical basis of test construction and especially test evaluation a conceptual and practical understanding of cross cultural and cross linguistic testing and the evaluation of tests for use in heterogeneous groups 1. Introduction Tests, measurements, and assessment: issues of terminology Measure ment levels: relevance for test construction Types of tests: onorm referenced versus criterion referenced oeducational tests versus psychological tests: distinction and different kinds e.g. intelligence, personality, language tests etc opurposes of tests e.g. selection (admission), screening, diagnostic etc; high stakes versus low stakes testing 2. How do we construct tests? The process of test construction Frameworks and constructs Item analysis (choose item difficulty and item discrimination for practical example) Scale construction 3. The meaning of test scores The meaning of raw scores The transformation of scores The setting of standards: brief overview 301
Norm setting: oPercentiles oAge and grade scores oStandard and standerdised scores oNormalised scores Equating scores: what it is, and why and when do/can we equate tests? 4. Psychometric properties of tests Validity: what it is, and how do we evaluate it? (choose one aspect of validity as a practical example) Reliability: what it is, and how do we evaluate it? (choose one form of reliability for a practical example) What are the implications of reliability for error of measurement and test score interpretation? The relationship between validity and reliability 5. The distinction between Item Response Theory and classical test theory and implications for test development and evaluation (psychometric properties of tests) 6. Ethics and standards in testing and test development and history of testing The history of testing in SA a nd internationally (focus on USA): relevance for ethics and legislation: Code of conduct of psychologists: International and SA Code of conduct for educational testing: International APA Standards Legislation in SA: Employment Equity Act; draft legis lation on testing in schools 7. Cross cultural and cross linguistic testing What it is APA Standards on fairness and bias; relevance for SA The development of cross cultural and cross linguistic tests: 22 guidelines of the International Test Commission Central concepts: group differences, fairness, equivalence and bias. How do we evaluate it? 8. Critical testing What is critical testing? Why is critical testing important for researchers? How do we do critical testing?: backwash, argumentation, consequences of testing and stakeholder involvement None 842798 Social work clinical practice None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 18 Lectures p.w 2 30 Practicals p.w. 1 X 4 weeks 4 12 10 74 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment:60% CFA
302
Community and Health Sciences Psychology Research Proposal and Thesis Writing Research Proposal and Thesis Writing 837 PSY837 9 10 Term 1st & 2nd Semester MA Research Psychology 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: understand the research process write up and present a full research proposal Choosing a research topic; choosing your supervisor Overview of research process Overview of research proposal Literature review; overview of methodology (quantitative and qualitative) Data gathering, data analysis, report writing None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 14 Lectures p.w 44 Practicals p.w. 42 Tutorials p.w. 100 Final assessment: 100% FA Community and Health Sciences Psychology Contexual/Community Psychology Contexual/Community Psychology 839 PSY839 8 10 Term 1st & 2nd Semester MA Research Psychology 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: critically interrogate mainstream approaches work in groups collect, analyse and evaluate information communicate effectively develop problem solving skills reflect on and explore effective learning strategies be culturally and aesthetically sensitive develop a social justice perspective Specific Outcomes display content knowledge about the differences between 303
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Other: Group project Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
mainstream and community psychology approaches display a clear understanding of research within the community psychological framework ability to apply theoretical knowledge on case study display understanding of different research strategies within community psychology context ability to critique articles on community psychological research Introduction to community psychology Community psychology and research Ecological perspective (theory and application) Models of community psychology Different research strategies within the community psychological context Published community psychology research Critical perspectives to community psychology (e.g. Marxism) None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 14 Lectures p.w 32 Practicals p.w. 10 Tutorials p.w. 32 12 100 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final assessment: 60% CFA Community and Health Sciences Psychology Masters Health Psychology Health Psychology 840 PSY840 9 10 Term 1st & 2nd Semester MA Research Psychology 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: develop a relevant research agenda explore concepts and theoretical models make link between lifestyle, wellness and illness identify health belief determinants of behavior change explore examples of health psycholo gy research debate research methodology issues understand the relevance of health psychology in South Africa Prevention and health promotion Theories of lifestyle changes Research in health The burden of TB in South Africa Multi -drug resistance and the DOTS programme Issues around HIV and AIDS 304
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 14 Lectures p.w 44 Practicals p.w. 42 Tutorials p.w. 100 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final assessment: 60% CFA Community and Health Sciences Psychology Skills Training (quantitative and qualitative analysis) Skills Training 842 PSY842 9 20 Semester 1st & 2nd Semester MA Research Psychology 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Analyze quantitative data using SPSS -demonstrate understanding of navigating the SPSS environment -demonstrate basic understanding of developing a measuring instrument and SPSS codebook -demonstrate understanding of generating and interpreting descriptive statistics -demonstrate understanding of generating and interpreting inferential statistics -demonstrate understanding of generating and interpreting graphs Analyze qualitative data using one the following techniques: -Thematic Analyses -Discourse Analyses -Phenomenology/Heuristic Analysis -Narrative Analysis -Have a basic understanding of qualitative analysis software (using Atlas Ti) Quantitative data analysis -Basic concepts in quantitative research -Navigating the SPSS environment -Codebook construction -Data capturing -Cleaning and verifying the data -Data management -Descriptive statistics -Inferential statistics -Generating and interpreting graphs using SPSS Qualitative data analysis -Thematic Analyses -Discourse Analyses -Phenomenology/Heuristic Analysis 305
Main Content
-Narrative Analysis None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 60 Lectures p.w 4 40 Practicals p.w. 20 Tutorials p.w. 30 150 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment: 60% CFA Community and Health Sciences Psychology Adult Psychopathology Psychodiagnostic & Assessment 843 PSY843 8 10 Semester 1st & 2nd Semester MA Research Psychology 1 At the end of this module students should be able to demonstrate competence in the: delivery of a range of psychological intervention models evaluation of psychological intervention efficacy delivery of a range of psychological intervention models appropriate to differing age ranges of children, adolescents and adults delivery of a range of psychological intervention models appropriate to differential client groups: individual, couple, family, groups delivery of a range of psychological intervention models appropriate to client groups from different ethnic, socio economic, social-cultural and language contexts Psychodynamic theories of psychological intervention Theories of family therapy Models of family therapy interventions Family consultation and parent feedback Play therapy assessments Models of play therapy Assessing children for psychodynamic play therapy Trauma interventions with children, adolescents and adults Short term models of intervention with children, adolescents and adults Cognitive-behavioural approaches to intervention for children, adolescents and adults Object relations theories of psychological intervention Crisis intervention None None 306
Main Content
Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 88 Practicals p.w. 84 Tutorials p.w. 200 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment: 60% CFA Community and Health Sciences Psychology Adult Psychopathology Psychodiagnostic & Assessment 844 PSY844 8 10 Semester 1st & 2nd Semester MA Research Psychology 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: display content knowledge of DSM IV-TR classification system display content knowledge of major explanations for mental health problems demonstrate competence in diagnostic decision making demonstrate competence in case specific explanations and treatment for selected mental health problems demonstrate familiarity with ICD-10 classification system Approaches to mental health problems Knowledge of DSM-IV TR classification system Knowledge of symptoms of all disorders identified by the DSMIV TR classification system None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 21 Lectures p.w 7X2 44 Practicals p.w. 35 Tutorials p.w. 100 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment: 60% CFA
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type SOCIAL WORK Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value
Community and Health Sciences Social Work Contextualizing The Field of Social Work Contextualizing The Field of Social Work 010 SCW010 5 10 307
Semester 1st Semester Bachelor of Social Work (Foundation Programme) 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: contextualize the role of the social worker in relation to pertinent social issues Defining social work and its role in society Basic concepts in social issues Defining human needs in SA context Defining social issues in SA context Defining volunteerism and its role in the field of social work in SA None Introduction to the Field of Social Work SCW113 Year Level 2 modules Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 36 Lectures p.w 2 30 Practicals p.w. 30 Tutorials p.w. 4 100 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Social Work Contextualizing Social Welfare Policy Contextualizing Social Welfare Policy 011 SCW011 5 10 Semester 2nd Semester Bachelor of Social Work (Foundation Programme) 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Contextualize how social welfare serves to inform Social Policy and Social Work practice Concepts of, social development, and social welfare as introduction to the history and overview of social policies, social work practice and social welfare services in a development context Contemporary developmental social services and policies including structures for implementing service delivery Factors and processes impacting on financing social policies( social welfare legislation), and implications for implementing Social Work services in a developmental context None Introduction to Social Welfare and Social Policy SCW124 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 308
Main Content
Main Content
Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
36 Lectures p.w 30 Practicals p.w. 30 Tutorials p.w. 4 100 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA
Community and Health Sciences Social Work Contextualizing Social Work Processes Contextualizing Social Work Processes 012 SCW012 5 10 Semester 1st Semester Bachelor of Social Work (Foundation Programme) 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: to understand the assessment, intervention and communication processes in social work Micro, mezzo and macro levels of assessment and intervention Basic concepts in communication Different levels of communication Context of and barriers to communication Relationship building skills Attending skills Exploring and action skills None Introduction to the Social Work Process SCW114 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 36 Lectures p.w 2 30 Practicals p.w. 30 Supervision lab p.w. 1 4 100 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Social Work Contextualizing The Philosophy Of Professional Social Work Values And Ethics Contextualizing The Philosophy Of Professional Social Work Values And Ethics 013 SCW013 5 10 Semester 2nd Semester 309
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered
Bachelor of Social Work (Foundation Programme) 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Contextualize Social Work values, the professional relationship and personal beliefs Personal values, traditions and belief systems Difference and diversity Professional values, attitudes and conduct Time management Conflict resolution Managing interpersonal relationships Self-awareness None Introduction to the Philosophy of Professional Social Work Values and Ethics SCW123 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 36 Lectures p.w 1 30 Practicals p.w. 30 Tutorials p.w. 1 4 100 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Social Work Introduction to Fieldwork Education Introduction to Fieldwork Education 101 SCW101 5 15 Year 1st & 2nd Semester Bachelor of Social Work 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate competence in understanding the different phases in the development of the professional relationship in social work demonstrate competence in communication skills demonstrate beginning skills in professional report writing Preparation for the practice environment Overview and orientation to the meaning of Soc ial Work practice Developing communication and listening skills A volunteer placement during the June vacation observing and shadowing of Social Work-in-action Beginning skills in report writing None Introduction to Social Welfare and Social Policy SCW124 Introduction to the Field of Social Work SCW113 310
Main Content
Main Content
Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Introduction to the Philosophy of Professional Social Work Values and Ethics SCW123 Introduction to the Social Work Process SCW114 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 45 Lectures p.w 30 Practicals p.w. 5 72 Tutorials p.w. 2 3 150 Continuous Assessment: 70% Final Assessment: 30% CFA Community and Health Sciences Social Work Introduction to The Field Of Social Work Introduction to The Field Of Social Work 113 SCW113 5 10 Year 1st Semester Bachelor of Social Work 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: describe the role of the Social Worker in relation to pertinent social issues Overview of major issues and needs affecting human security in contemporary South Africa, such as inclusion, the impact of HIV/AIDS, child, youth and family wellbeing Social Works response to identified social issues and needs Overview of fields of practice and multi -disciplinarity The role and function of the Social Worker Human diversity and knowledge of Social Work strategies to alleviate oppression and exclusion None Introduction to Fieldwork Education SCW101 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28/7 Lectures p.w 2 31 Practicals p.w. 30 Tutorials p.w. 1 4 100 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Social Work Introduction to The Social Work Process Introduction to The Social Work Process 114 SCW114 311
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code
5 5 Semester 1st Semester Bachelor of Social Work 1 The main outcome of the module is to provide students with a basic understanding of the social work process and for students to demonstrate competence in understanding and explaining the phases of the professional social work process with particular reference to communication and relationship building skills. Build a professional relationship with an individual, group or community Communication and relationship building skills and techniques Begin, maintain and end a professional relationship with an individual Communicate professionally and effectively with individuals, groups and communities None Introduction to Fieldwork Education SCW101 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 21 Lectures p.w 1 11 Practicals p.w. 15 Tutorials p.w. 1 3 50 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Social Work Introduction to the Philosophy of Professional Social Work Values and Ethics Introduction to the Philosophy of Professional Social Work Values and Ethics 123 SCW123 5 5 Semester 2nd Semester Bachelor of Social Work 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Link Social Work values and the professional relationship with the philosophy of the ethics of care Values and principles of social work Philosophical foundations of social work Knowledge base of social work practice Professional codes of ethics in social work Concepts and philosophy of caring None 312
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Main Content
Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Introduction to Fieldwork Education SCW101 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 14/7 Lectures p.w 1 11 Practicals p.w. 15 Tutorials p.w. 1 3 50 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Social Work Introduction to Social Policy and Social Welfare Introduction to Social Policy and Social Welfare 124 SCW124 5 10 Semester 2nd Semester Bachelor of Social Work 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Illustrate how social policy serves to inform Social Work practice Introductory and historical overview of social welfare services and social policies as related to the development and practice of Social Work Contemporary social services and income maintenance policies including structures for service delivery Factors and processes impacting on social welfare legislation, financing and implementation affecting Social Work services None Introduction to Fieldwork Education SCW101 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28/7 Lectures p.w 2 32 Tutorials p.w. 1 1 30 2 100 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Social Work Basic Fieldwork Education Basic Fieldwork Education 201 SCW201 6
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level
313
30 Year 1st & 2nd Semester Bachelor of Social Work 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate competence in applying appropriate intervention skills and techniques from a strengths-based and antidiscriminatory perspective to pertinent social issues encountered within the context of a supervised, field work placement demonstrate competence in basic professional report writing Beginner level Social Work practice in community work laboratory Social group work a weekly placement in the community Beginner level practice in social work at a micro level Macro Social Work Project Basic skills in professional report writing Introduction to Social Welfare and Social Policy SCW114 Introduction to the Field of Social Work SCW113 Introduction to the Philosophy of Professional Social Work Values and Ethics SCW123 Introduction to the Social Work Process SCW124 Introduction to Fieldwork Education SCW101 The Social Work at Macro level SCW214 Social Work at Mezzo Level SCW213 The Social Work at Micro Level SCW212 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 2 100 Practicals p.w. 100 Tutorials p.w. 1 70 2 300 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Social Work The Social Work Process at Micro Level The Social Work Process at Micro Level 212 SCW 212 6 10 Semester 1st Semester Bachelor Of Social Work 2 The main outcome of the module is for students to demonstrate competence in the application of skills and techniques when working with individuals from strengths and anti-discriminatory perspective within the context of the Social Work Process. 314
Main Content
Main Content
Develop competence in appropriate intervention for a strengths and anti-discriminatory Social Work perspective on a micro level. Introduction to Social Welfare and Social Policy SCW114 Introduction to the Field of Social Work SCW113 Introduction to the Philosophy of Professional Social Work Values and Ethics SCW123 Introduction to the Social Work Process SCW124 Introduction to Fieldwork Education SCW101 Basic Fieldwork Education SCW201 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 2 30 Practicals p.w. 30 Tutorials p.w. 12 Supervision lab p.w. 1 100 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Social Work The Social Work Process At Mezzo Level The Social Work Process At Mezzo Level 213 SCW213 6 10 Semester 1st Semester Bachelor of Social Work 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: Within the context of the Social Work process, demonstrate competence in the application of group work skills and techniques from a strengths-and anti-discriminatory perspective Overview of group work as a method of Social Work intervention Theory and practice skills for social group work practice Roles and skills of a social group worker Qualities of a competent group leader Overview of the different types of groups and their functions in society Group formation and phases Introduction to Social Welfare and Social Policy SCW114 Introduction to the Field of Social Work SCW113 Introduction to the Philosophy of Professional Social Work Values and Ethics SCW123 Introduction to the Social Work Process SCW124 Introduction to Fieldwork Education SCW101 Basic Field Work Education SCW201 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 2 315
Main Content
Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
30 Practicals p.w. 30 Tutorials p.w. 12 100 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Social Work The Social Work Process at Macro Level The Social Work Process at Macro Level 214 SCW214 6 10 Semester 2nd Semester Bachelor of Social Work 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate competence in the application of community work and community development skills and techniques from a people-centered strengths-and anti-discriminatory perspective, within the context of the Social Work process Brief history, conceptualization, definitions, approaches, strategies and processes Developmental social welfare, community work, community development the process of the community work/development, leadership development and participatory democracy Techniques of anti-discriminatory and strengths-based practice at a macro level Introduction to Social Welfare and Social Policy SCW 124 Introduction to the Field of Social Work SCW113 Introduction to the Philosophy of Professional Social Work Values and Ethics SCW123 Introduction to the Social Work Process SCW114 Basic Field Work Education SCW201 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 30 Lectures p.w 3 20 Practicals p.w. 2 35 Tutorials p.w. 4 15 100 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Social Work Intermediate Fieldwork Education Intermediate Fieldwork Education 301 SCW301 316
Main Content
Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code
7 40 Year 1st & 2nd Semester Bachelor of Social Work 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate competence in applying intervention strategies, techniques and skills to pertinent social issues that are encountered in the Social Work field of practice demonstrate competence in intermediate professional report writing Weekly simulated exercises and role plays on intervention on micro, mezzo and macro levels during the laboratory sessions Weekly fieldwork experience with children and families in the community for 1 day per week over two semesters In the first semester weekly micro and mezzo intervention sessions in the community focusing on the particular social issue utilizing appropriate intervention approaches, strategies and techniques In the second semester application of appropriate intervention approaches on macro level, intervention in social exclusion issues Family-in- community research project over two semesters Intermediate skills in professional report writing over two semesters In the first semester micro & mezzo intervention presentation In the second semester macro intervention presentation Basic Fieldwork Education SCW201 Intervention: Social Inclusion SCW315 The impact of HIV/AIDS on well-being SCW314 Intervention: Family well-being SCW313 Intervention: Youth well -being SCW312 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 3 100 Practicals p.w. 2 200 Tutorials p.w. 4 68 4 400 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Social Work Child and Youth Well-being Child and Youth Well-being 312 SCW312 7 10 Semester 1st Semester 317
Main Content
Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered
Bachelor of Social Work 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate knowledge of appropriate intervention approaches, strategies, techniques and skills, in order to maintain child and youth wellbeing on micro, mezzo and macro levels in South African society. Key legislative developments, specifically fo cusing on the Childrens Act and other Child Care Policies Children, Youth and Social Services Rights linked with the relevant policies, referring to UNCRC and the African Charter. Family preservation as a key principle in child protection Impact on parental roles and family systems Simulated lab exercises and role plays demonstrating the role of the social worker during intervention, in a multi-disciplinary context The Social Work process at Macro level SCW214 The Social Work process at Mezzo Level SCW213 The Social Work process at Micro Level SCW212 Basic Field Education SCW201 Intermediate Fieldwork Education SCW301 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 48 Lectures p.w 20 Practicals p.w. 20 Tutorials p.w. 12 Supervision lab p.w. 2 100 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Social Work Intervention: Family Well-Being Intervention: Family Well-Being 313 SCW313 7 10 Semester 1st Semester Bachelor of Social Work 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: evaluate and apply appropriate micro and macro intervention strategies and techniques to South African family situations. Factors impacting on South African families historical, sociocultural, economic, relational Different approaches to dealing with family issues Narrative, strengths -based, structural and anti-discriminatory intervention strategies and techniques with South African families 318
Main Content
Main Content
The Social Work process at Macro level SCW214 The Social Work process at Mezzo Level SCW213 The Social Work process at Micro Level SCW212 Basic Field Education SCW201 Intermediate Fieldwork Education SCW301 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 48 Lectures p.w 2 20 Practicals p.w. 20 Supervision lab p.w. 2 12 100 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Social Work Intervention: The Impact of HIV and Aids on Well-Being Intervention: The Impact of HIV and Aids on Well-Being 314 SCW314 7 10 Semester 2nd Semester Bachelor of Social Work 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: describe the impact of HIV/AIDS on well -being and demonstrate critical application of appropriate intervention strategies and techniques at micro, mezzo and macro levels to HIV/AIDS Social Work and health care with the emphasis on HIV/AIDS Selection and use of the appropriate intervention approaches, strategies, techniques and skills in addressing HIV/AIDS The Social Work process at Macro level SCW214 The Social Work process at Mezzo Level SCW213 The Social Work process at Micro Level SCW212 Basic Field Education SCW201 Intermediate Fieldwork Education SCW301 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 48 Lectures p.w 2 20 Practicals p.w. 2 20 Supervision lab p.w. 2 12 100 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA
Main Content
Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type
319
Community and Health Sciences Social Work Intervention: Social Inclusion Intervention: Social Inclusion 315 SCW315 7 10 Semester 2nd Semester Bachelor of Social Work 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate competence in the knowledge and critical application of strategies and techniques which facilitate the inclusion of marginalized, socially excluded, dispossessed, vulnerable and at-risk groups within a local context Origins of social inclusio n and exclusion Overview of forms of social exclusion and related issues of vulnerability from a global and local perspective Selection and use of the appropriate intervention approaches, strategies, techniques and skills in addressing social exclusion issues Macro level intervention Simulated lab exercises and role play on social inclusion strategies and techniques The Social Work process at Macro level SCW214 The Social Work process at Mezzo Level SCW213 The Social Work process at Micro Level SCW212 Basic Field Education SCW201 Intermediate Field Work Education SCW301 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 48 Lectures p.w 2 20 Practicals p.w. 1 20 Tutorials p.w. 12 100 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Social Work Advanced Field Work Education Advanced Field Work Education 401 SCW401 8 60 Year 1st & 2nd Semester Bachelor of Social Work 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: 320
Main Content
Main Content
demonstrate competence in the integration and application of core strategies, concepts, principles and techniques of Social Work practice at all levels (micro, mezzo and macro), within the context of a supervised field work placement demonstrate competence in advanced professional report writing Engage in advanced practice in fieldwork placement for 560 hours at organization Assess, intervene and evaluate at an advanced level to chosen field of practice using strengths-based, narrative and antidiscriminatory approaches on micro, mezzo and macro levels Assess needs and develop logical framework for addressing needs Evaluate policy, planning and practice in organization Advanced skills in professional report writing Critical reflection on practice from a justice and ethics of care perspective Intermediate Field Work Education SCW301 Advanced Social Policy and Planning SCW413 Advanced Study of Specific Fields of Care SCW414 Advanced Social Work Intervention SCW415 Research Methodology SCW411 Research Project SCW406 Advanced Social Work Ethics SCW412 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 20 Lectures p.w 80 Practicals p.w. 478 Tutorials p.w. 20 2 600 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Social Work Social Work Research Project Social Work Research Project 406 SCW406 8 10 Year 1st & 2nd Semester Bachelor of Social Work 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: compile and submit a research report that includes identification of a research problem, application of appropriate research methodology, a literature review, interpretation of data, evaluation of research process and recommendations regarding the research problem Writing a research proposal, including: Identifying a research 321
Main Content
Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
problem, conducting a literature review proposed research methodology, ethical considerations Executing the research process, namely data collection, data analysis and data verification Drafting a research report with research findings, conclusions and recommendations Intervention: Social Inclusion SCW315 Intervention: The impact of HIV/AIDS on well -being SCW314 Intervention: Child and Youth Well-being SCW312 Intervention: Family Well-being SCW313 Intermediate Field Work Education SCW301 Advanced Field Work Education SCW401 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 20 Lectures p.w 20 Practicals p.w. 10 Tutorials p.w. 48 2 100 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment (Research report): 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Social Work Social Work Research Methodology Social Work Research Methodology 411 SCW411 8 10 Semester 1st Semester Bachelor of Social Work 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: critically compare research paradigms and apply relevant research methodology to Social Work practice Qualitative and quantitative research methodologies including research methods and data analysis Research strategies Intervention: Social Inclusion SCW315 Intervention: The impact of HIV/AIDS on well -being SCW314 Intervention: Child and Youth Well-being SCW312 Intervention: Family Well-being SCW313 Intermediate Field Work Education SCW301 Advanced Field Work Education SCW401 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 48 Lectures p.w 3 10 Practicals p.w. 27 Tutorials p.w. 15 100 322
Main Content
Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time
Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Social Work Advanced Social Work Ethics Advanced Social Work Ethics 412 SCW412 8 10 Semester 1st Semester Bachelor of Social Work 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: prese nt and defend perspectives of ethics of care and social justice, critically applied to the field of Social Work practice The ethics of care approach Social justice approach The difference between the ethics of care and social justice approaches Application of the ethics of care and social justice approaches to Social Work Selection of a field of Social Work practice for application of above approaches Intervention: Social Inclusion SCW315 Intervention: The impact of HIV/AIDS on well-being SCW314 Intervention: Child and Youth Well-being SCW312 Intervention: Family Well-being SCW313 Intermediate Field Work Education SCW301 Advanced Field Work Education SCW401 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 33 Lectures p.w 3 50 Practicals p.w. 17 Tutorials p.w. 100 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Social Work Advanced Social Policy And Planning Advanced Social Policy And Planning 413 SCW413 8 10 Semester 1st Semester Bachelor of Social Work 4 323
Main Content
Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
At the end of this module students should be able to: describe how policies impact on social issues and service provision in the South African context The social, economic and political context of social policy Social policy and planning Policy making processes Social policy and social welfare programmes Critical analysis of social welfare policy in South Africa Intervention: Social Inclusion SCW315 Intervention: The impact of HIV/AIDS on well -being SCW314 Intervention: Child and Youth Well-being SCW312 Intervention: Family Well-being SCW313 Intermediate Field Work Education SCW301 Advanced Field Work Education SCW401 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 48 Lectures p.w 3 30 Practicals p.w. 22 Tutorials p.w. 100 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Social Work Advanced Study of Specific Fields of Care Advanced Study of Specific Fields of Care 414 SCW414 8 10 Semester 1st Semester Bachelor of Social Work 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate understanding of Specific Fields of Care field of practice identify and describe risks, strengths, and demographic trends in the Specific Fields of Care assess, intervene and evaluate from a strengths -based and antidiscriminatory perspective in the fields of practice demonstrate understanding of relevant policies and legislation in the particular fields describe the roles of different service providers and stakeholders in the fields Indicators of particular problems, relevant policy and legislation, impact of trauma, and anti-discriminatory and strengths-based assessment, intervention and evaluation strategies and the roles of service providers and stakeholders Intervention: Social Inclusion SCW315 Intervention: The impact of HIV/AIDS on well-being SCW314 Intervention: Child and Youth Well-being SCW312 Intervention: Family Well-being SCW313
Main Content
324
Intermediate Field Work Education SCW301 Advanced Field Work Education SCW401 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 60 Lectures p.w 2 20 Practicals p.w. 14 Tutorials p.w. 6 100 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Social Work Advanced Social Work Intervention Advanced Social Work Intervention 415 SCW415 8 10 Semester 1st Semester Bachelor of Social Work 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate competence in the application of the techniques of anti-discriminatory, narrative, strength-based and structural perspectives, in assessment, intervention and evaluation Introduction to theoretical frameworks Critical theory and social constructions Approaches to assessment Application of strengths -based and critical autobiographical approach to assessment Approaches to intervention Application of relevant intervention techniques Approaches to evaluation Participatory evaluation Intervention: Social Inclusion SCW315 Intervention: The impact of HIV/AIDS on well-being SCW314 Intervention: Child and Youth Well-being SCW312 Intervention: Family Well-being SCW313 Intermediate Field Work Education SCW301 Advanced Field Work Education SCW401 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 48 Lectures p.w 3 10 Practicals p.w. 15 Tutorials p.w. 27 100 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA
Main Content
Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type
325
Module Name Home Department Module Code Credit Value Duration Module Type Level Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time
Methods of Student Assessment
Constructions of Children and Childhood Social Work SCF706 10 Semester Faculty 8 Demonstrate knowledge of different conceptions of childhood historically and geographically Critically analyse the notion of childhood Demonstrate knowledge of diversity in South African childhoods Theoretical underpinnings of children and childhood Childhood as a Social Construction Historical notions of childhood Children as Citizens active and participatory citizens None All other core modules None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 26 hours Assignments & tasks: 26 hours Tests & examinations: None Self-study: 48 hours Total learning time: 100 hours Formative Assessment: 50% Summative Assessment: 50% Parent and Child Interaction Social Work SCF711 20 MA Child and Family Studies Semester Faculty 8 At the end of the module a student will be able to: Demonstrate an understanding of parenting styles and processes Critically analyse the notion of parenthood Understand the notion of cultural diversity in South African parenting Theoretical underpinnings of parenting Developmental perspectives of parenting styles and processes Constructions of parenthood Parenting and Culture Parenting and Family Form Strategies or techniques of Contemporary parenting None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 60 Self-study: 100 Total learning time: 200 Formative Assessment: 50% Summative Assessment: 50% 326
Module Name Home Department Module Code Credit Value Programme Duration Module Type Level Main Outcomes
Main Content
Main Content
Youth in Urban Society Social Work SCF710 20 MA Child and Family Studies Semester Faculty 8 At the end of the module a student will be able to: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of different theoretical frameworks of youth studies Understand cultural and institutional constructions of youth Theoretical underpinnings of understanding youth Youth and Culture Youth At-risk Youth and Relationships Youth and Gender Youth and Education Youth and Work None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 60 Self-study: 100 Total learning time: 200 Formative Assessment: 50% Summative Assessment: 50% Childrens rights, family and society Law Faculty SCF709 20 MA Child and Family Studies Semester University 8 At the end of the module the student will be able to: Understand different declarations on children's rights in Africa and South Africa Understand the application of international human rights to domestic law in Africa and South Africa, with special reference to vulnerable groups of children in African settings Understand the role of children's rights monitoring structures, including international and national NGO's and other relevant bodies which play a role in monitoring the implementation of children's rights Understand principles concerning the best interests of the child and the right of the child to be heard and seen in light of the UN Convention and various legal situations, private and public, that involve children. The Convention on the Rights of the Child: Childrens rights as human rights The African Charter on the Rights and Welfare of the Child and relevant international law
Main Content
327
Children's lives and welfare in light of changing policies and processes of globalization Children's rights with respect to major societal institutions, such as family, schools, the justice system, and the welfare system None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 60 Self-study: 100 Total learning time: 200 Formative Assessment: 50% Summative Assessment: 50% Policies and Programmes for Families in Poverty Social Work SCF707 20 MA Child and Family Studies Semester Faculty 8 Assess policies, strategies and programmes relevant to family poverty Past and present policies in relation to family Analyses of policies Theories of poverty Relating theory to practice Strategies and programmes to combat poverty None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 60 Self-study: 100 Total learning time: 200 Formative Assessment: 50% Summative Assessment: 50% Child Protection Social Work SCF708 20 MA Child and Family Studies Semester Faculty 8 Be familiar with relevant legislation in relation to child protection Demonstrate understanding of situations causing vulnerability in childhood Critically evaluate types of interventions in child protection Theoretical explanations of child vulnerability Theoretical underpinnings of child protection Contextualising child protection 328
Module Name Home Department Module Code Credit Value Programme Duration Module Type Level Main Outcomes Main Content
Main Content
Legislative framework for child protection Interventions in child protection None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 60 Self-study: 100 Total learning time: 200 Formative Assessment: 50% Summative Assessment: 50% Families and Households Social Work SCF705 10 MA Child and Family Studies Semester Faculty 8 At the end of the module a student will be able to: Analyse the impact of macro and micro influences on family practices Appreciate the diversity of family practices Recognise power relations in contemporary families Family practices Life course Gender Generation Race Resources None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 26 hours Assignments & tasks: 26 hours Tests & examinations: None Self-study: 48 hours Total learning time: 100 hours Interactive e-learning tasks Collaborative assignment Research exercise on family in community Department of Social Work *Applied Research Methods *Applied Research Methods Leave blank 20 Semester MA Child and Family Studies 8 Analyse the theoretical and philosophical bases of research in Child and Family Studies from various perspectives. Identify a research problem in Child and Family Studies and 329
Main Content
Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Credit Value Duration Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes
Main Content
design a research proposal. Discuss ethical issues in research in Child and Family Studies. Collect, analyse research data. Write and present a research report. * Unit 1: Research Theory Research theory and philosophy Hermeneutics, empiricism, phenomenology, idealism, critical theory and rationalism, positivism and contemporary research theories. Types of research methodologies Historical, comparative, descriptive correlational, experimental, evaluation, action, feminist/identity politics and cultural. Research problem and hypothesis Null and alternative, statistical and non-statistical hypotheses. Literature review Critiques, style, referencing and plagiarism Research sample and sampling methods Ethics in research Informed consent/indemnity Validity, reliability and objectivity issues Research proposal/thesis writing Format Unit 2: Qualitative Research Methods (Emphasis on interpretive techniques) Ethnography; Case study; Biography; Interview techniques; design and analysis of interview data; Focus group method and data analysis Observational methods and analysis Audiovisual technique, data and image analysis Multi-method or Mixed research methods Qualitative and quantitative - Triangulation Unit 3: Quantitative Techniques Descriptive statistics Types of data/measurement Graphing techniques Sampling Inferential Statistics: Statistical significance and hypothesis testing; T-test; Chi square statistic/non-parametric statistical methods; Correlation methods (E.g. Pearsons product moment correlation); Regression (Simple linear regression); Analysis of variance/post-hoc tests Computer-based data analysis
Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Selfstudy Total Learning Time Methods of Student Assessment
Hours *40 *60 *100 200 *50% Formative assessments (Assignments, group work; presentations) 50% Summative assessment (Assignment) Advanced Classical and Contemporary Theories about the Family Social Work SCF702 10 Semester 330
Module Name Home Department Module Code Credit Value Duration
Module Type Level Main Outcomes
Main Content
Faculty 8 Demonstrate understanding of the main theoretical perspectives on families Distinguish between notions of family and household Critically interrogate assumptions underlying policies and practices relating to families Contested conceptualisations of Family and Household familism, familialism, family values Classical theories of Family Functionalism and Systems Theory, Phenomenological Approaches, Critical Perspectives Contemporary theories of Family Postmodernism and Poststructuralism None Other core modules None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 hours Assignments & tasks: 60hours Tests & examinations: Self-study: 100 hours Practicals: Other (specify): Total learning time: 100 hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 26 hours Assignments & tasks: 26 hours Tests & examinations: None Self-study: 48 hours Practicals: Other (specify): Total learning time: 100 hours Community and Health Sciences Social Work Mini-thesis Social Work Mini-Thesis 801/802 SCW801/802 9 60 2 years Departmental: Proposal 1st year Thesis 2nd year Masters in Social Work 9 At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate the ability to select and implement appropriate research designs, methods, techniques and technologies for a specific research problem in the chosen field of social work e ngage in current research and professional study related to the chosen field and present and communicate the findings according to criteria for a research report None Advanced Quantitative Research Methods SCF812 Advanced Qualitative Research Methods SCF813 None 331
Main Content Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Assignments & tasks Research Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
None Hours
600 600 Final Assessment: 100% FA
B. Time-table Requirement per week Practicals p.w. Supervision is required Supervision lab As required by the supervisor
Community and Health Sciences Social Work Social Work Practicum Social Work Practicum 809 SCW809 9 25 2 years 2nd Semester Masters in Social Work 9 At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate competency in advanced intervention and evaluation application in a specific clinical practice setting.(practicum) Fieldwork assignments for advanced socio -clinical interventions in a selected field of practice, related to contemporary social issues in the Western Cape including practical work under supervision and field evaluation and relevant reports for educational supervision None Social Work Clinical Practice SCW811 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 20 Lectures p.w 60 Practicals p.w. Supervision is required 160 Tutorials p.w. 10 250 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Social Work Social Work Admin and Human Resource Management Social work Admin and Human Resource Management 810 SCW810 9 25 Semester 2nd Semester Masters in Social Work 9
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level
332
Main Outcomes
Main Content
At the end of this module students should be able to: Present a critical descriptive analysis of the planning, organizing, controlling and leading as related to organizational management tasks in a selected organization and more specific also to human resource management, based on selected theoretical guidelines. Participatory leadership and democracy; Planning for agency effectiveness; organizing and designing structural issues; developing human resources; elementary budgeting principles; evaluating human service programs None Social Work Supervision and Consultancy SCW 815 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 63 Lectures p.w 62 Practicals p.w. Supervision is required 125 Tutorials p.w. 250 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Social Work Clinical Social Work Social Work Clinical Practice 811 SCW811 9 25 Semester 1st Semester Masters in Social Work 9 Critical assessment of social work theories for clinical practice; assessment and interventions from a strength -based perspective as applied to a specific contemporary social issue Philosophy of strength-based assessment and interventions social work advanced socio-clinical assessments and intervention from a strength-based perspective as applied to a specific contemporary social issue -on individual, group and community levels. None Social Work Practicum SCW809 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 63 Lectures p.w 62 Practicals p.w. Supervision is required 125 Tutorials p.w. 250 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA 333
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type
Community and Health Sciences Social Work Social supervision/consultancy Social Work Supervision and Consultancy 815 SCW815 9 25 Semester 1st Semester Masters in Social Work 9 At the end of this module students should be able to: Based on relevant model guidelines, assess management and utilization of volunteers in a selected organization Present a plan for educational, administrative and supportive supervision in a selected organization, referring to core content guidelines. Principles of democracy and social justice and power and authority in supervision; leadership; motivation; elements of supervision; supervising professionals, paraprofessionals and volunteers; a model for supervision; consultancy and supervision. None Social Work Admin and Human Resource Management SCW810 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 63 Lectures p.w 62 Practicals p.w. Supervision is required 125 Tutorials p.w. 250 Continuous Assessment:50 Final Assessment:50 CFA/CA Community and Health Sciences Social Work Social Work in Social Developmental Context Social Work in Social Developmental Context 816 SCW816 9 20 Semester 1st Semester Masters in Social Work 9 Critically analysis of s ocial developmental theories, models and intervention strategies models/approaches for promoting development and empowerment on micro-. mezzo and macrolevels Evaluations of practice implementation of social development approach by means of case-study illustrations. Social development approach in social welfare; social work 334
Main Content
Main Content
values and principles of human rights social justice; theoretical debates on social development in social work, strategies for social development None Other core modules None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 40 Lectures p.w 60 Practicals p.w. Supervision is required 10 Tutorials p.w. 100 200 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Social Work Advanced Classical and Contemporary Theories about the Family Advanced Classical and Contemporary Theories about the Family 811 SCF811 9 20 Semester 1st & 2nd Semester MA Child and Family Studies 9 At the end of this module students should be able to: Demonstrate understanding of the main theoretical perspectives on families Distinguish between notions of family and household Critically interrogate assumptions underlying policies and practices relating to families Analyse Contested conceptualisations of Family and Household familism, familialism, family values Analyse Classical theories of Family Functionalism and Systems Theory, Phenomenological Approaches, Critical Perspectives Analyse Contemporary theories of Family Postmodernism and Poststructuralism None Other core modules None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 40 Lectures p.w 60 Practicals p.w. 100 Tutorials p.w. 200 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA
Main Content
335
Community and Health Sciences Social Work Advanced Quantitative Research Advanced Quantitative Research 812 SCF812 9 10 Semester 1st & 2nd Semester MA Child and Family Studies 9 At the end of this module students should be able to: Analyse the theoretical and philosophical bases of research in Child and Family Studies from various perspectives. Identify a research problem i n Child and Family Studies and design a research proposal. Discuss ethical issues in research in Child and Family Studies. Collect, analyse research data Write and present a research report Research theory and philosophy Hermeneutics, empiricism, phenomenology, idealism, critical theory and rationalism, positivism and contemporary research theories. Types of research methodologies Historical, comparative, descriptive correlational, experimental, evaluation, action, feminist/identity politics and cultural. Research problem and hypothesis Null and alternative, statistical and non-statistical hypotheses. Literature review Critiques, style, referencing and plagiarism Research sample and sampling methods Data Analysis Techniques Descriptive statistics Types of data/measurement Graphing techniques Inferential Statistics: Statistical significance and hypothesis testing; T-test; Chi square statistic/non-parametric statistical methods; Correlation methods (E.g. Pearsons product moment correlation); Regression (Simple linear regression); Analysis of variance/post-hoc tests Computer -based data analysis Ethics in research Informed consent/indemnity Validity, reliability and objectivity issues Research proposal/t hesis writing Format Core Modules None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 26 Lectures p.w 26 Practicals p.w. 48 Tutorials p.w. 100 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA
Main Content
336
Community and Health Sciences Social Work Advanced Qualitative Research Advanced Qualitative Research 813 SCF813 9 10 Semester 1st & 2nd Semester MA Child and Family Studies 9 At the end of this module students should be able to: Analyze the theoretical and philosophical bases of research in Child and Family Studies from various perspectives. Identify a research problem in Child and Family Studies and design a research proposal. Discuss ethical issues in research in Child and Family Studies. Collect, analyse research data Write and present a research report Qualitative theoretical approaches Case study; Biography; Narrative; Analyse Ethnography Interview techniques; design and analysis of interview data; Focus group method A-Data analysis Observational methods and analysis Audio-visual technique, data and image analysis Analyse Multi-method or Mixed research methods Qualitative and quantitative - Triangulation Research proposal/thesis writing Format Core Modules None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 26 Lectures p.w 26 Practicals p.w. 48 Tutorials p.w. 100 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Social Work Policies and Programmes for Families in Poverty Policies and Programmes for Families in Poverty 835 SCF835 9 10 Semester 1st & 2nd Semester MA Child and Family Studies 9 At the end of this module students should be able to: 337
Main Content
Main Content Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Assess policies, strategies and programmes relevant to family poverty Past and present policies in relation to family Strategies and programmes to combat poverty All core modules None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 26 Lectures p.w 26 Practicals p.w. 48 Tutorials p.w. 100 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Social Work Parent and Child Interaction Parent and Child Interaction 836 SCF836 9 10 Semester 1st & 2nd Semester MA Child and Family Studies 9 At the end of this module students should be able to: Demonstrate an understanding of parenting styles and processes Critically analyze the notion of parenthood Understand the notion of cultural diversity in South African parenting Developmental perspectives of parenting styles and processes Constructions of parenthood Parenting and Culture Parenting and Family Form Strategies or techniques of Contemporary parenting None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 26 Lectures p.w 26 Practicals p.w. 48 Tutorials p.w. 100 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Social Work Child Protection Child Protection 840 338
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name
SCF840 9 10 Semester 1st & 2nd Semester MA Child and Family Studies 9 At the end of this module students should be able to: Be familiar with relevant legislation in relation to child protection Demonstrate understanding of situations vulnerability in childhood Critically evaluate types of interventions in child protection Theoretical explanations of child vulnerability Legislative framework Interventions in child protection Core Modules None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 26 Lectures p.w 26 Practicals p.w. 48 Tutorials p.w. 100 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Social Work Families and Households Families and Households 842 SCF842 9 20 Semester 1st & 2nd Semester MA Child and Family Studies 9 At the end of this module students should be able to: Analyze the impact of macro and micro influences on family practices Appreciate the diversity of family practices Recognize power relations in contemporary families Family practices Life course Gender Generation Race Violence and Family Practices Paid and unpaid work Resources None 339
Main Content
Main Content
Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 40 Lectures p.w 60 Practicals p.w. 100 Tutorials p.w. 200 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Social Work Constructions of Children and Childhood Constructions of Children and Childhood 843 SCF843 9 10 Semester 1st & 2nd Semester MA Child and Family Studies 9 At the end of this module students should be able to: Demonstrate knowledge of different conceptions of childhood historically and geographically Critically analyze the notion of childhood Demonstrate knowledge of diversity in South African childhoods Childhood as a Social Construction Historical notions of childhood Children as Citizens South African childhoods None All other core modules None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 26 Lectures p.w 26 Practicals p.w. 48 Tutorials p.w. 100 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Social Work Youth in Urban Society Youth in Urban Society 844 SCF844 9 10 Semester 1st & 2nd Semester
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered
340
MA Child and Family Studies 9 At the end of this module students should be able to: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of different theoretical frameworks of youth studies Understand cultural and institutional constructions of youth Youth and Culture Youth At-risk Youth and Relationships Youth and Gender Youth and Education Youth and Work None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 26 Lectures p.w 26 Practicals p.w. 48 Tutorials p.w. 100 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA Community and Health Sciences Social Work Childrens rights, family and society Childrens Rights, Family and Society 845 SCF845 9 10 Semester 1st & 2nd Semester MA Child and Family Studies 9 At the end of this module students should be able to: Understand different declarations on children's rights in Africa and South Africa Understand the application of international human rights to domestic law in Africa and South Africa, with special reference to vulnerable groups of children in African settings Understand the role of children's rights monitoring structures, including international and national NGO's and other relevant bodies which play a role in monitoring the implementation of children's rights Understand principles concerning the best interests of the child and the right of the child to be heard and seen in light of the UN Convention and various legal situations, private and public that involves children. Apply knowledge of childrens rights to policy and practice situations in local and global contexts The Convention on the Rights of the Child: Childrens rights as human rights 341
Main Content
Main Content
The African Charter on the Rights and Welfare of the Child and relevant international law Children's lives and welfare in light of changing policies and processes of globalization Children's rights with respect to major societal institutions, such as family, schools, the justice system, and the welfare system None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 26 Lectures p.w 26 Practicals p.w. 48 Tutorials p.w. 100 Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50% CFA
SPORT, RECREATION AND EXERCISE SCIENCE Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes Community and Health Sciences Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) SRE101 Practical Practical 101 SRE101 7 15 Semester 1st Semester BA SRES 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: teach the basics of at least the free style stroke in swimming organize and implement a swimming event, including the performance of all related administrative functions from initial planning through to evaluation of the success of the event demonstrate the basics of most styles of dancing, choreography and appropriate warm up Administration and organization of sport structures Event organization Water safety Basic water skills Stroke mechanics Styles of dance Choreography of dance None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 48 Lecture p.w 3 10 Practicals p.w. 12 Tutorials p.w. 80 342
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study
150 Continuous Assessment: 100% CA Community and Health Sciences Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) SRE102 Practical Practical 102 SRE102 5 15 Semester 2nd Semester BA SRES 1 At the end of this module students should be able to demonstrate an understanding of: various concepts and terms related to Outdoor and Adventure Recreation the relationship between Adventure - and social recreation-based activities a wide variety of practical components of sport, recreation various games concepts, the design and analyze Outdoor and Adventure Recreation activities, safety aspects and programme planning Outdoor and adventure recreation leadership, soft skills and hard skills Social recreation Games concepts in individual and team sports Experiential learning of a variety of adapted games Games analysis None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 84 Lecture p.w 10 Practicals p.w. 26 Tutorials p.w. 20 10 150 Continuous Assessment: 100% CA Community and Health Sciences Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) Kinesiology Kinesiology 111 SRE111 5 20 Semester 1st Semester BA SRES; BSc SES 343
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module
Main Content
1 At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate knowledge of the human muscle and skeletal systems and an understanding of how they relate to the science of movement Anatomy of the skeletal and muscle systems. Terminology to describe joint moveme nts and body part locations The various types of joints in the human body and their characteristics Joint movements and muscles acting around joints None Advanced Field Work Education None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 70 Lectures p.w 3 20 Practicals p.w. 100 Tutorials p.w. 10 200 Continuous Assessment: 60 % Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) Fundamentals of Exercise Physiology Fundamentals of Exercise Physiology 113 SRE113 5 15 Semester 2nd Semester BA SRES BSc SES 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Explain the fundamental principles of physiology with special reference to nutrition, digestion, metabolism, the muscular, cardiovascular, respiratory, nervous and endocrine systems Provide a basic application of these principles to the body in motion Basic nutrition, digestion and metabolism The physiology of the cardiovascular, respiratory, muscular, nervous and endocrine systems Fundamental physiological adaptations to exercise conditions and training None Advanced Field Work Education None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 63 Lecture p.w 3 14 Practicals p.w. 28 Tutorials p.w. 344
Main Content
35 10 150 Continuous Assessment: 60 % Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) Management of Sport 211 Principles of Sport Management 211 SRE211 6 10 Semester 1st Semester BA SRES 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: Discuss and explain the planning, organizing, leading and control of the management process Explain the role of leadership, motivation and communication in management Differentiate between top management and operational level control using a sport example Address management issues in s port and recreation The South African sports industry Management theory and definitions Planning, Organising, Leading and Controlling as a management function None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 48 Lecture p.w 1 15 Practicals p.w. 22 Tutorials p.w. 1 15 100 Continuous Assessment: 60 % Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) Measurement and Evaluation Measurement and Evaluation 216 SRE216 6 10 Semester 1st Semester BA SRES BSc SES 345
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered
Main Content
2 At the end of this module students should be able to: Identify the need for tests and measurement in the evaluation process of sport, recreation and exercise science Apply the principles of measurement and evaluation in different assessment situations Principles of measurement and evaluation Basic statistics Kinanthropometry, Somatotyping and body composition Administration of tests Evaluation and the use of tests None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lecture p.w 18 Practicals p.w. 1 14 Tutorials p.w. 40 100 Continuous Assessment: 100% CA Community and Health Sciences Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) Exercise Physiology (Bioenergetics) Exercise Physiology (Bioenergetics) 217 SRE217 6 10 Semester 2nd Semester BA SRES BSc SES 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: Demonstrate an understanding of the bio-energetics of exercise Application of exercise bioenergetics to sport performance, training and conditioning Demonstrate ability in assessing exercise bioenergetics At the end of the module the student will be able to: Demonstrate an understanding of the bio-energetics of exercise Application of exercise bioenergetics to sport performance, training and conditioning Demonstrate abili ty in assessing exercise bioenergetics None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 21 Lecture p.w 1 30 Practicals p.w. 43 Tutorials p.w. 6 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% 346
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment
Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) Sport in Society Sport in Society 221 SRE221 6 10 Semester 2nd Semester BA SRES 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: Demonstrate an understanding of the History of Sport Demonstrate an understanding of Sociology of Sport Debate sociological issues around sport, gender, race and politics The history of sport in the western world History of Sport in South Africa Sport, Gender, Race and Ethnicity Sport and Politics in South Africa None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 15 Lecture p.w 1 25 Practicals p.w. 50 Tutorials p.w. 10 100 Continuous Assessment: 60 % Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) Fitness Fitness 224 SRE224 6 10 Semester 2nd Semester BA SRES; BSc SES 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: Distinguish between the various concepts of health and physical fitness Discuss the physiological basis of the major components of health related physical fitness: flexibility, cardiovascular fitness, muscular strength, muscular endurance, and body composition 347
Main Content
Main Content
Assess, interpret and communicate the various components of health-related physical fitness Conceptual framework of health and physical fitness Client consultation and appraisal Test standardization Testing protocols and norms Physical fitness testing Physical fitness test administration Fitness data analysis and interpretation Practical application of the various testing modalities None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lecture p.w 1 8 Practicals p.w. 4 Tutorials p.w. 50 10 100 Continuous Assessment: 100% CA Community and Health Sciences Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) Motor Control and Development Motor Control and Development 236 SRE236 6 10 Semester 1st Semester BA SRES BSc SES 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: Identify and analyse the nervous system and how it operates Explain the process of sensation Explain the process of selective attention Identify and analyse how actions are planned and produced Identify and analyse the Motor Control and memory process The structure and function of the nervous system The process of sensation The process of selective attention The process of forming a perception The process of planning actions Producing actions The process of motor control The memory process None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 11 Lecture p.w 1 8 Practicals p.w. 348
Main Content
Practicals Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
6 Tutorials p.w. 60 15 100 Continuous Assessment: 60 % Final Assessment: 40% CFA
Community and Health Sciences Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) Recreation Theory II Recreation Theory 237 SRE237 6 10 Semester 1st Semester BA SRM; BA SES; BSc SES 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of recreation and leisure Demonstrate an understanding of sociological influences and benefits of recreation & leisure Demonstrating an understanding of leadership in recreatio n and leisure Demonstrate an understanding of participation trends and the different delivery systems in recreation and leisure Define, describe and compare the basic concepts associated with leisure and recreation. Explain how leisure and recreation affect and are affected by society: (Gender, ethnicity and race, religion, and socioeconomic class) Social perspective implications to the leisure and recreation profession The benefits of recreation and leisure Participation trends across the life span Leadership in recreation and leisure Analyses of the different recreation delivery systems and/or services Define Therapeutic Recreation (TR) Identify the benefits of TR and the key laws affecting TR services Evaluate TR practice models None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lecture p.w 1 15 Practicals p.w. 2 12 Tutorials p.w. 15 20 10 349
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Other: Please specify Assessment
100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) Sport Psychology Sport Psychology 238 SRE238 6 10 Semester 2nd Semester BA SRES BSc SES 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: Identify the psychological variables that affect participation and performance in sport and physical activity Explain behavioural patterns of athletes Assess and predict behavioural patterns related to sport and physical activity using psychological tools Apply knowledge of sport psychology to change behavior within various settings Integrate adequate ethical considerations when working with athletes Investigate and Identify psychological tools and practices of athletes Develop psychological profiles of athletes through the use of various inventories Design basic sport psychology activit ies to enhance athlete performance Principles of sport and exercise behavior Motivation Personality and sport Attention and aggression Psychology of coaching Mental skills for performance enhancement Goal setting Arousal control Psyc hology of injuries None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 21 Lecture p.w 1 20 Practicals p.w. 48 Tutorials p.w. 1 11 100 Continuous Assessment: 60 % Final Assessment: 40% CFA
Main Content
350
Main Content
Community and Health Sciences Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) Physical and Health Education Physical and Health Education 311 SRE311 7 10 Semester 2nd Semester BEd Post Graduate Certificate in Education (PGCE) 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: Demonstrate the ability to observe and critically analy se the teaching of Physical and Health Education and make the necessary recommendations with regard to problems and growth points Demonstrate the ability to discuss meaningfully the socio economic problems facing schools located in disadvantaged communities and how it impacts on the teaching of Physical and Health Education as components of Life Orientation This module introduces the students to various Physical Education lessons being taught at schools The student is expected to shadow a P hysical Education teacher and observe the positive and negative trends with regard to the teaching of Physical and Health Education as components of Life Orientation SRE 328 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 10 Lecture p.w 1 60 Practicals p.w. 30 Tutorials p.w. 100 Continuous Assessment: 100% CA Community and Health Sciences Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) Biomechanics Biomechanics 312 SRE312 7 10 Semester 2nd Semester BA SRES BSc SES 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: Identify and analyse the methods and mechanics as applied to the structure and function of the living human body Identify and analyse the forces which act on the human body and the effects which these forces produce 351
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Test & examinations Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Forms of motion Linear Kinematics Angular Kinematics Linear and Angular Kinematics Fluid Mechanics None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 11 Lecture p.w 1 13 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 1 50 20 100 Continuous Assessment: 60 % Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) Adapted Physical Activity Adapted Physical Activity 313 SRE313 7 10 Semester 1st Semester BA SRES BSc SES 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: Identify and analyse different posture a nd muscle imbalances Identify the following disorders: Specific Learning Disabilities, Developmental Coordination Disorder, Attention Deficiency Hyperactivity Disorder as well as Intellectual Disabilities Identify and analyse spinal paralysis Identify a nd analyse hearing and visual impairments Posture problems and muscle imbalances Other health Specific Learning Disabilities Intellectual Disabilities Spinal paralysis Deaf and hard-of-hearing conditions The visually impaired None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 11 Lecture p.w 1 13 Practicals p.w. 1 6 Tutorials p.w. 50 20 100 352
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time
Continuous Assessment: 60 % Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) Contemporary Sport and Recreation Management Contemporary Sport and Recreation Management 315 SRE315 7 10 Semester 2nd Semester BA SRES 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: a)Knowledge: Demonstrate an understanding of the planning, organizing, leading and control processes Explain the role of leadership, motivation and communication in management b)Skills: Differentiate between top management and operational level control using a sport example c)Attitudes/Values: Address management issues in sport and recreation. Strategic planning process Managing change/diversity Sport and the Entrepreneur Sport Management and International Relations SRE 328 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 24 Lecture p.w 1 14 Practicals p.w. 2 56 Tutorials p.w. 6 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) Sport Safety Sport Safety 316 SRE316 7 10 Semester 1st Semester BA SRES; BSc SES
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered
353
Main Content
3 At the end of this module students should be able to: Demonstrate an understanding of aetiology, treatment, and prevention of common sports injuries Develop an accepted approach in the management of sports injuries Develop an understanding of safety in sport Role of the teacher/coach in sport safety Aetiology of sports injuries Prevention of sports Injuries Common sports injuries Sport-specific injuries Management of Sports Injuries Criteria for return to sport Legal considerations in sport safety Special issues : stretching; massage; orthopedic problems; pre& post rehabilitative testing SRE 111 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 21 Lecture p.w 1 30 Practicals p.w. 2 6 Tutorials p.w. 43 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) Sport for Community Development Sport for Community Development 317 SRE317 7 10 Semester 2nd Semester BA SRES 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: Stimulate critical discourse on the issues of community development and the role of sport Provide a fundamental understanding of community development theories, and global development initiatives Develop strategies in order to address community development issues nationally and locally, especially through sport Understand the holistic (interdisciplinary) model of community development An overview of community development theories International development agencies and global initiatives on community development, emphasizing the role of sport Critical challenges facing SA communities 354
Main Content
To conduct a needs analysis within a community and develop realistic strategies for addressing a communitys needs The role of local (national and/or regional) development agencies, civil society, the private sector, government, and sports organizations in community development To provide students with the basic tools to facilitate community development Dealing with issues of HIV/AIDS, ethnic diversity, social class, disability, poverty, conflict, politics, racism, etc. Socioeconomic development through sport Best Practices in Community Development None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 24 Lecture p.w 1 30 Practicals p.w. 38 Tutorials p.w. 1 8 100 Continuous Assessment: 60 % Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) Advanced Exercise Physiology Advanced Exercise Physiology 318 SRE318 7 10 Semester 2nd Semester BA SRES BSc SES 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: Determine the human physiological responses to chronic exercise, training and conditioning Apply physiological concepts to sport performance, training and conditioning Examine the effects of exercise and training under various environmental conditions Assess physiological responses to chronic exercise, training and conditioning Utilize sport science research in relation to exercise and training evaluation Physiological changes which occur as a result of training (endurance, speed, strength): -At rest -During exercise -In recovery Effects of ergogenic aids on performance Physiological changes which occur as a result of various environmental stressors, including:
Main Content
355
-Hot and cold conditions -Altitude Describe the chronic physiological adaptations to training Understand the impact of research and future trends in exercise SRE 113 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 24 Lecture p.w 1 8 Practicals p.w. 4 Tutorials p.w. 58 6 100 Continuous Assessment: 60 % Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) Management Major Management Major 322 SRE322 7 10 Semester 1st Semester BA SRES 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: Acquire information about the structure and design of sports organizations Design and event implementation plan Gain understanding and competence of facilities management Analyse Marketing through sport Develop a brief sponsorship brief Demonstrate adequate management competencies Study Unit 1: Introduction to Sports Organizations and Organizational Theory Study Unit 2: Facilities Management Study Unit 3: Event Management Study Unit 4: Sports Marketing Study Unit 5: Management Competencies None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 48 Lecture p.w 1 12 Practicals p.w. 30 Tutorials p.w. 1 10 100 Continuous Assessment: 100% CA 356
Main Content
Community and Health Sciences Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) Recreation Major Theory Recreation Major Theory 324 SRE324 7 10 Semester 2nd Semester BA SRES 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: Articulate concepts with regard to transformation of communities, services and social issues in a community recreation setting Explore and examine issues, theoretical perspectiv es and practical examples of community recreation in South African context Describe and design a community recreation program according to theoretical guidelines Community recreation and its services Introduction of transformation of commu nities through leisure and recreation Social recreation and social issues Leisure program life cycle development and program design Leisure program management SRE 237 SRE 325 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lecture p.w 1 25 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 1 35 6 100 Continuous Assessment:100% CA Community Health & Science Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) Research Project 702 Research Project 702 SRE702 8 20 Semester 1st & 2nd Semester BA (Hons) SRM, BA (Hons) SRES, BSc (Hons) SES, BA/BSc (Hons) Biokinetics 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Plan and conduct a research study Develop an idea for a research proposal and its motivation 357
Main Content
Main Content
Review relevant literature/ provide theoretical framework Outline a research design, methodology and methods of data collection Collect relevant data Present, interpret and discuss the results Draw conclusions and offer recommendations All aspects relevant to the planning and writing of a research project Prepare a proposal and present it to postgraduate students and staff prepare a research project and submit for examination SRE 706 (for part-time students) SRE 706 (for full-time students) None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 50 Lectures p.w 70 Practicals p.w. 80 Tutorials p.w. 200 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community Health & Science Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) Research Methods 706 Research Methods 706 SRE706 8 30 Semester 1st Semester BA (Hons) SRM, BA (Hons) SRES, BSc (Hons) SES, BA/BSc (Hons) Biokinetics 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Demonstrate: A clear understanding of different theoretical approaches to research An understanding of where to situate their topic within the published literature An clear understanding of the principles and practice of research design, especially as it affects their research project; An ability to identify particular techniques they need to use to carry out their research project An ability to write a research proposal Ability to plan and conduct a research project Research enquiry process Research paradigms (quantitative and qualitative) Literature review Subject sampling Research designs (quantitative and qualitative) Ethics in research Writing a proposal Collecting data
Main Content
358
Analysing data Discussing and reporting data Completing a research project SRE 706 (for part-time students) SRE 706 (for full-time students) None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 100 Lectures p.w 80 Practicals p.w. 120 Tutorials p.w. 300 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) Applied Sport and Recreation Management Applied Sport and Recreation Management 711 SRE711 8 20 Year 1st & 2nd Semester BA (SRM) Hons 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Apply knowledge of the planning, organizing, leading and control processes Plan, organize and implement of events through their competency of event management content. Demonstrate knowledge with regard to current legislature which governs sport and its delivery Implement and critically analyses community based events and the impact such events have on community development Understand and analyze best practice governance within sporting structures Understand the various funding procedures Discuss the various trends facing the management of sport internationally and compare it to the South Africa and African situation Demonstrate an insight into legal aspects of hosting sport and recreation events Discuss the various trends facing the management of internationally and compare it with the African and South Africa sporting context Demonstrate adequate knowledge around the bidding and hosting of international events Demonstrate insight into the manage ment of sport facilities Design and Implementation of Events Facilities management Sports marketing Sport and the Law Sport and Policy
Main Content
359
Management Competencies None SRE712 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 165 Lectures p.w 10 Practicals p.w. 15 Tutorials p.w. 10 200 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) Project Management Project Management 712 SRE712 8 20 Year 2nd Semester BA(SRM) Hons 1 By the end of this modules students should be able to: Demonstrate experiential learning of recreation event planning process Analyse existing events using a planning module Demonstrate the ability to plan and implement a successful event / project Pre-Event management Event Management Post Event Management Project Management Programme Management Operational Management None SRE 711 Community and Health Sciences Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 18 Lectures p.w 20 Practicals p.w. 62 Tutorials p.w. 100 Continuous Assessment :75% Final Assessment/Fieldwork: 25% CFA Community Health & Science Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) Psychology of Sport 1 Psychology of Sport 1 (HMS 713) SRE713 360
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code
Main Content
8 10 Semester 1st Semester BA (Hons) SRM, BA (Hons) SRES, BSc (Hons) SES, BA/BSc (Hons) Biokinetics 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: To understand and know theoretical aspects of various mental skills for performance enhancement To understand and know group dynamics that influence team sports Learning, Motivation and Social Interaction -Motor skill learning and reinforcement -Youth sport -Team sport Mental skills for performance enhancement -Goal setting -Arousal and performance -Cognitive techniques -Attentional control -Programme implementation SRE 706 (for part-time students) SRE 706 (for full-time students) None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 35 Lectures p.w 25 Practicals p.w. 25 Tutorials p.w. 15 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community Health & Science Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) Recreation and Leisure Studies Recreation and Leisure Studies 715 SRE715 8 10 Semester 1st Semester BA (HONS) SRM, BA(HONS) SRES 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Demonstrate an understanding of community recreation and health care settings Demonstrate an understanding of Therapeutic Recreation (TR) in the community as an inclusive approach Show an understanding of the TR service through assessment of the community and the agency Report on the direct services in the TR industry 361
Main Content
Show an understanding of the special groups being serviced by TR Report on the management and motivation of participants Apply the TR process Overview of concepts and foundations of leisure and recreation Community recreation & health care settings Therapeutic Recreation (TR) an inclusive approach TR service through assessment of the community and the agency Direct services in the TR industry Show an understanding of the special groups being serviced by TR Management and motivation of participants Apply the TR process None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 35 Lectures p.w 25 Practicals p.w. 25 Tutorials p.w. 15 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community Health & Science Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) Kinanthropometry Kinanthropometry716 SRE716 8 10 Semester 1st Semester BA (Hons) SRES, BSc (Hons) SES, BA/BSc (Hons) Biokinetics 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate an understanding of the morphology of the human body and how it relates to function. demonstrate understanding of the measurement techniques associated with anthropometry Anatomy of the cardiovascular system and the respiratory system Anatomy of the Musculo-Skeletal system Anthropometric techniques Methods used to classify physiques Overview of direct and indirect methods of body composition assessment Indices and Proportionality None None None 362
Main Content
A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Practicals Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 35 Lectures p.w 13 Practicals p.w. 10 Tutorials p.w. 27 15 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community Health & Science Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) Exercise Physiology 1 Exercise Physiology (HMS717) SRE717 8 10 Semester 1st Semester BA (Hons) SRES, BSc (Hons) SES, BA/BSc (Hons) Biokinetics 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Demonstrate a critical understanding of human physiological responses to exercise; an application of physiological concepts to sport performance, training, conditioning and rehabilitation Demonstrate the use of more advanced methods of assessing physiological responses to exercise in normal individuals and elite sportspersons Understand the physiological adaptations, both acute and chronic, to various categories of exercise: resistance, highintensity and prolonged exercise Historical development of sport science Research in sport and exercise science Exercise, nutrition, body composition and weight control Exercise bioene rgetics: energy transfer systems and fuel utilization Respiratory physiology; musculo -skeletal physiology, cardiovascular physiology; neurophysiology; endocrinology; SRE 113, SRE217 & SRE 318 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 35 Lectures p.w 14 Practicals p.w. 8 Tutorials p.w. 28 15 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA
Main Content
363
Main Content
Community Health & Science Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) Motor Control and Development Motor Control and Development (HMS718) SRE718 8 10 Semester 1st Semester BA (Hons) SRM; BA (Hons)SRES); BA / BSc (Hons)Biokinetics 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Know and understand the neuropsychological model of motor behavior Know and understand the process of motor -control Know and understand motor learning and memory An overview of the neuropsychological approach of motor behavior Sensory input and sensory integration Structure and function of the motor cortex Mechanisms for storing motor skills Feedback, transfer and practice of motor behavior SRE 113, SRE217 & SRE 318 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 35 Lectures p.w 20 Practicals p.w. 10 Tutorials p.w. 25 10 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community Health & Science Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) Psychology of Sport 2 Psychology of Sport 723 SRE723 8 10 Semester 2nd Semester BA (Hons) SRM, BA (Hons) SRES, BSc (Hons) SES, BA/BSc (Hons) Biokinetics 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Understand the practice of a sport psychologist To be able to integrate the theory and practice of sport psychology Various themes confronting a sport psychologist -Dysfunctional self-talk 364
Main Content
-Gender issues -Drug abuse -Staleness and burn-out -What makes a champion? Action research project on the experience of working as a sport psychologist None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 35 Lectures p.w 25 Practicals p.w. 25 Tutorials p.w. 15 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community Health & Science Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) Recreation and Leisure Studies Recreation and Leisure Studies 725 SRE725 8 10 Semester 2nd Semester 2 BA (HONS) SRM, BA(HONS) SRES 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Show an understanding of different controversial issues through the: Demonstration an understanding of policies related to governance of recreation Application of various social perspectives to interpret recreation behavior practices Reporting on factors affecting recreation practices and the implications of this for recreation managers Exploration of cultural activities, ethnicity and interpretation of recreation in a community of choice Examination of the suitability of curre nt interpretations of recreation to understand the meaning of recreation of different participant groups Recreation policy and governance Social perspectives and recreation Inclusive recreation Factors affecting participation Leisure education Leisure and work Leisure, cultural diversity and ethnicity Gender and leisure Youth & Youth@risk Leisure in correctional service and military settings
Main Content
365
None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 35 Lectures p.w 25 Practicals p.w. 25 Tutorials p.w. 15 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community Health & Science Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) Kinanthropometry Kinanthropometry 726 SRE726 8 10 Semester 2nd Semester BA/BSc (Hons) Biokinetics; BA SRES Hons 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: demonstrate an understanding of the structure/function relationships in humans. demonstrate understanding of the human size, shape, proportion, composition, maturation and gross function with the objective of solving problems related to physical fitness, exercise, performance, growth and nutrition. Growth and biological maturation Interaction of heredity and environment on growth Exercise and growth Morphological factors limiting huma n performance Body fat predictions cadaver evidence Nutritional anthropometry measurements and relation to health None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 35 Lectures p.w 15 Practicals p.w. 5 Tutorials p.w. 30 15 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA
Main Content
366
Community Health & Science Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) Exercise Physiology 2 Exercise Physiology 2 (HMS727) SRE727 8 10 Semester 2nd Semester BA (Hons) SRES, BSc (Hons) SES, BA/BSc (Hons) Biokinetics 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Prescribe scientifically based exercise programmes for all groups of individuals Give advice on special aids to performance and exercising safely in extreme conditions Analyze research and current scientific information critically Appropriate training for aerobic power, anaerobic power and strength Special aids to exercise training and performance Exercise and training at altitude Exercise in conditions of differing pressure Exe rcise in thermal stress Physical activity in children Physical activity and aging Gender differences SRE 113, SRE 217, SRE 318 & SRE 717 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 35 Lectures p.w 14 Practicals p.w. 8 Tutorials p.w. 28 15 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community Health & Science Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) Motor Control and Development Motor Control and Development 728 SRE728 8 10 Semester 2nd Semester BA (Hons) SRM; BA (Hons)SRES); BA / BSc (Hons)Biokinetics 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Know and understand motor development across the lifespan 367
Main Content
Main Content
Know how to test and train motor patterns in people Factors affecting motor development A theoretical model for motor development Childhood perception and motor development Motor performance in adults Aging and movement Coordination and motor dysfunction None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 35 Lectures p.w 20 Practicals p.w. 10 Tutorials p.w. 25 10 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community Health & Science Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) Biokinetics Biokinetics 730 SRE730 8 10 Semester 1st & 2nd Semester BA Honours (Biokinetics) BSc Honours (Biokinetics) 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Describe the theoretical background of Biokinetic action Discuss the development of Biokinetics Manage a professional biokinetics practice Observe a code of professional ethics Understand isokinetics and its application in testing and rehabilitation Describe labor classification of work-specific evaluation Perform emergency procedures and treatment The scope and being of Biokinetics. Historical overview of the origin and development of the profession. Hypokinetics, degenerative tendencies and destructive lifestyles. Physical activity as a health conserving modality. Planning of a biokinetic centre Regulations of local authorities concerning health servic es Multidisciplinary teamwork General and financial management Legal aspects Ethical code for biokineticists Local authorities 368
Main Content
Industry Private institutions Physical and ergonomic demands and job specifications Evaluation and classification of workers Job specifications and profiles Emergency plan and drills Cardio -pulmonary resuscitation Oxygen therapy Liaison with local emergency services Isokinetics procedures in assessment and rehabilitation SRE 224 Fitness, SRE 315 Sport Safety, and SRE 331 Fitness or equivalents None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 35 Lectures p.w 14 Practicals p.w. 36 Tutorials p.w. 15 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community Health & Science Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) Physical Evaluation 1 Physical Evaluation 1 731 SRE731 8 10 Semester 1st Semester BA/BSc (Hons) Biokinetics 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Competently perform orthopaedic assessment of the upper extremity, including the head, neck and back Competently perform physical/ ergological evaluation of joint and muscle condition and function Evaluate posture and body alignment History of the injury/problem Physical/Ergological evaluation of the upper extremity including the head, neck, and back Physical/Ergological evaluation of joint and muscle condition and function Posture and body alignment assessment -Visually -Using video/photographic equipment Exercise programme prescription for orthopedic rehabilitation SRE 111 and SRE 316 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 369
Main Content
28 Lectures p.w 7 Practicals p.w. 15 Tutorials p.w. 35 15 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community Health & Science Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) Physical Evaluation 1 Physical Evaluation 732 SRE732 8 10 Semester 2nd Semester BA/BSc (Hons) Biokinetics 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Competently perform orthopaedic assessment of the lower extremity, including the pelvic girdle Competently perform physical/ergological evaluation of joint and muscle condition and function Conduct proper gait analysis, interpretation, and follow -up Conduct proper postural analysis, interpretation, and follow -up History of the injury/problem Physical/Ergological evaluation of the lower extremity including the pelvic girdle Physical/Ergological evaluation of joint and muscle condition and function Posture and body alignment assessment -Visually -Using video/photographic equipment Simple and sophisticated procedures of gait analysis Exercise programme prescription for orthopedic rehabilitation SRE 731 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 7 Practicals p.w. 15 Tutorials p.w. 35 15 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA
Main Content
370
Main Content
Community Health & Science Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) Exercise Testing & Prescription Exercise Testing & Prescription 733 SRE733 8 10 Semester 1st Semester BA Honours (Biokinetics) BSc Honours (Biokinetics) 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Use exercise in the prevention, treatment and final phase rehabilitation of injury/ disease. Develop clinical skills in the use of exercise as a modality of treatment within the multi-disciplinary health-care setting. Contribute to community service and research development within the discipline of Bio kinetics. Exercise Testing and Prescription Coronary heart disease risk assessment and risk reduction Physical Activity and health promotion Special populations: disabled, diseased, children, elderly, pregnant Physical assessment and exercise programme prescription. Labor classification and work specific evaluation. SRE 121 and SRE 217 or equivalents None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 35 Lectures p.w 14 Practicals p.w. 36 Tutorials p.w. 15 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community Health & Science Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) Exercise for Chronic Disease and Disability Exercise for Chronic Disease and Disability SRE 735 SRE735 8 10 Semester 2nd Semester BA Honours Biokinetics BSc Honours Biokinetics BA Honours SES 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Explain the effect of exercise on clients with chro nic diseases and disabilities. 371
Main Content
Develop appropriate exercise programming to optimize functional capacity in persons with chronic diseases and/or disabilities. Develop an integrated model of care in which exercise prescription is emphasized as one of the therapeutic modalities of comprehensive health care. Explain the effects of pharmacological drugs on exercise capacity in persons with chronic diseases and/or disabilities Develop a problem-oriented approach towards exercise management of persons with chronic disease and disability Pathophysiology of common chronic diseases and disabilities that limit functional capacity Exercise response and adaptation in persons with chronic diseases and/or disabilities Effects of commonly used medicine s Exercise testing and programming of individuals with chronic diseases and/or disabilities Integrated model of comprehensive health-care None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 50 Practicals p.w. 16 Tutorials p.w. 6 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community Health & Science Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) Anatomy and Kinanthropometry Anatomy and Kinanthropometry 736 SRE736 8 10 Semester 1st Semester BA Honours Biokinetics BSc Honours Biokinetics BA Honours SES 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Identify and classify the components of the normal human anatomy and to a describe the different body systems, followed by common disorders and diseases: pathology Apply the appropriate measurement techniques associated with anthropometry. Main anatomical structures of the body, including musculoskeletal, cardiorespiratory, and neuroendocrine systems Anthropometric techniques Overview of direct and indirect methods o f body composition assessment
Main Content
372
None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 28 Lectures p.w 23 Practicals p.w. 10 Tutorials p.w. 33 6 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community Health & Science Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES) Biokinetics Clinical Practice I Biokinetics Clinical Practice I 737 SRE737 8 5 Semester 1st Semester BA Honours Biokinetics BSc Honours Biokinetics 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Conduct a subjective and objective (physical) final phase assessment on individual clients or groups with various pathological conditions Conduct a needs assessment of specific communities (e.g. geographical, sports, schools, etc.) specifically related to the scope of biokinetics Identify and analyse problems specifically related to biokinetics in the context of the International Classification of Diseases (ICD-10) Apply basic treatment techniques and manage clients in the final phase of rehabilitation Subjective and objective assessment of patients with disease Management of the various chronic conditions using the following techniques: -Basic mobilizations -Soft tissue massage -Strengthening and endurance -Motor relearning -Proprioceptive rehabilitation None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 5 Lectures p.w 7 Practicals p.w. 32 Tutorials p.w. 6 50 373
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Test & examination Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type SCHOOL OF NATURAL MEDICINE Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assessments Self study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Community and Health Centre School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Chinese Medicine Theory of Pediatrics Chinese Medicine Theory 502 CMA 502 8 20 Semester 1st Semester B Complementary Medicine (Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture) 5 At the end of this module students should be able to: have sound understanding of the theoretical principles, diagnosis, treatment principles, treatment, treatment plan, and prognosis of pediatric diseases in Chinese Medicine Pediatric digestion system disease in Chinese Medicine Pediatric inspiration system disease in Chinese Medicine Infectious disease in Pediatrics CMA 401/402 CMA 504 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 50 Lectures p.w 4 74 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 70 200 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Chinese Medicine Theory Chinese Medicine Theory 503 CMA 503 8 10 Semester 1st Semester B Complementary Medicine (Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture) 5 At the end of this module students should be able to: have sound understanding of the theoretical principles, diagnosis, treatment principles, treatment, treatment plan, and prognosis in Chinese Medicine Etiology and pathologies of dermal diseases in Chinese 374
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assessments Self- study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Medicine Diagnosis and treatment of dermal diseases in Chinese Medicine Diagnosis and treatment of common surgical diseases in Chinese Medicine CMA 401/402 CMA 504 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 25 Lectures p.w 2 34 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 35 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Basic Theory of Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture Chinese Medicine Theory 111 CMA111 5 15 Semester 1st Semester BSc Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture 1 At the end of the modules students should be able to: Understand the philosophies and basic theory of Traditional Chinese Medicine & Acupuncture> An introduction into the history and development of Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture. An introduction into the concepts of Qi, Blood, Body Fluids, Essence, ZangFu, Yin/Yang theories, its functions< production, metabolism and its applications to medicine. And the relationships of the ZangFu w.r.t the production of Qi, Blood and Body Fluids. Different functions and forms of Qi in the human body. The five elements. Outline of pathologies of Qi, Blood, Body Fluids and Yin/Yang. Introduction into ZangFu theory/ paired organs. introduction to the 6 Extraordinary fu. None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 38 Lectures p.w 3 54 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 52 150 Continuous Assessment: 60% 375
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assessments Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment
Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Basic Theory of Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture Chinese Medicine Theory 121 CMA121 5 10 Semester 2nd Semester BSc Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture 1 At the end of the module students should be able to: Understand further the basic theory of TCM, to identify pathogenic factors and predict the outcomes of its effects on the body. Continuation of 6 Extraordinary Fu. Different types of pathogenic factors and its effects on the body. None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 25 Lectures p.w 2 34 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 35 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Chinese Medicine theory of Diagnose Chinese Medicine Theory CMA 211 CMA211 6 10 Semester 1st Semester BSc Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: Apply Chinese Medicine diagnosis to case studies Make diagnostic conclusions based on differential patterns using the various diagnostic methods Demonstrate beginning skills in diagnosing using various diagnostic methods including looking, feeling, smelling, asking, facial diagnosis, tongue diagnosis and pulse diagnosis; Identify Yin and Yang body types and describe their physiological characteristics 376
Main Content Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assessments Self study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assessments Self- study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Differential diagnosis from a Chinese Medicine perspective; Diagnosis based on looking, feeling, smelling, asking, facial diagnosis, tongue diagnosis and pulse diagnosis; CMA 111 and CMA 121 CMA 221 and CMA 213 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 25 Lectures p.w 1 34 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 35 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Acupuncture Theory Chinese Herbal Medicine 212 CMA 212 6 10 Semester 1st BSc Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: Understand composition of meridians and acupoints Explore the distribution of the meridians Master locations and the actions of the acupoints Master the theory of the special acupoints An introduction into the theory of channels and collaterals in Chinese Medicine An introduction into the concepts and characters of five shu points, yuan source points, luo-connecting points, back- shu points, front-mu points, xi-cleft points and hui-meeting points, etc. Introduction into point location methods and needling Distributions of the twelve regular channels and distributions of eight extraordinary vessels. Introduction into each point on the twelve regular channels, Governing vessel and Conception channel, including the location, action and main indication of the points, as well as the needling method and contraindication of the points. Introduction into main extra -points, including the location, action and main indication of the points, as well as the needling method CMA 111/121 CMA 211/221 and CMA 213/223 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 25 Lectures p.w 3 34 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 35 377
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assessments Self study
100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Acupuncture Theory Acupuncture 213 CMA213 6 10 Semester 1st Semester BSc Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: Understand composition of meridians and acupoints Explore the distribution of the meridians Master locations and the actions of the acupoints Master the theory of the spec ial acupoints An introduction into the theory of channels and collaterals in Chinese Medicine An introduction into the concepts and characters of five shu points, yuan source points, luo-connecting points, back- shu points, front-mu points, xi-cleft points and hui-meeting points, etc. Introduction into point location methods and needling Distributions of the twelve regular channels and Distributions of eight extraordinary vessels.. Introduction into each point on the twelve regular cha nnels, Governing vessel and Conception channel, including the location, action and main indication of the points, as well as the needling method and contraindication of the points. Introduction into main extra -points, including the location, action and main indication of the points, as well as the needling method CMA 111/121 CMA 211/221;CMA 213/223 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 25 Lectures p.w 3 34 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 35 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Chinese Medicine theory of Diagnose Chinese Medicine Theory 221 378
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assessments Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name
CMA221 6 10 Semester 2nd Semester BSc Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: Demonstrate knowledge of theories of pathology in Chinese Medicine Demonstrate emerging understanding of the patterns underlying diagnosis Identify and describe disease patterns underlying diagnosis Understanding of theories of pathology in Chinese Medicine Pathology of Full and Empty conditions Pathology of Yin, Yang and balance Pathology of the Qi mechanism Identification of patterns CMA211 CMA 222 and CMA223 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 25 Lectures p.w 2 34 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 35 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Chinese Medicine Materia Medica: Identification, categorization, actions & indication of single herbs Chinese Herbal Medicine 222 CMA222 6 10 Semester 2nd Semester BSc Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: Explain the general characteristics of the medicinal plant Explain the taste, temperature and property of the medicinal plant Analyze the attributive meridian of the medicinal plant Describe the actions and indications of the medicinal plant The laws related to the use of herbal medicine in an individual use or compound formula with a discreet and strict attitude and identifying the difference among the same catalogue of the 379
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Assessments Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic
Main Content
herbs. Concepts of individual herbal functions. Organize the proper formulae for the definite illnesses; Comprehend the characteristics for same category of the herbs as well as the different applications for individual herb; External application for individual herb as well as for related formulae CMA 212 CMA 211/221; CMA 213/223 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 25 Lectures p.w 3 34 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 35 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Acupuncture Theory Acupuncture 223 CMA223 6 10 Semester 2nd Semester BSc Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: Understand composition of meridian and acupoints Explore the distribution of the meridians Master locations and the actions of the acupoints Master the theory of the special acupoints An introduction into the theory of channels and collaterals in Chinese Medicine An introduction into the concepts and characters of five shu points, yuan source points, luo-connecting points, back- shu points, front-mu points, xi-cleft points and hui-meeting points, etc. Introduction into point location methods and needling Distributions of the twelve regular channels and distributions of eight extraordinary vessels.. Introduction into each point on the twelve regular channels, Governing vessel and Conception channel, including the location, action and main indication of the points, as well as the needling method and contraindication of the points. Introduction into main extra -points, including the location, action and main indication of the points, as well as the needling method. CMA 111/121 CMA 211/221 380
Main Content
Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assessments Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 25 Lectures p.w 3 34 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 35 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Theory of Chinese Internal Medicine Chinese Medicine Theory 311 CMA311 7 10 Semester 1st Semester BSc Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: Identify and understand the concepts & patterns of internal medicine in diagnosis, Treatment principle, Treatment and treatment plan The laws related to the diagnosis, therapeutic method and organization of the formula and acupuncture formula based on the diagnosis and therapeutic method. Understand the laws for herbal formulae and acupunctural therapy. CMA 211/ 221; CMA 213/223 ; CMA 212/222 CMA 312/322 and CMA 313/323 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 25 Lectures p.w 2 34 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 35 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Chinese Herbal Formulae and Prescription Chinese Herbal Medicine 312 CMA312 7 10 Semester 1st Semester
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assessments Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered
381
BSc Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: Apply the principles of CMA to the various common ill nesses covered in this module Know well of the eight method? Understand relationship between Chinese medicine formula and the eight method Understand the meaning of the formula is prescribed according to treating method, and treating method is set up according to pattern diagnosis Understand the classification of formulae in past dynasties Know well of hierarchy of formulae, and meaning of the Chief herb, Deputy herb, assistant herb, Guiding herb in formula Know well of three modes of modificatio n in composition. Understand that a formula must follow the principle and also modifiable according to pattern. Understand form, dosage and instruction of formulae preparation Know well of 99 the most important formulae, understand 66 second impotent formulae and familiar 66 third impotent formulae To know the forbidden herbal combinations Ingredients of formula, preparation, dosage, action, indication, analyzing formula, clinic application , and modification of formula CMA 211/221 and CMA 212/222 CMA 311/321 and CMA 313/323 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 25 Lectures p.w 2 34 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 35 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Clinical Acupuncture Acupuncture 313 CMA313 7 10 Semester 1st Semester BSc Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: Identify and understand the technique of needle insertion, needle manipulation, retention and withdrawal of the needle, 382
Main Content
Main Content
technique of needle reinforcing and reducing methods Understand the needling method of the three edged needle, electro-puncture, scalp acupuncture and ear acupuncture An introduction about insertion of needles, needle manip ulation and Qi arrival, retention and withdrawal of the needle, technique of needle reinforcing and reducing methods Understand the three edged needle, electro -puncture, scalp acupuncture and ear acupuncture CMA 211/ 221; CMA 213/223 ; CMA 212/222 CMA 312/322 and CMA 313/323 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 25 Lectures p.w 2 34 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 35 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Theory of Chinese Internal Medicine Chinese Medicine Theory 321 CMA321 7 10 Semester 2nd Semester BSc Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: Identify and understand the concepts & patterns of internal medicine in diagnosis, Treatment principle, Treatment and treatment plan The laws related to the diagnosis, therapeutic method and organization of the formula and acupuncture formula based on the diagnosis and therapeutic method. Understand the laws for herbal formulae and acupunctural therapy. CMA 211/221; CMA 213/223; CMA 212/222 CMA 312/322 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 25 Lectures p.w 2 34 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 35 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assessments Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type
383
Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Chinese Herbal Formulae and Prescription Chinese Herbal Medicine 322 CMA 322 7 10 Semester 2nd Semester BSc Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: Apply the principles of CMA to the various common illnesses covered in this module Know well of the eight method? Understand relationship between Chinese medicine formula and the eight method Understand the meaning of the formula is prescribed according to treating method, and treating method is set up according to pattern diagnosis Understand the classification of formulas in past dynasties Know well of hierarchy of formulae, and meaning of the Chief herb, Deputy herb, assistant herb, Guiding herb in formula Know well of three modes of modification in composition. Understand that a formula must follow the principle and also modifiable according to pattern. Understand form, dosage and instruction of formulae preparation Know well of 99 the most important formulae, understand 66 second impotent formulae and familiar 66 third impotent formulae To know the forbidden herbal combinations Ingredients of formula, preparation, dosage, action, indication, analyzing formula, clinic application , and modification of formula CMA 211/221 and CMA 212/222 CMA 311/321 and CMA 313/323 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 25 Lectures p.w 1 34 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 35 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine Clinical Acupuncture Acupuncture 323 CMA 323 7 384
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assessments Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level
10 Semester 2nd Semester BSc Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: Identify and understand the concepts of clinical acupuncture in diagnosis and treatment perform needling, cupping, moxibustion, electro-acu techniques Apply techniques to basic common illnesses The laws related to the diagnosis, therapeutic method and organization of the acupuncture prescription. Understand the laws for acupuncture prescription and acupunctural therapy CMA 211/221 and CMA213/223 CMA 311/321/ and CMA 312/322 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 25 Lectures p.w 2 34 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 35 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine Chinese Medicine Theory of Internal medicine and Gynocology Chinese Medicine Theory 401 CMA 401 8 20 Semester 1st Semester BCM Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: Identify and understand the TCM concepts of internal medicine and Gyn disease with prevention, diagnosis and treatment in clinical practice Describe special symptoms, and make the correct syndrome differentiation of internal medicine and Gyn disease Get the correct therapeutic methods formula according to the TCM theory in common internal medicine disease and Gyn disease Concepts of individual disease with 4 diagnostic methods of TCM plus Lab tests and physical examination in internal medicine disease and Gyn disease The rules related to the diagnosis, therapeutic method and organization of the formula within internal medicine and Gyn 385
Main Content
Main Content
disease Herbal formulae and acupunctural therapy in internal medicine disease and Gyn disease CMA 311/321, CMA 312/322 and CMA 313/323 CMA 405 and CMA 405 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 50 Lectures p.w 4 78 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 70 200 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine Chinese Medicine Theory of ENT disease and Gynocology Chinese Medicine Theory 402 CMA 402 8 20 Semester 2nd Semester BCM Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: Identify and understand TCM concepts of ENT disease and Gyn disease with prevention, diagnosis and treatment in clinical Practice Describe special symptoms, and make the correct syndrome with differentiation of common ENT disease and Gyn disease Get the correct therapeutic methods formula according to the TCM theory in common ENT disease and Gyn disease Concepts of individual disease with 4 diagnostic methods of TCM plus Lab tests and physical examination in ENT disease and Gyn disease The rules related to the diagnosis, therapeutic method a nd organization of the formula within ENT disease and Gyn disease Herbal formulae and acupunctural therapy in ENT disease and Gyn disease CMA 311/321, CMA 312/322 and CMA 313/323 CMA 405 and CMA 404 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 50 Lectures p.w 4 74 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 70 200 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA 386
Main Content
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assessments Self study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic
Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Clinical Practice based on the theory of Chinese Medicine and Diagnosis; Herbs, Tuina and Acupuncture Clinical Practice 404 CMA404 8 20 Year 1st & 2nd Semester B Complementary Medicine (Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture) 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: Communicate effectively with the patient, encompassing good listening skills and compassion for the patient, to assess the overall health of the patient Examine anybody systems of a patient in a thorough systematical and competent manner to make or confirm a diagnosis. To be able to formulate and prepare any herbal medicine or medicament required in the treatment of a patient, whether external or internal treatment. And administer acupuncture, Moxibustion, Cupping, Tuina, Ear and scalp acupuncture Manage the patients follow up and treatment plans through help of keeping professional records. At the end of the module the student will be able to: Administer clinical practices and treatment of Integumentary System Diseases Cardiovascular System Diseases Respiratory System Diseases Digestive System Diseases Musculoskeletal System Diseases Nervous System Diseases Urinary System Diseases General Medicine 301 CMA 311/321; CMA 313/323 CMA 401/402 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 50 Lectures p.w 74 Practicals p.w. 4 6 Tutorials p.w. 70 200 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Chinese Medicine Massage: Paediatric and adult massage; Taichi: Chinese Medicine art of meditation and life force regulation movement sequences 387
Main Content
Tuina (Taichi) 405 CMA 405 8 20 Year 1st & 2nd Semester B Complementary Medicine (Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture) 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: Apply the various techniques of Tuina application to adults, children and infants Use the commonly used and most effective points, body areas and complex manipulations in terms of TCM therapeutic principles and Tuina methods Formulate a treatment plan using pediatric Tuina methods to address common pediatric illnesses Effectively teach the parents/guardians simpl e techniques to do at home for the patient Conduct the therapy with confidence and a professional demeanor with regard for the patients comfort while ensuring techniques are done appropriately Competency in performing basic Taichi Yang-style movements in an attempt to improve the practitioners strength and health for better practice This module covers the basic theory of Tuina (Chinese therapeutic massage) therapy. Theory and Hands on Practical sessions with special focus on Pediatrics Tuina. Students learn how to treat common childhood illnesses applying this particular modality as an adjunct to the other modalities used in their professional practice. Classes are predominantly practical in nature with repetition of techniques and methods until proficiency is attained. Thereafter learned techniques are applied to simulated real-life conditions commonly presenting in pediatrics. Students also learn the place of Tuina in pediatric and how and when it is used most appropriately. Reference is made to Internal Medicine and diseases. Basic training in the theory and practice of Yang-style Taichi, focusing on movement, breathing, strength and execution of the techniques CMA 311/321; CMA 313/323 CMA 401/402 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 50 Lectures p.w 2 74 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 70 200 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA
388
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assessments Practicals Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level
Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Clinical Practice Clinical Practice 504 CMA504 8 40 Year 1st & 2nd Semester B Complementary Medicine (Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture) 5 At the end of this module students should be able to: Communicate effectively with the patient, encompassing good listening skills and compassion for the patient, to assess the overall health of the patient Examine anybody systems of a patient in a thorough and competent manner to make or confirm a diagnosis. Formulate and prepare any herbal medicine or medicament required in the treatment of a patient, whether external or internal treatment. Manage the patients follow up and treatment plans through help of keeping professional records. Integumentary system Cardiovascular system Respiratory system Digestive system Musculoskeletal system Nervous system Urinary system Endocrine system Immune Autoimmune Cancer HIV Clinical Practice 404 CMA 502/503 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 100 Lectures p.w 98 Practicals p.w. 2 6 Tutorials p.w. 98 98 400 Continuous Assessment: 60% (Practicals) Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Research Project Research Project 508 CMA508 8 389
20 Year 1st & 2nd Semester BSc Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture 5 At the end of this module students should be able to: Generate, synthesise and evaluate alternative various methodological approaches that can be applied to Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture medical research. Critically analyses published work and identify gaps in current knowledge. Develop a realistic research proposal, which will form the basis of the work they will carry out in their research project. Select and apply appropriate techniques to analyses a problem and design a solution. Apply research project management techniques to the management of patient. Produce a substantial, complex piece of work within a specified time to match an agreed specification. Critically evaluate relevant literature, the patient management and the methods used. Communicate technical information effectively The investigation of a research question requiring the integration of Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture Principles with Conventional Medicine. The design and performance of experiments and the collection and analysis of information The analysis of a problem and the design of a solution Research Methods 421 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 50 Lectures p.w 2 74 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 70 200 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Science School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) The science or practice of the diagnosis, treatment, prevention of disease General Medicine 301 BCM301 7 30 Semester 2nd Semester BSc Complementary Health Sciences 3 390
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assessments Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
At the end of this module students should be able to: Describe diseases and disease processes Explain how to diagnose diseas es theoretically, their presentations in patients, the pathology and the treatment of these diseases or disease processes. Presentation of diseases Pathology of diseases Disease processes and how to diagnose them Special investigations needed to diagnose diseases and disease process Treatment thereof Pathology 311 Pathology 321 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 75 Lectures p.w 3 114 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 105 300 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community & Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) The science or practice of the diagnosis, treatment & prevention of disease General Medicine 401 BCM401 8 30 Year 1st & 2nd Semester B Complementary Medicine (Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture Naturopathy, Phytotherapy, Unani Tibb) 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: Describe diseases and disease processes Explain how to diagnose diseases theoretically, their presentations in patients, the pathology and the treatment of these diseases or disease processes. Presentation of diseases Pathology of diseases Disease processes and how to diagnose them Special investigations needed to diagnose diseases and disease process Treatment thereof General Medicine 301 Clinical Diagnosis 402 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 75 Lectures p.w 3 114 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 391
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assessments
Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic
105 300 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community & Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) The Process of determining the nature of a disorder by considering the patients signs and symptoms, medical background and lab tests Clinical Diagnosis 402 BCM402 8 20 Year 1st & 2nd Semester B Complementary Medicine (Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture, Naturopathy, Phytotherapy, Unani Tibb) 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: Diagnose a patient illness using their clinical skills learnt in this module. Clinical skills that are used to diagnose disease. Disease processes and pathology. General Medicine 301 Pathology 311 and 321 General Medicine 401 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 50 Lectures p.w 1.5 74 Practicals p.w. 1.5 6 Tutorials p.w. 70 200 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Centre School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Emergency Care Emergency Care 409 BCM409 8 10 Semester 2nd Semester B Complementary Medicine (Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture Naturopathy, Phytotherapy, Unani Tibb) 5 At the end of this module students should be able to: Demonstrate an understanding of emergencies scene management. Demonstrate an understanding of elementary anatomy and 392
Main Content Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assessments Self study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assessments Self - study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
physiology Apply an First Aid procedure to the life -threatening situation Explain and manage shock. Demonstrate the principles of primary emergency care in the workplace. Identify and solve problems regarding the mechanism of injuries and make decisions Using critical and creative thinking, regarding the prevention of complications Referral systems to use and the treatment to be provided with improvisation where equipment is unavailable None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 25 Lectures p.w 34 Practicals p.w. 3 6 Tutorials p.w. 35 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Counseling skills Counseling Skills 410 BCM410 8 10 Semester 2nd Semester B Complementary Medicine (Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture, Naturopathy, Phytotherapy, Unani Tibb) 5 At the end of this module students should be able to: Recognize the relationship of physical symptoms to men tal health. Apply cognitive counseling skills. Identify appropriate patients for referral to a mental health professional An introduction to prevalent mental health conditions and the psychiatric definitions. Problem management cognitive counseling skills Bachelor of Science (Complementary Health Sciences1) or registration as a medical practitioner with HPCSA. Homoeopath, Chiropractor, Osteopath, Chinese Medicine Practitioner or Acupuncturist, registered with the Allied Health Professions Council of SA. None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 25 Lectures p.w 2 34 Practicals p.w. 393
Main Content
Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks
Assessments Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
6 Tutorials p.w. 35 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Ethics, Jurisprudence And Practice Management Ethics, Jurisprudence And Practice Management 501 BCM501 8 10 Semester 2nd Semester B Complementary Medicine (Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture, Naturopathy, Phytotherapy, Unani Tibb) 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: understand the health legislations in a broader context and their implication on the practice of a Complementary Health Practitioner be able to apply ethical principles and be empowered in ethical decision-making understand the importance of ethics in the p ractice of medicine understand the importance of Continuing Professional Development in healthcare be able to make ethical decisions in everyday life understand and be able to refer to relevant regulations governing their professions Be able to interpret the articles of the Allied Health Professions Act and its regulations, such as: Interpret and understand Act 63 of 1982 the Acts proceeding Act 63 of 1982 the constitution of the Council and its powers the constitution of the Professional Boards and their powers the registration of students and practitioners the influence on Education and Training disciplinary matters Ethics Values in Health care Informed consent Confidentiality Beneficence and Non-maleficence Patients rights Autonomy Conflicts of interest Jurisprudence Relevance Act, 63 of 1982 Broadly statutory and Professional bodies Registration of students and Practitioners Guidelines for making Professional Services known Scopes of Practice of Health Professiona ls Rules of conduct for Healthcare Professionals National Patients Rights Charter 394
Main Content
The Primary Health Care package for SA The National Health Act, 61 of 2003 None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 25 Lectures p.w 2 34 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 35 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Principles of Natural Healing Principles of Natural Healing 111 NAT111 5 5 Term 1st Semester BSc Complementary Health Sciences 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Understand definitions highlighting health and healing Explore the use of Complementary medicine Explain how disease occurs and manifests Explain how healing occurs Describe the Old and New Paradigms of medicine. Critically evaluate their own health and make recommendations for effective change. An introduction in to the field of Natural medicine and why the students have chosen it Understanding the Old paradigm-Medicine model Understanding the New paradigm-Medicine model How disease manifests and returning the body to homeostasis The 4 Cornerstone of Health Benefits of exercise to the body 10 Principles of Health and illness None Method of Life Orientation None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 25 Lectures p.w 1 34 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 35 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA 395
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assessments Self study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type
Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Comparative Complementary Healing Systems Comparative Complementary Healing Systems 201 NAT201 6 10 Semester 2nd Semester BSc Complementary Health Sciences 2 At the end of this module students should be able to: Outline and compare the main origin and the history of the 5 modalities of Homeopathy, Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture, Ayurvedic Medicine, Unani Tibb, Naturopathy and Phytotherapy. Describe the practical approaches and the basic philosophy of the following modalities: Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture; Ayurvedic Medicine; Unani Tibb Medicine; Herbal Medicine; Homeopathy. Compare and contrast the five modalities in order to select one for further studies. History of medicine through the ages Changes within medical application Theory of 5 Elements of Chinese medicine: 5-phase Theory: Evolution Stages of Transformation Pulse Diagnosis The discovery of Homeopathy How to administer Homeopathic remedies Herbal medicine basic theory Principles of Natural Healing None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 25 Lectures p.w 3 34 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 35 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Study of disease processes with the aim of understanding their nature and causes Pathology 311 NAT311 7 15 Semester 1st Semester BSc Complementary Health Sciences 396
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assesment Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module
Main Content
3 At the end of this module students should be able to: Categories and explain the character of various common disease states. Identify and describe the aetiology, pathogenesis and morphology of common disease processes within the major bodily systems. Explain, by understanding the pathological disease processes at a cellular level, the consequences or clinical outcomes or manifestations, as they affect individual organs or systems. Identify and characterize microscopic and macros copic morphological changes in diseased organs. Introduction to pathology Normal cells, injury and cell death Amyloid, calcification, pigmentation Jaundice, fluid, oedema Hyperaemia and congestion Haemorrhage, shock Acute, chonic inflammation Healing and repair Infection Disorders of growth, tumors, malignancy and auto immunity None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 38 Lectures p.w 3 54 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 52 150 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) The science of drugs, relating to medicinal products in their natural state Herbal Pharmacognosy 312 NAT312 7 10 Semester 1st Semester BSc Complementary Health Sciences 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: Identify plants with medicinal value, visually and with laboratory tests and name their family and botanical name. Explain the basic metabolic pathways and origins of secondary metabolites in plants. Explain the principles related to the commercial production, 397
Main Content
quality and standardization of natural drugs. Test herbal material for quality by using specified laboratory tests. Explain the pharmacodynamics of the archetypal plant constituents: carbohydrates, glycosides and saponins. An introduction to botany, including taxonomy and morphology. Principles related to the commercial production, quality and standardization of natural products. Quality control, standards applicable to crude drugs and techniques for detection of contamination. General methods associated with the phytochemical investigation of herbal products. Basic metabolic pathways and the origin of secondary metabolites The chemical and physical structure, chemical and phy sical constants, extraction, identification reactions, properties and functions of the following main classes of secondary plant chemicals: carbohydrates, glycosides, saponins. Life Sciences 141 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 25 Lectures p.w 2 34 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 35 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Study of disease processes with the aim of understanding their nature and causes Pathology 321 NAT321 7 10 Semester 2nd Semester BSc Complementary Health Sciences 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: Categorize and explain the character of various common disease states. Identify and describe the aetiology, pathogenesis and morphology of common disease processes within the major bodily systems. Explain, by understanding the pathological disease processes at a cellular level, the consequences or clinical outcomes or manifestations, as they affect individual organs or systems. Identify and characterize microscopic and macroscopic
398
Main Content
morphological changes in diseased organs. Understand the clinical signs and symptoms of disease manifestation in its totality, as it relates to the specific disease processes and mechanisms which occur on a cellular and gross anatomical level. Cardiovascular Diseases Hematopoietic And Lymphoid Diseases Respiratory Disorders Gastrointestinal Disorders Hepato-Biliary Disorders Disorders Of The Kidneys Endocrine Abnormalities Disorders Of Bone And Joints Skin Disorders Disorders Of The Nervous System Pathology 311 General Medicine 301 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 25 Lectures p.w 3 34 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 35 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) The science of drugs, relating to medicinal products in their natural state Herbal Pharmacognosy 322 NAT322 7 10 Semester 2nd Semester BSc Complementary Health Sciences 3 At the end of this module students should be able to: Identify plants with medicinal value, visually and with laboratory tests. Explain the biosynthesis of secondary metabolites: Alkaloids, essential oils, tannins, fixed oils. Name the common, family and botanical name, uses and symptoms produced in the body. Explain the pharmacodynamics of the archetypal plant constituents: alkaloids ,essential oils ,tannins, fixed oils mucilages and gums Quality control and standards applicable to crude drugs. The geographical sources, collection and preparation, chemical tests for identification, adulterants and substitutes and uses for the plants containing alkaloids, tannins, essential oils.
Main Content
399
Basic metabolic pathways and the origin of secondary metabolites. General methods associated with the phytochemical investigation of herbal products Herbal Pharmacognosy 312 Life Sciences 141 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 25 Lectures p.w 34 Practicals p.w. 2 6 Tutorials p.w. 35 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Clinical Practice for Naturopathy Clinical Practice 404 NAT404 8 10 Year 1st & 2nd Semester B Complementary Medicine (Naturopathy) 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: Communicate effectively with the patient, encompassing good listening skills and compassion for the patient, to assess the overall health of the patient Examine anybody systems of a patient in a thorough and competent manner to make or confirm a diagnosis. To be able to formulate and prepare any herbal medicine or medicament required in the treatment of a patient, whether external or internal treatment. Manage the patients follow up and treatment plans through help of keeping professional records. Integumentary system Cardiovascular system Respiratory system Digestive system Musculoskeletal system Nervous system Urinary system General Medicine 301 General Medicine 401 Clinical Diagnosis 402 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 25 Lectures p.w 34 Practicals p.w. 2 400
Main Content
6 Tutorials p.w. 35 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) The study of Naturopathic Medicine, and application thereof. Treatment Modalities of Naturopathy 411 NAT411 8 20 Semester 1st Semester B Complementary Medicine (Naturopathy) 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: Describe the role that supplementation plays in the 21st century medicine model and in naturopathic practice. Define attributing factors of a diet depleted of nutrients and causes of impaired absorption, assimilation and micronutrient antagonisms. Describe the various principles and practices, benefits, limitations, safety aspects, prescribing rules and appropriate combinations of supplementation. In depth study of vitamins, minerals, nutrients, accessory nutrients, glyconutrients, glandular extracts, amino acids, EFAs and phytonutrients. Supplements for various conditions, stages in life & lifestyle changes such as pregnancy, lactation, weight-loss & anorexia. Describe the benefits of Homeopathy. Principles, practices and manufacturing of supplements. Supplementation for various conditions, various stages in life & lifestyle changes. Safety aspects: Interactions, contra-indications & side-effects. Supplementing with functional and fortified foods. Various supplementation product lines. Homeopathy application and practice. Nutrition Medicine 315 Pharmacology 204 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 50 Lectures p.w 1 74 Practicals p.w. 1 6 Tutorials p.w. 1 70 200 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA
Main Content
401
Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) The study of Naturopathic Medicine, and application there of Treatment Modalities of Naturopathy 421 NAT421 8 20 Semester 2nd Semester B Complementary Medicine (Naturopathy) 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: Define attributing factors of a diet depleted of nutrients and causes of impaired absorption, assimilation and micronutrient antagonisms. Describe the various principles and practices, benefits, limitations, safety aspects, prescribing rules and appropriate combinations of supplementation. In depth study of vitamins, minerals, nutrients, accessory nutrients, glyconutrients, glandular extracts, amino acids, EFAs and phytonutrients. Supplements for various conditions, stages in life & lifestyle changes such as pregnancy, lactation, weight-loss & anorexia. Clinical Examination (revise/practice) Exposure to a variety of diagnostic tools in practice. Pathlab, Live Blood-, Hair-, and Stool analysis, Iridology, Movement and Structural Assessment. Critical Appraisal of the above Principles, practices and manufacturing of supplements. Supplementation for various conditions, various stages in life & lifestyle changes. Safety aspects: Interactions, contra -indications & side-effects. Supplementing with functional and fortified foods. Various supplementation product lines. Treatment Modalities 411 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 50 Lectures p.w 1 74 Practicals p.w. 1 6 Tutorials p.w. 1 70 200 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Clinical Practice Clinical Practice 504 NAT504 8 40 402
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assessments Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value
Semester 1st & 2nd Semester B Complementary Medicine (Naturopathy) 5 At the end of this module students should be able to: Communicate effectively with the patient, encompassing good listening skills and compassion for the patient, to assess the overall health of the patient Examine anybody systems of a patient in a thorough and competent manner to make or confirm a diagnosis external or internal treatment. Manage the patients follow up and treatment plans through help of keeping professional records Immune system Autoimmune diseases Clinical Practice 404 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 100 Lectures p.w 2 98 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 98 98 400 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Research Project Research Project 508 NAT508 8 20 Year 1st & 2nd Semester B Complementary Medicine (Naturopathy, Phytotherapy, Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture, Unani Tibb) 5 At the end of this module students should be able to: Generate, synthesise and evaluate alternative various methodological approaches that can be applied to Naturopathy medical research. Critically analyses published work and identify gaps in current knowledge. Develop a realistic research proposal, which will form the basis of the work they will carry out in their research project. Select and apply appropriate techniques to analyses a problem and design a solution. Apply research project management techniques to the management of patient. Produce a substantial, complex piece of work within a specified 403
Main Content Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assessments Practicals Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Main Content
time to match an agreed specification. Critically evaluate relevant literature, the patient management and the methods used. Communicate technical information effectively The investigation of a research question requiring the integration of Naturopathy Principles with Conventional Medicine. The design and performance of experiments and the collection and analysis of information The analysis of a problem and the design of a so lution The design and implementation of a clinical experiments Project management and Time management Problem solving and selection of solutions Communication skills: reports, articles, posters and verbal communication Problem Analysis System Design Implementation Critical evaluation Research skills: literature search, evaluation of sources and analysis Research Methods 421 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 50 Lectures p.w 2 74 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 70 200 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) The study of Naturopathic Medicine, and application thereof. Treatment Modalities of Naturopathy 511 NAT511 8 20 Semester 1st Semester B Complementary Medicine (Naturopathy) 5 At the end of this module students should be able to: Describe the principles, practice and indication for specialized diets. Identify how food relates to health/disease and intolerances and the importance of food in the maintenance of optimal health. Understand detoxification. Take naturopathic consultations, make a naturopathic assessment and prescribe individual treatment plans. Prescribe specific dietary protocols for various conditions.
404
Main Content
Therapeutic dietary models. Detoxification therapy & medicinal fasting. Organic, whole& therapeutic foods. Food & mood, food and culture. Natural weight -loss Nutritional consultation including diet & lifestyle Diet therapy for specific conditions and lifestyles Treatment modalities 421 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 50 Lectures p.w 2 74 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 70 200 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) The study of Naturopathic Medicine, and application thereof. Treatment Modalities of Naturopathy 521 NAT521 8 20 Semester 2nd Semester B Complementary Medicine (Naturopathy) 5 At the end of this module students should be able to: Describe the principles, practice and indication for specialized diets. Understand basic principles of Botanical Medicine Understand History and Philosophy of Botanical Medicine Understand basic terminology used in Botanical Medicine Explore the use of Herbal medicines within context of Scope of Practice conditions. Understand the principles of Homotoxicology Describe the Basic Principles of Acupressure Therapeutic dietary models. Detoxification therapy & medicinal fasting. Acupressure Techniques Organic, whole & therapeutic foods. Herbal Medicine Nutritional consultation including diet & lifestyle Diet therapy for specific conditions and lifestyles Treatment modalities 511 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 50 Lectures p.w 2 74 Practicals p.w. 405
Main Content
6 Tutorials p.w. 70 200 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Differential Diagnosis for Naturopathy Differential Diagnosis for Naturopathy 403 NAT403 8 10 Semester 1st Semester B Complementary Medicine (Naturopathy) 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: Demonstrate an understanding that, although the module is based on individual approaches to specific symptoms or signs, that these are often inter-related within the context of a totality Demonstrate a systematic kno wledge of the various etiologies of specific symptoms and signs Demonstrate the ability to undertake the diagnostic process in terms of formulating hypotheses, differential diagnoses and how to systematically eliminate the various possibilities in order to obtain a clear diagnosis Demonstrate a knowledge of the appropriate laboratory tests and special investigations that may be required to aid in the diagnostic process for a specific symptom or sign Demonstrate the ability to integrate basic sciences, pa thology, general medicine and clinical diagnostic skills in the interpretation of specific symptoms and signs that commonly present in medical practice Introduction Differential diagnosis Interpretation of various signs and symptoms None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 25 Lectures p.w 2 34 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 35 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA
Main Content
406
Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Clinical Practice Clinical Practice 404 PHH404 8 10 Year 1st & 2nd Semester B Complementary Medicine (Phytotherapy) 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: Communicate effectively with the patient, encompassing good listening skills and compassion for the patient, to assess the overall health of the patient Examine anybody systems of a patient in a thorough and competent manner to make or confirm a diagnosis. Formulate and prepare any herbal medicine or medicament required in the treatment of a patient, whether external or internal treatment. Manage the patients follow up and treatment plans through help of keeping professional records. Integumentary system Cardiovascular system Respiratory system Digestive system Musculoskeletal system Nervous system Urinary system Endocrine system Pathology 311 and 321 General Medicine 301 Clinical Phytotherapy 406 General Medicine 401 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 25 Lectures p.w 34 Practicals p.w. 2 6 Tutorials p.w. 35 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Materia Medica Materia Medica 405 PHH405 8 20 Year 1st & 2nd Semester 407
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assessments Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered
B Complementary Medicine (Phytotherapy) 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: Explain the main botanical aspects of the medicinal plants in the Materia Medica provided, as well as their medicinal properties, application and contraindications. Create a 40 plant herbarium, with descriptions of the plants, habitat and medicinal use. Describe the principles for nu rturing, maintaining and healing of a particular system with herbal medicine, formulating a prescription. Integumentary system Cardiovascular system Respiratory system Digestive system Musculoskeletal system Nervous system Urinary system Endocrine system None Herbal pharmacology None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 50 Lectures p.w 2 74 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 70 200 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Clinical Phytotherapy Clinical Phytotherapy 406 PHH406 8 10 Year 1st & 2nd Semester B Complementary Medicine (Phytotherapy) 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: Take a complete case history. Questioning about all body systems, past medical history, family history, emotional state, diet and lifestyle, as well as present health problems, all in accordance with the philosophy of Phytotherapy. Make decisions regarding pathology tasks, other tests or examinations required to establish a diagnosis, or when to refer the patient to / or liaise with another practitioner or specialist. Treat the patient in a holistic and safe manner using herbal 408
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks assessments Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Main Content
Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assessments Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
medicine, diet, nutrition and lifestyle, all in the promotion of health. Manage a herbal dispensary in accord ance with current regulations regarding medicines and rules of AHPCSA. Integumentary system Cardiovascular system Respiratory system Digestive system Musculoskeletal system Nervous system Urinary system Endocrine system Pathology 311 and 321 General Medicine 301 Materia Medica 405 Clinical Diagnosis 402 General Medicine 401 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 25 Lectures p.w 2 34 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 35 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Herbal Pharmacology Herbal Pharmacology 407 PHH407 8 10 Semester 2nd Semester B Complementary Medicine (Phytotherapy) 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: Describe the basic principles of pharmacoki netics and pharmacodynamics; portray pharmaceutical dosage forms, the routes of administration of medicines and the factors that might influence these. Explain the chemistry, therapeutic properties of actions of secondary plant metabolites. Explain pharmacology of herbs for the different body systems. Explain the toxicity, contraindications and safety of herbal medicine. Introduction to Pharmacology, Phytochemistry, digestive, urinary, reproductive,
Main Content
409
endocrine, nervous, Cardiovascular and respiratory system. Herbal Pharmacognosy None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 25 Lectures p.w 2 34 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 35 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Clinical Practice Clinical Practice 504 PHH504 8 40 Year 1st & 2nd Semester B Complementary Medicine (Phytotherapy) 5 At the end of this module students should be able to: Communicate effectively with the patient, encompassing good listening skills and compassion for the patient, to assess the overall health of the patient Examine anybody systems of a patient in a thorough and competent manner to make or confirm a diagnosis. Formulate and prepare any herbal medicine or medicament required in the treatment of a patient, whether external or internal treatment. Manage the patients follow up and treatment plans through help of keeping professional records. Integumentary system Cardiovascular system Respiratory system Digestive system Musculoskeletal system Nervous system Urinary system Endocrine system Immune Autoimmune Cancer HIV Clinical Practice 404 Clinical Phytotherapy 506 Materia Medica 505 None 410
Main Content
A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assessments Practicals Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 100 Lectures p.w 98 Practicals p.w. 2 6 Tutorials p.w. 98 98 400 Continuous Assessment: 60% (Practicals) Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Materia Medica Materia Medica 505 PHH505 8 20 Year 1st & 2nd Semester B Complementary Medicine (Phytotherapy) 5 At the end of this module students should be able to: Explain the main botanical aspects of the medicinal plants in the materia medica provided, as well as their medicinal properties, application and contraindications. Create a 40 plant herbarium, with descriptions of the plants, habitat and medicinal use. Describe the principles for naturing, maintaining and healing of a particular system with herbal medicine, formulating a prescription. Immune system, Autoimmune diseases, Understanding disease and: treatment for the various systems done in 405. Materia Medica 405 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 50 Lectures p.w 2 74 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 70 200 Continuous Assessment: 60% (Practicals) Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Clinical Phytotherapy Clinical Phytotherapy 506 PHH506 8 411
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assessments Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level
10 Year 1st & 2nd Semester B Complementary Medicine (Phytotherapy) 5 At the end of this module students should be able to: Take a complete case history. Questioning about all body systems, past medical history, family history, emotional state, diet and lifestyle, as well as present health problems, all in accordance with the philosophy of Phototherapy. Make decisions regarding pathology tasks, o ther tests or examinations required to establish a diagnosis, or when to refer the patient to / or liaise with another practioner or specialist. Treat the patient in a holistic and safe manner using herbal medicine, diet, nutrition and lifestyle, all in the promotion of health. Manage a herbal dispensary in accordance with current regulations regarding medicines and rules of AHPCSA. Immune system Autoimmune diseases Understanding disease and treatments for the various systems. Clinical Phytotherapy 406 Materia Medica 405 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 25 Lectures p.w 2 34 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 35 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) The preparation and dispensing of herbal medicine Herbal Pharmacy 507 PHH507 8 10 Semester 2nd Semester B Complementary Medicine (Phytotherapy) 5 At the end of this module students should be able to: Explain quality and control, storage and labeling methods of herbal medicine, according to good manufacturing practice. Explain the principle modes of extraction of herbal medicine. Explain the compounding of different dosage forms for external and internal use. Explain incompatibilities and methods for overcoming possible incompatibilities when dispensing herbal medicine. 412
Main Content
Main Content
Write a prescription, explain the posology and demonstrate dispensing techniques. Introduction to herbal pharmacy, liquids and dry preparations, preparations for external use, solids and semisolids compounding and prescriptions. Herbal Pharmacology 407 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 25 Lectures p.w 2 34 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 35 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Research Project Research Project 508 PHH508 8 20 Year 1st & 2nd Semester B Complementary Medicine (Naturopathy, Phytotherapy, Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture, Unani Tibb) 5 At the end of this module students should be able to: Generate, synthesise and evaluate alternative various methodological approaches that can be applied to Phytotherapy medical research. Critically analyses published work and identify gaps in current knowledge. Develop a realistic research proposal, which will form the basis of the work they will carry out in their research project. Select and apply appropriate techniques to analyses a problem and design a solution. Apply research project management techniques to the management of patient. Produce a substantial, complex piece of work within a specified time to match an agreed specification. Critically evaluate relevant literature, the patient management and the methods used. Communicate technical information effectively The investigation of a researc h question requiring the integration of Phytotherapy Principles with Conventional Medicine. The design and performance of experiments and the collection and analysis of information The analysis of a problem and the design of a solution The design and i mplementation of a clinical experiments Project management and Time management
Main Content
413
Problem solving and selection of solutions Communication skills: reports, articles, posters and verbal communication Problem Analysis System Design Implementation Critical evaluation Research skills: literature search, evaluation of sources and analysis Research Methods 421 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 50 Lectures p.w 2 74 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 70 200 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Differential Diagnosis for Phytotherapy Differential Diagnosis for Phytotherapy 403 PHH403 8 10 Semester 1st Semester B Complementary Medicine (Phytotherapy) 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: Demonstrate an understanding that, although the module is based on individual approaches to specific symptoms or signs, that these are often inter-related within the context of a totality Demonstrate a systematic knowledge of the various etiologies of specific symptoms and signs Demonstrate the ability to undertake the diagnostic process in terms of formulating hypotheses, differential diagnoses and how to systematically eliminate the various possibilities in order to obtain a clear diagnosis Demonstrate a knowledge of the appropriate laboratory tests and special investigations that may be required to aid in the diagnostic process for a specific symptom or sign Demonstrate the ability to integrate basic sciences, pathology, general medicine and clinical diagnostic skills in the interpretation of specific symptoms and signs that commonly present in medical practice Introduction Differential diagnosis Interpretation of various signs and symptoms None
Main Content
414
Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assessments Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 25 Lectures p.w 2 34 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 35 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Clinical Practice Clinical Practice 404 TIB404 8 10 Year 1st & 2nd Semester B Complementary Medicine (Unani Tibb) 4 Communicate effectively with the patient, encompassing good listening skills and compassion for the patient, to assess the overall health of the patient Examine any body systems of a patient in a thorough and competent manner to make or confirm a diagnosis. To be able to formulate a treatment plan for a patient, both external or internal treatment. Manage the patients follow up and treatment plans through help of keeping professional records. Integumentary system Cardiovascular system Respiratory system Digestive system Musculoskeletal system Nervous system Urinary system Endocrine system None Philosophy and Aetology of Tibb TIB 412 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 25 Lectures p.w 1 34 Practicals p.w. 1 6 Tutorials p.w. 1 35 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA
Main Content
415
Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Pathology and Diagnosis of Unani Tibb Pathology and Diagnosis of Unani Tibb 411 TIB411 8 10 Semester 1st Semester B Complementary Medicine (Unani Tibb) 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: Define health according to Unani Tibb. Define disease according to Unani Tibb. Define pathology according to Unani Tibb. Describe the material form of each humour and list its functions. Ananlyse the most important role of the humours Understand the differences between Unani Tibb and allopathic medicine regarding the interpretation of pathology? Describe the Unani Tibb approach to pathology what is the starting point? Describe the two pathways of the pathological process. Demonstrate understanding of the difference between a temperamental (qualitative) imbalance and a humoural imbalance? Comprehend which of the above is mostly associated with acute conditions. Describe the relationship between humours and pathology. Describe the link between pathology and temperament using the natural cycle as the basis of your explanation. Discuss vulnerability to illnesses in relation to temperament . Health according to Unani Tibb Medicine Disease according to Unani Tibb. Imbalance and a humoural imbalance The link between pathology and temperament using the natural cycle. Relation between organ/tissue, temperature and Discuss illnesses Temperament structure with function. The two pathways of the pathological process. The most important role of the humours The differences between Unani Tibb and allopathic medicine regarding the interpretation of pathology None Philosophy and Aetology of Tibb TIB 412 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 25 Lectures p.w 1 34 Practicals p.w. 1 6 Tutorials p.w. 1 35 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% 416
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assessments Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment
CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Philosophy and Aetiology of Unani Tibb Philosophy and Aetiology of Unani Tibb 412 TIB412 8 10 Semester 1st Semester B Complementary Medicine (Unani Tibb) 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: Demonstrate an understanding of the history of Tibb and list the unique features of Tibb compared to orthodox, allopathic Medicine. Explain the term physis Define the term temperament and how does it relate to structure and function? Describe the 3 factors, which determine a persons temperament. Explain the different temperaments with their corresponding qualities. Describe the different temperaments and describe the temperament you fall into and why? Evaluate the four humours and their corresponding qualities? Demonstrate an understanding of the main functions of humours? Describe the four different types of tissues and their corresponding qualities Temperament Humours Sanguineous Phlegmatic Bilious Melancholic Physis Macro and Micro Cosmos Governing factors None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 25 Lectures p.w 1 34 Practicals p.w. 1 6 Tutorials p.w. 1 35 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA
Main Content
417
Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Pharmacology of Unani Tibb Pharmacology of Unani Tibb 413 TIB413 8 20 Year 1st & 2nd Semester B Complementary Medicine (Unani Tibb) 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: Familiarization with the basic concept of Tibb Pharmacology. Understanding harvesting and the main priciples, safely etc of medicinal herbs. Understanding the rationale behind the use of certain medicinal herbs in specific situations. Understanding the rationale behind the use of certain medicinal herbs Introduction and History Harvesting and Therapeutic overview Active principles Plants and the nervous system Plants and the cardiovascular system Plants and metabolic diseases Plants and the renal system Anti -inflammatory plants Plants and the respiratory system Adaptogenic plants Plants and the reproductive syste m Plants and the digestive system Plants affecting Liver and Biliary system Plants and the Cutaneous system Herbal treatment from children Herbal Medicine in specific situations Animal Drugs Mineral Drugs None Philosophy an Aetiology of Tibb TIB 412 Pathology and Diagnosis TIB 411 Therapeutics TIB 414 None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 50 Lectures p.w 1 74 Practicals p.w. 1 6 Tutorials p.w. 1 70 200 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA
Main Content
Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assessments Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type
418
Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Therapeutics of Unani Tibb Medicine Therapeutics of Unani Tibb 414 TIB414 8 10 Semester 2nd Semester B Complementary Medicine (Unani Tibb) 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: Comprehend the laws of treatment according to the principles and philosophy of Unani-Tibb. Explain how the laws of treatment should be in harmony with Physis. Demonstrate the importance of making appropriate choices in deciding the mode of treatment depending on the illness condition and the frame (qualities) associated with the illness. Describe the rationale behind each mode of treatment and the implementation thereof. Recognize that treatment is a response to the causes according to the Hippocratic principle of dyspepsia. Comprehend that therapeutics in Unani Tibb is aimed at counteracting the causes and reversing the pathological process of illnesses. Discuss the different levels at which physis works in the human body. Understand the six different healing routes of physis and give your own examples. Analyse the significance of the Natural cycle in Unani Tibb therapeutics. Understand the three sources of imbalances that cause illnesses. The laws of treatment according to the principles and philosophy of Tibb Hippocratic principle of dyspepsia. Therapeutics in Unani Tibb Temperament Concoction & elimination/ evacuation of humours Humours Qualities of illness frames and treatment Laws of treatment Modes of therapy Physis Sanguineous Management of conditions associated with the six frames Phlegmatic Bilious Melancholic Physis Macro and Micro Cosmos Governing Factors Philosophy and Aetiology of Tibb TIB 412 Pathology and Diagnosis TIB 411 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 25 Lectures p.w 1 34 Practicals p.w. 1 6 Tutorials p.w. 1 35 419
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assessments Self-study
100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Regimental Therapies In Unani Tibb Medicine Regimental Therapies 415 TIB415 8 10 Semester 2nd Semester B Complementary Medicine (Unani Tibb) 4 At the end of this module students should be able to: Recognize the role that meditation/breathing plays in treating emotional or psychological conditions Explain the importance of dietotherapy, and how it is applied. Demonstrate an understanding of the Clinical application of diet based on taste, qualities. Explain why Fasting and detox techniques are important in TIBB Medicine Illustrate the practical insights into the art of cupping List the benefits of cupping in many illness conditions Analyse the benefits of breathing exercises and meditation techniques for different conditions Demonstrate an understanding of dry and wet cupping technique and their cupping sites. Explain the rationale and benefits behind cupping. Regimental therapies Breathing exercises and meditation dietotherapy Fasting and detox techniques The practical art of cupping Philosophy and Aetiology of Tibb TIB 412 Pathology and Diagnosis TIB 411 Therapeutics T IB 414 Pharmacology TIB 413 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 25 Lectures p.w 1 34 Practicals p.w. 1 6 Tutorials p.w. 1 35 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Research Project 420
Main Content
Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assessments Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic
Main Content
Research Project 508 TIB508 8 20 Year 1st & 2nd Semester B Complementary Medicine (Naturopathy, Phytotherapy, Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture, Unani Tibb) 5 At the end of this module students should be able to: Generate, synthesise and evaluate alternative various methodological approaches that can be applied to Unani Tibb medical research. Critically analyses published work and identify gaps in current knowledge. Develop a realistic research proposal, which will form the basis of the work they will carry out in their research project. Select and apply appropriate techniques to analyses a problem and design a solution. Apply research project management techniques to the management of patient. Produce a substantial, complex piece of work within a specified time to match an agreed specification. Critically evaluate relevant literature, the patient management and the methods used. Communicate technical information effectively The investigation of a research question requiring the integration of Unani Tibb Principles with Conventional Medicine. The design and performance of experiments and the collection and analysis of information The analysis of a problem and the design of a solution The design and implementation of a clinical experiments Project manageme nt and Time management Problem solving and selection of solutions Communication skills: reports, articles, posters and verbal communication Problem Analysis System Design Implementation Critical evaluation Research skills: literature search, evaluat ion of sources and analysis Research Methods 421 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 50 Lectures p.w 2 74 Practicals p.w. 6 Tutorials p.w. 70 200 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA
421
Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Hepatic, Renal, Gastro-Intestinal And Metabolic Disorders Illness Management 521 TIB521 8 10 Semester 1st Semester B Complementary Medicine (Unani Tibb) 5 At the end of this module students should be able to: Apply the principles of Tibb learnt in Mo dules 1-6, to the various common illnesses covered in these modules. Describe the rationale behind the causes and pathological pathways of the illnesses covered. Apply effective, comprehensive and appropriate treatment to the illnesses covered in each module, which will address the causes of illnesses as well as the symptoms. Demonstrate an understanding when choosing different therapeutic options to suit the needs of individual patients. Evaluate the benefits (if any) of integrating Tibb into an allopathic/other medical practice with respect to clinical outcomes and cost effectiveness. Give the rationale behind the causes and pathological pathways of the illnesses covered. Explain why it is important to choose different therapeutic options to suit the needs of individual patients. Review: anatomy and physiology of the systems with respect to temperament structure and function. Common causes of disorders of the systems Rationale of pathology linked to the systems Common disorders of the systems Philosophy and Aetology of Tibb 877412 Pathology and Diagnosis 877411 Therapeutics 877414 Pharmacology 877413 Regimental Therapies 877415 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 25 Lectures p.w 1 34 Practicals p.w. 1 6 Tutorials p.w. 1 35 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Gynaecology, Andrology and Paediatrics Illness Management 522 422
Main Content
Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assessments Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name
TIB522 8 10 Semester 1st Semester B Complementary Medicine (Unani Tibb) 5 At the end of this module students should be able to: Apply the principles of Tibb learnt in Modules 1 -6, to the various common illnesses covered in this series of modules. Describe the rationale behind the causes and pathological pathways of the illnesses covered. Evaluate the benefits (if any) of integrating Unani Tibb into an allopathic/other medical practice with respect to clinical outcomes and cost effectiveness. Give the rationale behind the causes and pathological pathways of the illnesses covered. Apply effective, comprehensive and appropriate treatment to the illnesses covered in each module, which will address the causes of illnesses as well as the symptoms. Explain why it is important to choose different therapeutic options to suit the needs of individual patients. Physiology of the systems with respect to temperament structure and function. Common causes of disorders of the systems Rationale of pathology linked to the systems Common disorders of the systems Philosophy and Aetology of Tibb TIB 412 Pathology and Diagnosis TIB 411 Therapeutics TIB 414 Pharmacology TIB 413 Regimental Therapies TIB 415 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 25 Lectures p.w 1 34 Practicals p.w. 1 6 Tutorials p.w. 1 34 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Dermatology, Musculoskeletal, Immune/Infectious Disorders & Geriatric Illness Management 523 TIB523 8 10 Semester 2nd Semester 423
Main Content
Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assessments Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered
B Complementary Medicine (Unani Tibb) 5 At the end of this module students should be able to: Apply the principles of Unani Tibb learnt in Modules 1 -6, to the various common illnesses covered in this series of modules. Describe the rationale behind the causes and pathological pathways of the illnesses covered. Demonstrate an understanding when choosing different therapeutic options to suit the needs of individual patients. Evaluate the benefits (if any) of integrating Unani Tibb into an allopathic/other medical practice with respect to clinical outcomes and cost effectiveness. Give the rationale behind the causes and pathological pathways of the illnesses covered. Apply effective, comprehensive and appropriate treatment to the illnesses covered in each module, which will address the causes of illnesses as well as the symptoms. Explain why it is important to choose different therapeutic options to suit the needs of individual patients. Review: anatomy and physiology of the systems with respect to temperament structure and function. Common causes of disorders of the systems Rationale of pathology linked to the systems Common disorders of the systems Philosophy and Aetology of Tibb TIB 412 Pathology and Diagnosis TIB 411 Therapeutics TIB 414 Pha rmacology TIB 413 Regimental Therapies TIB 415 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 25 Lectures p.w 1 34 Practicals p.w. 1 6 Tutorials p.w. 1 35 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Central Nervous System, Ear, Nose, Throat and Endocrine Illness Management 524 TIB524 8 10 Semester 2nd Semester B Complementary Medicine (Unani Tibb) 5 At the end of this module students should be able to: 424
Main Content
Main Content
Apply the principles of Unani Tibb learnt in Modules 1 -6, to the various common illnesses covered in this series of modules. Describe the rationale behind the causes and pathological pathways of the illnesses covered. Demonstrate an understanding when choosing different therapeutic options to suit the needs of individual patients. Evaluate the benefits (if any) of integrating Unani Tibb into an allopathic/other medical practice with respect to clinical outcomes and cost effectiveness. Give the rationale behind the causes and pathological pathways of the illnesses covered. Apply effective, comprehensive and appropriate treatment to the illnesses covered in each module, which will address the causes of illnesses as well as the symptoms. Explain why it is important to choose different therapeutic options to suit the needs of individual patients. Explain why it is important to choose different therapeutic options to suit the needs of individual patients. Review: anatomy and physiology of the systems with respect to temperament structure and function. Common causes of disorders of the systems Rationale of pathology linked to the systems Common disorders of the systems Philosophy and Aetology of Tibb TIB 412 Pathology and Diagnosis TIB 411 Therapeutics TIB 414 Pharmacology TIB 413 Regimental Therapies TIB 415 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 25 Lectures p.w 1 34 Practicals p.w. 1 6 Tutorials p.w. 1 35 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Natural Medicine (SoNM) Cardiovascular, Respiratory and Haematological Disorders Illness Management 525 TIB525 8 10 Semester 2nd Semester B Complementary Medicine (Unani Tibb) 5 At the end of this module students should be able to: Apply the principles of Unani Tibb learnt in Modules 1 -6, to the various common illnesses covered in this series of modules.
425
Main Content
Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Assessments Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type SCHOOL OF PUBLIC HEALTH Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
Describe the rationale behind the causes and pathological pathways of the illnesses covered. Demonstrate an understanding when choosing different therapeutic options to suit the needs of individual patients. Evaluate the benefits (if any) of integrating Unani Tibb into an allopathic/other medical practice with respect to clinical outcomes and cost effectiveness. Give the rationale behind the causes and pathological pathways of the illnesses covered. Apply effective, comprehensive and appropriate treatment to the illnesses covered in each module, which will address the causes of illnesses as well as the symptoms. Explain why it is important to choose different therapeutic options to suit the needs of individual patients. Review: anatomy and physiology of the systems with respect to temperament structure and function. Common causes of disorders of the systems Rationale of pathology linked to the systems Common disorders of the syste ms Philosophy and Aetology of Tibb TIB 412 Pathology and Diagnosis TIB 411 Therapeutics TIB 414 Pharmacology TIB 413 Regimental Therapies TIB 415 None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 25 Lectures p.w 1 34 Practicals p.w. 1 6 Tutorials p.w. 1 35 100 Continuous Assessment: 60% Final Assessment: 40% CFA
Community and Health Sciences School of Public Health (SoPH) Public Health Research MPH Mini-thesis SPH803 and SPH804 9 60 Semester 1st & 2nd Semester Master of Public Health 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Undertake research by developing a research question in the field of Public Health, carry it out and report on research in form of a mini-thesis. An overview of the research process.
Main Content
426
Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment
Research frameworks: Positivist, Interpretivist, qualitative, quantitative research Research designs Refining your research question to ensure it fits with your research problem Literature Reviews Appropriate methodology and research design Data collection, analysis, interpretation, limitations Writing up a mini-thesis. Module 1 - Population Health and Development: A Primary Health Care Approach II Module 2 - Measuring Health and Disease - Intermediate Epidemiology Module 3 - Management Strategies for the Public Health Services II OR Managing and Supporting Health Workers Module 4 - Health Promotion for Public Health II Module 5 - Elective module 1 (Capita Selecta I) Module 6 - Elective module 2 (Capita Selecta II) Module 7 - Health Systems Research Module 8 - Qualitative Research Methods OR Quantitative Research Methods None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 150 Lectures p.w 450 Practicals p.w. 600 Thesis examined by one internal and one external examiner; result constitutes the weighted average of the course work and thesis results. FA Community and Health Sciences School of Public Health (SoPH) MPH Full thesis MPH Full Thesis 805 and 806 SPH805 & SPH806 9 15 2 years Full-time 3 years Part-time 1st & 2nd Semester MPH Full Thesis Mode 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Mastering the skill of research by developing a research question in the field of public health, designing, carrying out and reporting on research in form of a thesis Demonstrate capacity to link research with policy and practice in Public Health Demonstrate understanding of the substantive elements of Public Health relevant to Africa including: Public Health and the Primary Health Care (PHC) approach, district health systems and their development, management and evaluation; Health Promotion Demonstrate leadership in applying research to the 427
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Other: Research and writing time Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment
transformation of the health system in a developing country context from a predominantly curative hospital based service to a high quality comprehensive community-based, participatory and equitable system Primary tasks are to develop a research proposal towards a research question grounded in the public health context; conduct research, analyze and interpret data in relation to the field of public health and the needs of the health system; prepare the research thesis under the guidance of the supervisor(s) and submit the thesis for examination. None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 800 Lectures p.w 1000 1800 Thesis examined by one internal and one external examiner; result constitutes the weighted average of the course work and thesis results. FA Community and Health Sciences School of Public Health (SoPH) Population Health and Development II: A Primary Health Care Approach Population Health and Development II 855 SPH855 9 15 Semester 1st & 2nd Semester Master of Public Health 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Discuss critically the implementation of Primary Health Care in developing countries over the past three decades and the factors facilitating and constraining its implementation. Critically Outline and demonstrate how political, economic and social factors impact on the health of societies in Africa. Critically Understand and apply the policy, resources, structures and tools required to operationalise a Comprehensive Primary Health Care programme plan within a district health context. The Determinants of Health in Africa. Three Decades of PHC: A Review. Systems that Support Comprehensive Primary Health Care. Implementing Comprehensive Primary Health Care Programmes at a district level None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 30 Lectures p.w 428
Main Content
Assignments & tasks Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
60 Practicals p.w. 60 Tutorials p.w. 150 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment: 60% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Public Health (SoPH) Measuring Health & Disease - Intermediate Epidemiology Intermediate Epidemiology 856 SPH856 9 15 Semester 1st & 2nd Semester Master of Public Health 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Recognize prominent global and national trends in health and disease Critically revie w and interpret epidemiological information. Interpret key epidemiological indicators of community health and illness Appraise epidemiology research findings Apply descriptive epidemiology concepts and principles to effective Public Health practice Formulate and test a hypothesis by applying analytical statistics. Use a statistical software package, to analyse epidemiological data Write an epidemiological report Concepts of epidemiological health information The health transition The natural history of disease Risk, association and causation Common epidemiological investigations (infectious diseases, outbreaks, screening and surveillance) Study designs Data management The analysis and interpretation of data Representation of health information and reporting on an epidemiological event The role and structure of literature review Critical appraisal of literature The role of systematic reviews and meta -analyses in evidencebased Public Health None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 30 Lectures p.w 60 Practicals p.w. 60 Tutorials p.w.
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study
429
150 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment: 60% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Public Health (SoPH) Measuring Health & Disease - Intermediate Epidemiology Intermediate Epidemiology 856 SPH856 9 15 Semester 1st & 2nd Semester Master of Public Health 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Recognize prominent global and national trends in health and disease Critically review and interpret epidemiological information. Interpret key epidemiological indicators of community health and illness Appraise epidemiology research findings Apply descriptive epidemiology concepts and principles to effective Public Health practice Formulate and test a hypothesis by applying analytical statistics. Use a statistical software package, to analyse epidemiological data Write an epidemiological report Concepts of epidemiological health information The health transition The natural history of disease Risk , association and causation Common epidemiological investigations (infectious diseases, outbreaks, screening and surveillance) Study designs Data management The analysis and interpretation of data Representation of health information and reportin g on an epidemiological event The role and structure of literature review Critical appraisal of literature The role of systematic reviews and meta -analyses in evidencebased Public Health None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 30 Lectures p.w 60 Practicals p.w. 60 Tutorials p.w. 150 Continuous Assessment: 40%
Main Content
430
Final Assessment: 60% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Public Health (SoPH) Management Strategies for the Public Health Services II Public Health Management II SPH857 9 15 Semester Master of Public Health 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Analyse and apply models and theories of management to plan a change process Evaluate and apply theories and strategies of leadership Develop a project plan. Develop, interpret and justify a budget Develop a monitoring and evaluation strategy for a project. Analyse and interpret health information for planning and management The role of a manager Selected management theory Managing change Leadership Effective planning Financial management for the public health sector Information for planning and management Monitoring and evaluation strategies None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 30 Lectures p.w 60 Practicals p.w. 60 Tutorials p.w. 150 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment: 60% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Public Health (SoPH) Health Promotion for Public Health II Health Promotion for Public Health II SPH859 9 15 Semester Master of Public Health
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered
431
Main Content
1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Demonstrate critical awareness of the current debates and dilemmas in Health Promotion. Present a critical understanding of the main theoretical approaches used in Health Promotion, demonstrating awareness of their strengths and limitations in programme design. De monstrate the ability to plan, implement and evaluate a Health Promotion programme. Apply Health Promotion and planning knowledge to a comprehensive health programme. A context for Health Promotion. Theoretical perspectives. Planning in Health Promotion. Practical approaches to implementation. Evaluating Health Promotion programmes. None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 30 Lectures p.w 60 Practicals p.w. 60 Tutorials p.w. 150 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment: 60% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Public Health (SoPH) Qualitative Research Methods Qualitative Research Methods 860 SPH860 9 15 Semester Master of Public Health 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Articulate an understanding of theoretical (philo sophical) underpinnings of qualitative forms of research. Clarify the characteristics, purpose and application of qualitative research methods. Demonstrate awareness of the kinds of questions best addressed by qualitative research methods. Analyze and discuss examples of selected qualitative approaches. Demonstrate an understanding of principles underlying participative, collaborative and action-orientated forms of research. Critique examples of qualitative research in terms of such issues as credibility, rigour, auditability and sampling. Reflect critically on the process of data collection and analysis.
432
Main Content
Describe and use ethical procedures in qualitative research. Historical and theoretical underpinnings of qualitative research. Characteristics, purpose and application of qualitative research methods in Public Health. Designing qualitative studies Data collection, sampling and saturation. Ethical procedures in qualitative research. Data analysis Selected approaches to qualitative research including Ethnography, Phenomenology, Grounded Theory and Action Research. Rigour in qualitative research None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 30 Lectures p.w 60 Practicals p.w. 60 Tutorials p.w. 150 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment: 60% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Public Health (SoPH) Quantitative Research Methods Quantitative Research Methods 861 SPH861 9 15 Semester 1st & 2nd Semester Master of Public Health 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Demonstrate understanding of the ethical principles for conducting research with human subjects. Distinguish between the designs of the most common types of quantitative research studies. Define and identify association, causation, bias and confounding within the context of quantitative research. Apply concepts of validity, reliability and precision within the context of quantitative research. Apply basic data collection, data management, data handling and project management for quantitative research. Analyse and interpret health data using basibiostatistics and statistical computing techniques. Define and apply the basic elements of a research proposal and research report. Ethical concepts in research with human subjects, inclu ding informed consent. Types and design of research studies.
Main Content
433
Association, causation, bias and confounding in quantitative research. Application of the concepts of validity, reliability and precision for quantitative study design. Data collection and data management. Basic Statistics, including measures of association, statistical testing, and sample size & power. Presenting and communicating quantitative study results. Review of research proposal writing and reporting with applications for programme management. None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 30 Lectures p.w 60 Practicals p.w. 60 Tutorials p.w. 150 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment: 60% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Public Health (SoPH) Public Health Research Public Health Research 862 SPH862 9 15 Semester 1st & 2nd Semester Master of Public Health 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Discuss a range of key research approaches in Public Health Identify a Public Health research problem Develop an appropriate research question Undertake a critical literature review on the study topic Explore the application of the Qualitative and Quantitative approaches to the problem Apply different research designs Elaborate and discuss appropriate research methodologi es Select appropriate sampling techniques for qualitative and quantitative research Discuss analytical techniques for qualitative and quantitative research Elucidate factors affecting validity, rigour and generalisability Critically assess Researc h Ethics issues and strategies Introduction to Public Health research approaches Critical review of literature Formulation of research aims and objectives Qualitative and Quantitative research designs Quantitative and Qualitative methodologies Sampling techniques
Main Content
434
Data analysis Measures for research rigor Research ethics Critically None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 30 Lectures p.w 60 Practicals p.w. 60 Tutorials p.w. 150 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment: 60% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Public Health (SoPH) Alcohol Problems: A Health Promotion Approach Alcohol Problems: A Health Promotion Approach 863 SPH863 9 15 Semester 1st & 2nd Semester Master of Public Health 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Apply different models of alcohol use and approaches to dealing with problem drinking Develop a plan, in a real context, demonstrating an understanding of a comprehensive approach to drinking problems, including prevention, promotion and rehabilitation activities Introduction to the burden of disease and social problems related to alcohol Complexity of causes and effects of alcohol misuse in society, and models of understanding the problem Community based programme planning and development using the Ottawa Charter as a framework. Skills development in participatory methods for stimulating community action None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 30 Lectures p.w 60 Practicals p.w. 60 Tutorials p.w. 150 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment: 60% CFA
Main Content
435
Community and Health Sciences School of Public Health (SoPH) Using Information for Effective Management I Using Information for Effective Management I 865 SPH865 9 15 Semester 1st & 2nd Semester Master of Public Health 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Outline and discuss the uses of health information in a district health service context. Apply the principles of an action-led information system to a familiar context. Manage data collection. Develop a strategy to manage information appropriately to enhance decision making in a district health service setting. Use information in decision making pertaining to management of health services. Monitor and evaluate district health information systems. The focus is around minimum data sets based on indicators, data collection tools, data accuracy, functional analysis, presentation and interactive report writing. The key outcome is the routine availability of a minimum, but crucial, set of must know information that can be used to improve the provision of health services. The course will also provide a critical introduction to a national health information system, including its various components, how they interact and the principles of system design. The principles of minimum data sets will be used as a basis to learn about how the various systems are interacting through standards at various levels. None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 30 Lectures p.w 60 Practicals p.w. 60 Tutorials p.w. 150 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment: 60% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Public Health (SoPH) Monitoring and Evaluation in Health and Development Programmes Monitoring and Evaluation 866 SPH866 9 15 Semester 436
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Faculty Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Level Credit Value Duration
Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level Main Outcomes
1st & 2nd Semester Master of Public Health 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Critically evaluate a monitoring and evaluation system in a familiar context Create and evaluation plan for a project in a familiar context Implement a evaluation plan in a familiar context Synthesize information obtained during implementation of an evaluation plan Create an evaluation report for a project in a familiar context The context of programme evaluation Key concepts and issues in monitoring and evaluation Designing a programme evaluation Selecting indicators and collecting data Analysing data and reporting results Challenges in evaluating health and development programmes. None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 30 Lectures p.w 60 Practicals p.w. 60 Tutorials p.w. 150 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment: 60% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Public Health (SoPH) Monitoring and Evaluation in Health and Development Programmes Monitoring and Evaluation 866 SPH866 9 15 Semester 1st & 2nd Semester Master of Public Health 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Critically evaluate a monitoring and evaluation system in a familiar context Create and evaluation plan for a project in a familiar context Implement a evaluation plan in a familiar context Synthesize information obtained during implementation of an evaluation plan Create an evaluation report for a project in a familiar context The context of programme evaluation Key concepts and issues in monitoring and evaluation Designing a programme evaluation Selecting indicators and collecting data 437
Main Content
Main Content
Analysing data and reporting results Challenges in evaluating health and development programmes. None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 30 Lectures p.w 60 Practicals p.w. 60 Tutorials p.w. 150 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment: 60% CFA Community and Health Sciences School of Public Health (SoPH) Epidemiology and Control of Non-communicable Diseases Epidemiology and Control of Non-communicable Diseases 867 SPH867 9 15 Semester 1st & 2nd Semester Master of Public Health 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: Analyse risk factors for chronic non-communicable diseases (CNCDs) both locally and internationally Critically analyse barriers to the implementation of global strategies for the prevention and control of CNCDs in order to develop local preventive strategies Analyse the resources and skills required at local level in order to implement appropriate interventions Create locally appropriate strategies to address the risk factors using the principles of Health Promotion Create an evaluation plan in order to assess the effectiveness of an intervention Epidemiology of NCDs. Epide miological Transition incorporating social, behavioral, cultural and environmental dynamics Surveillance and monitoring -importance and approach Modifiable and non-modifiable risk factors Interventions Strategies implemented both internationally and locally Evidence based and effective models using examples of tobacco, nutrition/diet and physical activity. Critically None None None Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 30 Lectures p.w 60 Practicals p.w. 438
Main Content
Self-study Total Learning Time Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type
60 Tutorials p.w. 150 Continuous Assessment: 40% Final Assessment: 60% CFA
439

2013 Faculty of CHS Calendar (Final)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2013 Faculty of CHS Calendar (Final)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2013 Faculty of Community & Health Sciences

GENERAL INF ORMATION

THE UNIVERSITYS WEB SITE: www.uwc.ac.za

Part 5 Part 6 Part 7 Part 8 Part 9

DEGREES AND DIP LOMAS CONF ERRED IN THE F ACULTY

F ACULTY BOARD AND F ACULTY OFF ICE STAFF

Faculty Manager: Secretary to the Dean: Faculty Officers :

LECTURING AND TECHNICAL STAF F

Secretary: HUMAN ECOLOGY Head of Department:

Senior Lecturers: Lecturer/s: Senior Academic Assistants:

Senior Administrator & Financial Officer: Administrators: Administrative Officer:

Assistant of the Director: Senior Academic Officers:

Professor/s: Associate Professor/s:

Contract Part-Time Lecturer/s:

Secretaries: SOCIAL WORK Professor and Head of Department: Senior Lecturers:

Masters Programme Manager (Masters Child and Family Studies):

Senior Departmental Officers:

Academic Officers: Administrative Officers:

Professor/s: Associate Professor/s:

Associate Lecturer: Administrative Officers:

Professor and Director (HIV Centre): Professors:

Honorary Professor: Project Manager: Senior Coordinator: Administrative Officer:

J.1.3 J.1.3.1 (a) (b)

(c) J.1.3.2 (a)

IEB131 MAN132 HEC110 HEC171 HEC172 HEC111 ANT111 Sub-total

Cred 15 15 20 15 20 10 10 15 10 130 515

J.10.3 J.10.3.1 (a) (b)

(c) J.10.3.2 (a)

PSY111 PSY112 IEB131 MAN132 CHM128 Sub-total

7.5 7.5 15 15 15 140

Cred 15 7.5 10 5 5 10 15 5 5 10 10 97.5

Cred 60 15 15 15 5 15 10 10 145 517.5

There are no special requirements for this programme.

15 15 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 15 15 15 15 120

SRE237 SRE221 SRE216 SRE224 SRE211

HIS311 HIS312 HIS321 HIS322 PSY311 PSY312 PSY321 PSY322

MAN339 MAN333 MAN325 MAN303 MAN314 ENG311 ENG321 Sub-total TOTAL

Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3: 31

Level 3 Alpha Code Cred

PSY311 PSY312 PSY313 PSY314 PSY321 PSY322 PSY323 PSY326 PSY327

PHI311 PHI312 PHI321 PHI322 Sub-total

Cred 10 10 10 5 60 10 10 5 120 480

Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT) OR

Alternate admission does not apply to this programme. J.49 SELECTION

Cred 35 30 25 15 5 15 10 135 510

J.54 J.54.1 J.54.1.1

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY - 8111 J.58 ADMISSION

J.58.2 (a) (b)

Cred 10 10 25 25 25 25 120 500

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSIOTHERAPY - 8211 J.67 ADMISSION

Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT). OR

(c) J.67.3 J.67.3.1 (a) (b)

J.75.2 J.75.3 J.75.3.1 J.75.3.2 J.75.3.3

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN SPORT AND EXERCISE SCIENCE - 8051 J.76 ADMISSION

EED117 EED127 COS114 COS124 Sub-total

BACHELOR OF NURSING - 8311 J.85 ADMISSION

J.85.3 J.85.3.1 (a)

Level 3 Alpha Code Cred

CUR334 CUR331 CUR332 CUR324 CUR325 NRS324

CUR311 CUR312 NRS313 CUR336 CUR326 CUR327 Sub-total

In order to promote to the 3rd level: 54

J.90.4 J.90.4.1 J.90.4.2 J.91 J.91.1

BACHELOR OF NURSING (Foundation Programme) - 8310 J.94 ADMISSION